25.03.2013 Views

The Great Path - Oshorajneesh.com

The Great Path - Oshorajneesh.com

The Great Path - Oshorajneesh.com

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong><br />

Talks given from 11/9/74 to 20/9/74<br />

Original in Hindi


11 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 1<br />

<strong>The</strong> Darkness Inside<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

OM! I BOW DOWN TO LORD SHIVA – THE ONE WHO IS SELF-LUMINOUS, DELIGHTING IN HIS<br />

OWN BEING.<br />

AND NOW, THE BEGINNING OF THE SHIVA SUTRA.<br />

CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE ATMAN, THE SOUL; KNOWLEDGE IS BONDAGE. THE BODY IS THE<br />

UNION OF RAMAN, NATURE AND RAMAN, THE EGO, THE DOER. THE SPIRITUAL ENDEAVOR<br />

IS RAMAN. ONE WHO APPLIES HIS TOTAL ENERGY, FOR HIM THE WORLD EXISTS NO MORE.<br />

Two ways exist of searching for the truth. One way is that of the male – aggression, violence, the<br />

scramble for power. Another is that of the female – surrender, withdrawal. Science is the male path,<br />

aggressive; religion is a female path, bowing down, submissive. Make this distinction very clearly.<br />

All scriptures of the East begin with a salutation to God. This salutation is not just a formality; it is<br />

not merely following a tradition or a convention. <strong>The</strong> salutation is indicative of the fact that the path<br />

ahead is of surrender. Only the humble will attain. Those who are aggressive and full of ego, those<br />

who wish to attain even truth by grabbing at it, those with the attitude of conquering nature will be<br />

defeated. <strong>The</strong>y can possess the trivial, but that which is so immense, so vast, can never be theirs.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y may succeed in grabbing the worthless, but nothing meaningful can ever be<strong>com</strong>e part of them.<br />

Hence, a scientist discovers all that is unessential, but misses the essential. He succeeds in<br />

gathering details about the soil, the stones, matter, but an understanding of the soul and God<br />

2


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

escapes him. It is like one attacks a woman passing by. One may be<strong>com</strong>e successful in raping<br />

her, one may even have her body in one’s control, but one can never have her soul; one will never<br />

be able to win her love.<br />

So those who approach God aggressively are the rapists. <strong>The</strong>y may bring the physical body of God<br />

under their control; they may dissect and analyze nature manifesting all around, they may discover<br />

some of its secrets, but the discovery will be as trivial as someone attacking and raping a woman.<br />

<strong>The</strong> man may succeed in securing the woman’s body, but such an achievement is not worth a straw<br />

because he won’t be able to even touch her soul. And if the soul has remained untouched, the<br />

possibility of love that is hidden within her, the hidden seed of her love can never sprout. Her love<br />

can never shower upon him.<br />

Science is an act of rape. It is an assault on nature – as if nature were some kind of an enemy, as if<br />

it has to be conquered, defeated. That’s why science believes in cutting things into pieces. Analysis,<br />

destruction; it believes in dissection.<br />

If you were to tell a scientist, ”<strong>The</strong> flower is beautiful,” he will immediately sit down and start pulling<br />

apart the flower, dissecting it, analyzing it. He has no idea that in the very tearing of it into pieces,<br />

the beauty of the flower disappears. <strong>The</strong> flower looked beautiful in its wholeness, but when divided<br />

into parts, it lost its beauty. Of course, in doing the analysis the scientist can find out the chemical<br />

elements contained in the flower; he may show the substance, the minerals the flower is made of.<br />

He may place them in different bottles and label them accordingly. But he won’t be able to say,<br />

”Here is a bottle which contains the beauty once present in the flower,” because the beauty will have<br />

disappeared already. By making an assault on the flower, you will only <strong>com</strong>e upon its body, not the<br />

soul.<br />

This is the reason why science doesn’t believe in the soul – how can it? Even after making so much<br />

effort, not even a glimpse of the soul be<strong>com</strong>es available to science – it never can... not because<br />

there is no soul, but because the scientist has chosen a wrong method. <strong>The</strong> method he uses is not<br />

the way to discover the soul. <strong>The</strong> very means applied to its discovery is the means good for finding<br />

the trivial. That which is of great value cannot be attained through aggression.<br />

You will be able to find the mystery of life only if you enter through the door of surrender. If you bow<br />

down, if you pray, you will be able to reach the center of love. Courting God is almost as good as<br />

courting a woman. One needs to approach Him with a heart full of love, gratitude and humility. And<br />

there is no hurry! Any haste on your part, and you miss. A great deal of patience is required. Your<br />

haste... and His heart will be closed. Even rushing things is an act of aggression.<br />

Hence those who set out in search of God, their life-style is contained in two words: prayer and<br />

patience. So the scriptures begin with prayer and they end with awaiting. <strong>The</strong> search therefore,<br />

begins with the prayer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first line of this scripture says:<br />

OM! I BOW DOWN TO LORD SHIVA – THE ONE WHO IS SELF-LUMINOUS, DELIGHTING IN HIS<br />

OWN BEING.<br />

And now, the beginning of the Shiva Sutra.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 3 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

Let this salutation penetrate deep in you because if you miss the door, you will not be able to<br />

understand me when I start describing the palace. Push aside the male within you, a little. Drop<br />

your aggressive attitude a little. This understanding is not going to <strong>com</strong>e out of intellect, it is going to<br />

rise from your heart. This understanding will not depend on your logic, it will depend on how much<br />

love there is within you.<br />

You will be able to understand this scripture; but this understanding will not be the same as following<br />

a mathematical problem. <strong>The</strong> understanding will be similar to the one you have from appreciating<br />

poetry. You don’t pounce on poetry. You enjoy poetry leisurely, sip by sip, just as you enjoy drinking<br />

tea. You don’t swallow it just in one shot as if it were some kind of bitter medicine. Rather, you relish<br />

its taste bit by bit; you let its taste dissolve slowly.<br />

In order to appreciate even a single poem you need to read it over and over again... which is not the<br />

case with a mathematical problem. You don’t need to go over it again once you have understood<br />

and solved it – then the problem is done with. Poetry never ends, because the heart is limitless. <strong>The</strong><br />

more you love, the more it unfolds.<br />

That’s why in the East we don’t study scriptures – we read them over and over. Scriptures can’t<br />

be studied anyway. To study means: once you have understood, you throw the book away in the<br />

garbage. Now that you have understood it, what is the need to go through it again. So you feel you<br />

are done with it.<br />

<strong>Path</strong>a, reading over and over means you will need to go over this scripture savouring in unhurriedly<br />

– reading and re-reading. Who knows how many times, but knowingly or unknowingly, you’ll have<br />

to repeat it in your different moods, in different states of mind. Sometimes, when the sun is on<br />

the horizon, or when night covers everything under its darkness, when the mind is cheerful, or<br />

sometimes when the mind is sad. You’ll have to enter this scripture in different moments in different<br />

conditions, only then by and by will its facets be<strong>com</strong>e apparent to you. And yet it will remain<br />

inexhaustible.<br />

No scripture can ever be used up. <strong>The</strong> more it will appear you have found what you were looking<br />

for, the more you’ll realize there is much more left undiscovered. <strong>The</strong> more you dive deep into it, the<br />

more it grows deeper. No reader can ever exhaust a scripture. <strong>Path</strong>a, means reading over and over<br />

again – many times.<br />

People in the West fail to understand this. It is beyond them to figure out why people have been<br />

reading the Geeta for thousands of years. <strong>The</strong>y wonder, ”the same man reads the same Geeta<br />

every morning – has he gone crazy or something?” <strong>The</strong>y have no idea that the whole technique<br />

of patha, reading and re-reading is to let the scripture penetrate the heart. It has more to do with<br />

enjoying the taste of it rather than understanding it.<br />

It is not even remotely connected with logic and calculation. It’s main purpose is to dissolve the<br />

distance between the reader and the text. <strong>The</strong> idea is that eventually the text of the Geeta and the<br />

reader of it should merge into each other. That no distinction be left between the Geeta and its<br />

reader. This is the feminine state. This is the way of surrender. Keep this in mind.<br />

So these sutras of Shiva can be understood if we follow the path of humility. Let them sink in you.<br />

Make no haste in arriving at a conclusion whether they are right or wrong. As far as these sutras are<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 4 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

concerned, make one thing clear to you: it is not up to you to decide of their rightness or wrongness.<br />

How can you? One who is living in darkness, what judgement can he pass about light? And the one<br />

who has never known what it is like being healthy, one who has always been confined to a sickbed,<br />

how can he understand what it means to be healthy.<br />

One who has never been stirred by the feeling of love – who has lived all along a life of hate, jealously,<br />

enmity – he can, of course, read love-poems, because he will follow the words easily: nevertheless,<br />

that which is hidden in the words, which is interwoven in the words, access to that will always remain<br />

closed to him. So don’t be in a hurry to judge what is right and what is wrong.<br />

You simply imbibe these sutras – I am not saying understand them – simply drink them, soak<br />

yourself, absorb the whole taste of it. And if this taste could help unfold the secrets hidden within you,<br />

and if in the savouring of these sutras a new flower may blossom within you releasing its fragrance<br />

and making you realize even for a moment your stinking life has disappeared forever, and if with the<br />

kindling of a lamp inside, you could <strong>com</strong>e to recognize you are not the darkness and if the sutras<br />

could create an impact of a lightning inside you offering just a glimpse – then this alone will cause<br />

the understanding to emerge, it will not <strong>com</strong>e through your intellect or reasoning. Even a flash of<br />

experience will be enough to cause the understanding to arise in you. Hence, I say, treat these<br />

sutras with humbleness.<br />

Secondly, a sutra means: the most concise, quintessential, telegraphic. Each and every word of<br />

a sutra is highly condensed. A sutra is never long and elaborate, it is crystallized, encapsulated,<br />

very small like a seed. Even if you wished to see, you can’t find the tree inside the seed. You need<br />

penetrating eyes – the kind of eyes which can see the tree within the seed, which can see in the<br />

present what future will be like, which can see today what tomorrow will be, which can discover the<br />

invisible in the visible – you require very sharp eyes indeed.<br />

You don’t have such sharp eyes yet. Right now you will see nothing but the seed. <strong>The</strong> only way you<br />

can see the tree is by sowing the seed. Only when the tree will break open and sprout will you be<br />

able to see the growing tree. <strong>The</strong>se sutras are the seeds. You will have to sow them in your heart.<br />

So hold your judgement, because, if you reached a premature conclusion about these seeds, you<br />

may throw them away as trash.<br />

Actually, there is not much difference between a seed and a rock. In fact, sometimes, rocks are<br />

more colorful, shining, beautiful, precious than seeds. And yet there is a difference between the<br />

costliest diamond kohinoor and a seed. Nothing will sprout if you sowed the kohinoor. Regardless<br />

of how costly the kohinoor is, the diamond is dead. No matter what price the fools may assign to it,<br />

the stone is lifeless – just a corpse.<br />

Irrespective of how ugly a seed may look, it may not cost even a penny, but it contains life. If you<br />

sow it, it can produce a huge tree and then one seed can create millions of seeds. One small seed<br />

can give birth to this whole universe, because a single seed causes millions of seeds to appear,<br />

and again one of these millions of seeds can create yet other millions of seeds. A small seed can<br />

contain the entire universe within.<br />

So the sutra is the seed – you can’t be impatient with it. Only when you have sown the seed in<br />

your heart and it has sprouted and flowered, will you be able to know. Only then can you <strong>com</strong>e to a<br />

conclusion.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 5 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

<strong>The</strong> third thing – before we went the sutras – is that, religion is a great revolution. Whatsoever you<br />

have learned in the name of religion has almost nothing to do with religion really. <strong>The</strong>refore, Shiva’s<br />

Sutras will surely startle you. You will be scared, frightened too because your religions will be shaken<br />

up. Your temples, your mosques, your churches will simply collapse if you understood these sutras.<br />

Don’t make any effort to save them because even if they are saved, you won’t get anything out of<br />

them.<br />

You breathe in these places and yet you are as good as dead. <strong>The</strong> temples are very festively<br />

decorated but there is not a ray of festivity in your life. <strong>The</strong>re is plenty of light in your temples, but it<br />

doesn’t eradicate the darkness from your life. So don’t be afraid of these sutras, although they are<br />

sure to put you in difficulty. Because Shiva is not some kind of a priest. A priest’s language always<br />

seems satisfactory to you. <strong>The</strong> priest is basically interested in exploiting you, not in transforming<br />

you. His interest lies in keeping you as you are. His business is to see that you remain as you are –<br />

sick, diseased.<br />

I have heard. A doctor’s son returned home after <strong>com</strong>pleting his education. <strong>The</strong> father had never<br />

been on a vacation so he told his son, ”I want to go on a vacation for three months. In the meantime,<br />

you carry on my practice. I have spent my whole life earning money without a break. So now you<br />

look after the business for a while.”<br />

Having <strong>com</strong>pleted a world tour, he came back at the end of three months. He asked his son how<br />

things were going, the son replied., ”Everything is going just fine. You will be surprised, but the<br />

patients you couldn’t cure your whole life, I cured them in three months.” <strong>The</strong> father couldn’t believe<br />

his ears. He said, ”You fool! <strong>The</strong>y gave us the business. I could have cured them too but then how<br />

could I have paid for your education? Those patients made it possible. I could have helped the<br />

schooling of other children as well. You ruined the whole thing!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> priest likes you to be the way you are – sickly, unhealthy. That’s what helps them run their<br />

business. Shiva is not a priest. He is a teerthankara. Shiva is an avatara. He is the seer, the<br />

paigambara. His words are like fire. Come near him only if you are ready to be burned; accept his<br />

invitation only if you are ready to disappear as you are. Because, the new will be born only when<br />

you would cease to be as you are. Not until you have turned yourself into ashes, will the new life<br />

emerge. So keeping these things in view, now try to understand each sutra.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first sutra is:<br />

THE CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE ATMAN, THE SOUL.<br />

Although conscious we all are, yet we never <strong>com</strong>e to know the soul. If consciousness is indeed the<br />

soul, then we should all have the knowledge of it. We all possess consciousness, but what is really<br />

the meaning of, ”consciousness is the soul?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> first meaning is: in this world, only consciousness is yours. <strong>The</strong> word atman means: that which<br />

is your own. Regardless of how much the rest may appear to you as your own, it is alien. All of<br />

that which you otherwise claim as yours – friends, loved ones, family, wealth, fame, high position,<br />

a great empire – it is all a deception. Because one day death will snatch it all away from you. So<br />

death is the criterion for determining who is your own and who is the stranger. That which death can<br />

separate you from, know that it didn’t belong to you, and that which it can’t, was indeed your own.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 6 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

So atman means: one’s own. But the moment we think in therms of ”mine”, the other <strong>com</strong>es in.<br />

”Mine” in itself means, ”Someone else who belongs to me.” It never occurs to you that except your<br />

own self, there is no one who can be yours. And the longer you will remain swayed by the idea that<br />

the other belongs to you, the greater will be the loss of time on your part, you will have wasted that<br />

much life. That much time you gave in for dreaming. You could have awakened in the meantime –<br />

you could have attained moksha. But all that time you only collected garbage.<br />

So this is the first sutra: you are all by yourself; that means, there is nothing by way of either<br />

relationship or possession that you can claim as yours. No one and nothing except yourself belongs<br />

to you really. This is indeed a very revolutionary sutra. It goes against the very nature of society.<br />

Because the society exists on the very premise that others are mind – the caste people are mine, the<br />

countrymen are mine. A whole array of possessive attitudes in on display: my country, my caste, my<br />

religion, my family. <strong>The</strong> society survives on the concept of ”mine”. Religion is essentially antithetical<br />

to society – it is a freedom from society, it is a freedom from the ”other”.<br />

According to religion, there is no one you can claim as ”mine” except your own self. If seen<br />

superficially this statement looks selfish. Because, if I alone am for myself then one immediately<br />

surmises this as a selfish attitude. But there is nothing selfish in it. <strong>The</strong> truth is, this feeling alone<br />

will cause the attitude of altruism and universal goodness to arise in your life. Because one who has<br />

not yet be<strong>com</strong>e aware of the fact that essentially only his being is his own, cannot follow altruism,<br />

When you call others as ”mine”, what do you do really? You exploit them. Your ”mine” is nothing<br />

but a part and parcel of your exploitation of them. Whosoever you identify as ”mine”, you turn that<br />

person into a slave. You convert the person into one of your possessions. You say, ”my wife, my<br />

husband, my son, my father...”, what goes on behind the backdrop of this ”my-ness”? What is the<br />

basis of your relationship made evident by calling someone as yours? You exploit the other, you<br />

take advantage of the other, you take the other for a ride. And if this is what you call as altruism then<br />

you are indeed carrying a false notion.<br />

An emperor had three sons. As he grew old he became concerned as to which of the three sons<br />

would be worthy of inheriting his kingdom. Because all three of them were equally capable and<br />

qualified, and that made the choice very difficult. One day he called his sons and said, ”Tell me<br />

about the greatest act you may have done the whole of last year.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> eldest son reported, ”Before leaving for a pilgrimage, the richest man of this city left with me his<br />

precious diamonds and jewelry worth millions of rupees without counting them or making a list of<br />

them with his signature on. He asked me to save them until his return. If I had wished I could have<br />

seized all his treasure, for the man had neither made any documents nor were there any witnesses<br />

to prove the treasure belonged to him. Since the man had not kept any count, I could have easily<br />

saved at least a few diamonds for myself. But instead, I handed him over the pouch left in tact.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> father said, ”You did right, but let me ask you this, wouldn’t you have been besieged with the<br />

feelings of guilt, shame, embarrassment if you had kept some of the diamonds for yourself?” <strong>The</strong><br />

son replied, ”Indeed I would have.”<br />

<strong>The</strong>n the father said, ”You can’t call this an altruistic act. What you did was nothing but simply saving<br />

yourself from your own feeling of shame and guilt. What good did it do? Since saving diamonds<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 7 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

would have pricked your conscience, you preferred to give them back to the owner. It was a kind act<br />

alright, but there was no altruism involved in it. You were only being kind to your own self.”<br />

Hearing all this, the second son got a little worried. He said, ”Once I was passing by a lake. It<br />

was evening, no one was around. I heard someone was drowning. I could have easily ignored his<br />

screams and walked away but instead I immediately jumped into the lake and saved the man at the<br />

risk of my own life.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> emperor said, ”You did the right thing but if you had walked away without rescuing the man,<br />

wouldn’t that man’s death have followed you the rest of your life? Outwardly you could have ignored,<br />

but inside you his screams would have continued to echo, don’t you think his ghost would have<br />

haunted you forever? It was out of this fear that you jumped in the lake and risked your life. But this<br />

should not give you the excuse to carry the misunderstanding that you did some altruistic act.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> third son narrated, ”As I was once passing through a forest, I saw a man asleep on the cliff<br />

of a mountain. Just one turn on his side and he would have been finished, because there was a<br />

great abyss on the other side. I went close to him to see who he was and found that he was none<br />

other but my sworn enemy. Having recognized him, I could have quietly gone my way. Even if I had<br />

passed him slowly, mounted on my horse, perhaps my passing itself – without my doing anything<br />

– might have caused him to turn his side and fall into the valley. But instead, I went near him very<br />

quietly, crawled on the ground lest he might fall with my approaching sound. I knew very well he as<br />

a wicked man; that in spite of my saving his life he would go on cursing me. Nevertheless, I shook<br />

him gently and woke him up. And the very man is now blaming me all over the place. He says ’I had<br />

gone to <strong>com</strong>mit suicide; this man followed me even there. He does not allow me to live peacefully,<br />

of course, but he didn’t let me die either.’”<br />

<strong>The</strong> emperor said, ”You are better than the other two; but what you did was no altruism either. Why?<br />

Because you are filled with ego, as if you have ac<strong>com</strong>plished something great. <strong>The</strong> glimmer in your<br />

eyes. Your whole demeanor is boastful and self-serving. And any act that creates the ego can no<br />

longer be an altruistic act. You have used very subtle means to feed that ego. You think you acted<br />

like a religious person, that you did something good. I can only say that you are simply better than<br />

the other two but I’ll have to look for someone else, the fourth person who can be<strong>com</strong>e the ruler of<br />

my kingdom.”<br />

When you think you are being of service to others, in fact you are not. How can one serve others<br />

when he doesn’t even know who he is? Serving the poor, attending the sick in the hospital, gives<br />

you the idea you are rendering some kind of service. But if you’ll look at the whole thing very closely<br />

you’ll find somewhere along these acts fulfilling your ego. And if it is your ego that ultimately feeds<br />

upon such acts of service, then this service too is exploitation. Until one has attained self-awareness<br />

he can’t be altruistic; because, only after one has known oneself, can such a great transformation<br />

take place.<br />

I have heard, Mulla Nasruddin’s wife was having a fight with him. She said to Mulla, ”This matter<br />

has to be settled once and for all. Why do you hate all my relatives?” Mulla said, ”This is totally<br />

wrong, the facts don’t support your accusation. I have the proof for it, and the proof is that I love<br />

your mother-in-law more than I do mind.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 8 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

This is how the ego finds its ways through. Superficially it looks as though you are doing service to<br />

others, but deep down it is your ego that is being serviced by you. And the more subtle the way of<br />

the ego be<strong>com</strong>es, the more it gets out of reach. <strong>The</strong> others are unable to gauge it, of course, but<br />

even you yourself fail to have a handle on it. Others are deceived by you, of course, but even you<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e the victim of your own deception. Even you get lost in the enigma, the puzzle, you create<br />

for others. We have created our respective mazes with the intent and purpose of befooling others<br />

not realizing that someday we may ourselves be duped by it – and in fact we already are.<br />

So remember one thing: no one belongs to you except your own self. <strong>The</strong> moment this<br />

remembrance be<strong>com</strong>es crystallized within you that consciousness is the being, that except<br />

consciousness nothing else is mine – all the rest is extraneous, disparate – the first ray of<br />

transformation enters your life. With that, a crevice appears between you and the society, between<br />

you and your relationships. But the man doesn’t want to take a look at himself. It is difficult to talk<br />

such a look because it requires one to go through a process that is extremely arduous.<br />

One marwari businessman fell in love with a film actress. It was undoubtedly an unusual happening<br />

– a marwari businessman falling in love! Ordinarily, this kind of a person would always stay away<br />

from love. But sometimes even the impossible happens. He fell in love of course, but his was a very<br />

suspicious mind., So he hired a detective in order to keep an eye on the actress and find out if she<br />

was of a lose character. He wanted to have this in black and white before his proposing to her for<br />

marriage.<br />

<strong>The</strong> detective went ahead and did a lot of investigating. After a week he sent his report. <strong>The</strong><br />

report stated, ”<strong>The</strong> woman is absolutely clean, innocent and without blemish. <strong>The</strong>re is not a trace of<br />

evidence which can place her character in doubt, except that she has been seen in the last few days<br />

moving with a suspicious looking marwari.” <strong>The</strong> businessman himself was that suspicious looking<br />

marwari.<br />

<strong>The</strong> eye sees the other. Hands touch the other. <strong>The</strong> mind thinks of the other. But you always remain<br />

in the dark. Your situation is similar to that of a lamp – the light of which reaches all around except<br />

underneath, except itself. That’s how you function. In the light of your own lamp, in the light of your<br />

consciousness, you wander around and look in all directions; only one remains unknown, unseen,<br />

and that is none other than yourself.<br />

So the first sutra is:<br />

CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE SOUL. Let this sutra penetrate deep in your heart. Your voyage to the<br />

whole world is meaningless if you remained unaware of your own self. If you earned knowledge of<br />

all the rest but remained ignorant of yourself, even the entire sum of that knowledge will equal to<br />

nothing.<br />

You may have seen the whole universe, scanned the moons and the stars, but if you have failed to<br />

see yourself you remain a stranger among all. Because he alone can claim to have eyes who has<br />

seen himself; he alone can claim to have attained knowledge who has known himself. He alone<br />

is purified who has cleansed himself in the self-luminous consciousness. Consciousness alone is<br />

holy, purifying. Except consciousness, there is no other holy place for pilgrimage.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 9 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

Consciousness is your innate nature. You have not been away from it even for a moment. But the<br />

fact is, it is dark underneath the lamp. You can’t go too far away from the lamp, the illuminating<br />

consciousness – even if you wished to. You can, of course, have an illusion of having been moved<br />

too far apart from it; you can be in a dream world. But a dream cannot be the reality. Consciousness<br />

is your inherent nature and that is the only reality there is.<br />

Consciousness is the being. And so the first thing is: no one, nothing is mine except the<br />

consciousness. Should this feeling be<strong>com</strong>e crystallized in you, it will give birth to sannyas. Because,<br />

essentially, samsara means to carry the feeling that someone other than myself can be mine.<br />

Hence, the first sutra is tremendously radical; it can spark off a revolution in your life. It’s a<br />

provocation for making you realize for the first time the truth that you alone belong to yourself –<br />

there is no one else for you. This realization will naturally depress your mind; because you have<br />

built great relationships, you have saved lofty dreams around other people. You are carrying a lot of<br />

hopes from them.<br />

A mother is carrying high expectations from her son. A father is hopeful of his son. <strong>The</strong>y are<br />

<strong>com</strong>pletely lost in their hopes. Your father, for example, died carrying similar hopes. What did he<br />

gain from you? <strong>The</strong> same will apply to you; you too will meet death and gain nothing from your son.<br />

And your son will continue to follow the same stupidity – he will keep expectations from his son.<br />

No, this won’t help. Look at your own self – neither at someone who will follow you, nor at anyone<br />

who preceded you. No one is yours. No son can ever fulfill you. No relationship can ever be a<br />

substitute for your soul. You alone are your own friend. A realization of all this creates fear, because<br />

it makes one feel as though he is left all by himself.<br />

Man is so scared of being lonely that even as he passes through a deserted lane, he begins to sing<br />

in a loud voice. Just by listening to his own voice he feels he is not alone. <strong>The</strong> fact is, he is listening<br />

to his own voice, there is no one else around. Similarly, when the father builds his dreams around<br />

his son, the son is not a party to it. This is the father whistling alone in a deserted alley. He is bound<br />

to face unhappiness, because throughout his life he did nothing but weave dreams assuming his<br />

son was having the same dreams too. He is wrong. <strong>The</strong> son is engaged in his own dreams, the<br />

father in his own, his father cherished some other dreams – but they don’t meet anywhere.<br />

Every father dies unhappy. What can be the reason? Because, the fact remains that whatever<br />

dreams he creates, they all fall apart. Moreover, everyone here is to see his own dreams – not your<br />

dreams. And if you wish to attain an ideal situation, a satisfaction, then never create your dreams<br />

around someone else; otherwise, you are sure to get lost.<br />

Samsara simply means: the boat of your dreams is tethered to others. Sannyas means you have<br />

awakened; and that you have accepted one fact – regardless of how painful, how hurting, how<br />

terribly tormenting it may feel in the beginning – that you are alone. That all relationships, all<br />

<strong>com</strong>panionships are pseudo. This does not mean however that you should escape to the Himalayas.<br />

Because, one who is heading to the Himalayas shows that he still looks upon his relationships, his<br />

ties as real – that they haven’t be<strong>com</strong>e false and meaningless to him yet.<br />

Once it be<strong>com</strong>es evident that something is false, then there is no point in running away from it. After<br />

waking up in the morning and having realized the dream was false, one doesn’t start running away<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 10 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

from home. Once the falsity of the dream is recognized, the matter is over – what is there to run<br />

away from? And yet we <strong>com</strong>e across a man escaping from his wife, children. His very fleeing shows<br />

he must have just heard the dream is false – he himself has no realization of it. Until yesterday he<br />

rushed toward his wife, now he is running away from her – in either case, the wife remains crucial.<br />

A Jaina monk – Ganeshvarni – had for years renounced his wife. After twenty years of his be<strong>com</strong>ing<br />

a monk, he received the news of his wife’s death. <strong>The</strong> words he uttered hearing the news are worth<br />

noting. He said, ”Good riddance!” His disciples interpreted these words to mean non-attachment.<br />

But if you will give a little thought, it would be clear this is not non-attachment. Because the very<br />

idea of getting rid of wife shows she was still being seen as a botheration even after twenty years.<br />

<strong>The</strong> arithmetic is quite clear. <strong>The</strong> wife left behind twenty years ago must have been following like<br />

a shadow. She must have been haunting him all the time – weighing upon him. Even after twenty<br />

years he had not been able to free himself from her thought. His mind must have been debating all<br />

along whether what he did was right or wrong. <strong>The</strong> words, ”Good riddance” at the instance of wife’s<br />

death say nothing about the wife, they speak for the husband. Although this man did run away from<br />

his wife, but could not leave her.<br />

And Ganeshvarni was a holy man. So beware, holy men can also live in great delusion. He was<br />

indeed a man of impeccable character – unerring, virtuous, upright. And yet something went wrong,<br />

he took the very problem with him when he left for the Himalayas.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is yet another thing in this regard that needs to be understood as well. <strong>The</strong> fact that at the<br />

death of his wife the first thing which occurred to him was ”good riddance” shows that knowingly or<br />

unknowingly, the desire for her death must have been lurking somewhere in the unconscious. This<br />

requires to take a deeper look at it.<br />

At some level he must have wished that she be dead, finished forever; but this shows violence. Every<br />

word that we utter doesn’t just <strong>com</strong>e from out of the blue, without a reason. Every word <strong>com</strong>es from<br />

our innermost parts. And in such moments when the news of wife’s death has just arrived, you don’t<br />

react through the everyday normal attentive state. After an hour or so you be<strong>com</strong>e aware of it and<br />

then you begin to rationalize what you said, you patch it up. But that would all be a falsehood.<br />

In that very moment Ganeshvarni was given the news, he missed. In an instant he forgot about<br />

the whole facade of holiness he had created all around him for the past twenty years. If this could<br />

happen to Ganeshvarni, it can easily happen to you too.<br />

Running away won’t do any good. No one has ever been able to escape just by running away<br />

from something. But the disciples can never recognize this. Thinking that the words uttered<br />

by Ganeshvarni showed what a man of non-attachment he was, they consider them of great<br />

significance in the whole story.<br />

You can hardly ever know what ”non-attachment” means. Since you live in the world of attachments,<br />

you only understand what renunciation is. You understand when someone does something contrary<br />

to what you do. You know very well you can’t leave your wife, whole this man did – you obviously<br />

find him greater than you. <strong>The</strong> man is certainly opposite to you, but not different from you. You are<br />

standing on your feet while he is standing on his head – but there is not an iota’s difference between<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 11 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

his mind and your mind. Take a look for yourself. You all think the wife is a trouble. Can you find a<br />

single husband who can say the wife is not a pain? But please don’t ask him in front of his wife, ask<br />

him when he is alone, confidentially.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin said to me, ”Once I was a happy man too. But this I came to know only later – after<br />

I got married. It was too late by then, the happiness had already slipped through my hands.”<br />

If you probe deeply, you may hardly <strong>com</strong>e across a single husband who may not have thought of<br />

killing his wife, who may not have dreamed killing his wife. He may even wonder in the morning what<br />

a ridiculous dream he had, but deep in the unconscious his desire was indeed that. It’s a simple<br />

logic, the mind wants to destroy the cause of trouble. But the truth is, the other is never the cause of<br />

trouble.<br />

Who can stop you if the wife was indeed the cause of your trouble? If that were the case, all of you<br />

would have escaped to the Himalayas by no. <strong>The</strong> wife is not the source of your troubles. Because<br />

even in the Himalayas you’ll find a wife for you. <strong>The</strong> trouble is within you. You can’t live alone. You<br />

need the other. You are scared when left to yourself, but when someone else is around, you feel<br />

safe and confident. Why? <strong>The</strong> presence of the other makes one feel assured that in the time of<br />

need there will be someone, in life or death there will be someone he can rely upon. But the fact is<br />

that aloneness is one’s nature. And one who has realized that only the soul belongs to him, he has<br />

indeed experienced his aloneness.<br />

So there is no need to escape. Once you stop running away, the trouble disappears on its own.<br />

Remain wherever you are, there is no need to make even the slightest change. But be alone inside<br />

you. Experience the aloneness within you; feel you are alone without any friend or <strong>com</strong>panion. But<br />

please don’t repeat this, there is no need to repeat every morning, ”I am alone, I have no friends, no<br />

<strong>com</strong>panions.” This won’t help at all. Such repetition will only show that you haven’t got it yet. Please<br />

understand this.<br />

You are alone is a fact. <strong>The</strong> problem is in having an understanding of it – that is the real tapascharya,<br />

the real spiritual practice. It does not mean standing under the hot sun. Except man, all other<br />

animals and birds live under the sun – none of them is on the way to moksha. Also, spiritual practice<br />

does not mean abstaining from food, going on fast; as it is, half of the world is starving to death.<br />

Fasting does not lead anyone to moksha. Nothing will <strong>com</strong>e out of tormenting, torturing the body –<br />

it is self-destruction and the greatest sin ever. Only stupid people enter into such sins. Those who<br />

possess even a little bit of awareness would not do such foolish things.<br />

If forcing the other to starve is wrong, how can starving oneself to death be right? If torturing the<br />

other is violent, how can self-torturing be a non-violent act? Violence is in the very act of torture –<br />

it makes no difference who the victim is. Those who are courageous, they inflict pain on the other;<br />

while those who are weak, hurt themselves. Causing pain to the other is risky, he can take revenge.<br />

No such risk is involved in inflicting pain on oneself – who will avenge it? Hence, the weak torture<br />

themselves.<br />

Has it ever occurred to you, when the man gets upset he beats his wife, but when the wife gets upset<br />

she beats herself. <strong>The</strong> wife symbolizes the monks. So the helpless hurts himself – what else can<br />

he do? <strong>The</strong> powerful hurts the other. One who is powerless always faces the danger as to how the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 12 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

other might react, what the other might do to him. <strong>The</strong> one who is weak is self-destructive while the<br />

powerful is other-destructive. A religious person is non-destructive – he neither hurts the other, nor<br />

himself. <strong>The</strong> whole idea of hurting and torturing is meaningless.<br />

Tapascharya, spiritual practice means: accepting the truth that you are alone; that there is no way<br />

one can have a friend, a <strong>com</strong>panion. No matter how much you long for it, regardless of how much<br />

you close your eyes and dream of them – you will still remain alone. For lives you built a home, you<br />

built a family, and then you lost it – and all through that you have always remained alone. Not even<br />

slightly has your aloneness been ever affected. So one who has known, one who has accepted that<br />

he is alone, for him there is an indication in this sutra: CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE BEING. Only<br />

being is yours, nothing else.<br />

Secondly, the sutra says: THIS BEING IS THE CONSCIOUSNESS.<br />

Your being, your soul is not some kind of a doctrine which you can read in a scripture and believe in it.<br />

It is not something like a theory of gravitation. <strong>The</strong> soul is not a matter of theory, it is an experience.<br />

And the experience is that of the intensity of consciousness. Hence, the more you will be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

conscious, the more you will <strong>com</strong>e to realize the soul. <strong>The</strong> more you will be<strong>com</strong>e unconscious, the<br />

more you will fail to know yourself – and you are almost unconscious.<br />

One who wants to realize his own being doesn’t need to go through any philosophical treatise, rather<br />

he needs to know the technique of awakening his consciousness. He needs a method which can<br />

help him be<strong>com</strong>e more aware. For example, when you dig through the ashes, when you dust off the<br />

ashes, the hot coal begins to shine. Similarly, you need to have some kind of a technique which can<br />

dust off the ash and allow your amber to shine. Because only in the glimmer of that amber will you<br />

be able to recognize you are a consciousness.<br />

And the more conscious you are, the more centered you be<strong>com</strong>e. <strong>The</strong> day you will find you are<br />

the supreme consciousness, you will have attained the divinity. <strong>The</strong> very degree to which your<br />

consciousness grows will be the extent to which you will have realized your being. However, right<br />

now, you are almost unconscious. You are almost in the state of intoxication. You are walking,<br />

moving, working, but all as if in sleep – you are not aware.<br />

Has it ever occurred to you while reading a book that after having read the whole page you <strong>com</strong>e to<br />

realize, ”Heavens, I read the whole page and don’t remember a word of it – how did that happen?”<br />

You can indeed read a book in a state of sleep. As you read, your mind wanders around. After<br />

going through the page you be<strong>com</strong>e aware. You <strong>com</strong>e to realize you read the whole page in vain.<br />

Similarly, you walk down the whole street without being aware that you are walking. You go on doing<br />

your job without the awareness that you are working.<br />

Although your consciousness is the being, nevertheless, you go on living in unawareness. And then<br />

you ask, ”What is being? What is soul?” You want someone to give you a concluding proof or at<br />

least someone to explain its existence rationally. Otherwise, you may turn into an atheist. Atheism<br />

is a natural consequence of unawareness; theism is the result of awareness. As your awareness<br />

will go on increasing, there won’t be any need for you to believe in soul.<br />

Many fools believe in soul, but that’s of no use. In this country everyone believes in soul, what<br />

difference does it make? It doesn’t bring any transformation in your life. Perhaps you believe so<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 13 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

because such belief is being repeated for thousands of years. Your ears have be<strong>com</strong>e sore hearing<br />

it. You have <strong>com</strong>pletely forgotten you need to think about it. Hearing the same thing over and over<br />

again you be<strong>com</strong>e hypnotized. Hearing the same thing you forget that it is subject to doubt, that it<br />

needs to be thought over.<br />

Hearing that there is a soul brings you great satisfaction. You know pretty well that the body will die;<br />

it gives you much courage when you are told the soul won’t die. You find great solace hearing, ”<strong>The</strong><br />

soul will never die; that fire can’t burn in, the weapons can’t pierce it, death can’t cause any harm to<br />

it.” But such consolation is not the truth. Neither one can accept the soul as theory, nor can one let<br />

himself be hypnotized by the repeated assertion of its existence. Only they can know what soul is<br />

who are able to raise their consciousness.<br />

So live in such a way that the ash doesn’t gather on you. Live in a way that the amber within you<br />

remains burning, shining. Live a life where you are not unconscious, where you are aware every<br />

moment.<br />

A child was born to Mulla Nasruddin. That was his first son. He was immensely happy. He invited<br />

his friend to celebrate the happy occasion and both went to a tavern. You only know one way to<br />

celebrate the happiness – be<strong>com</strong>ing unconscious.<br />

This is very strange. Shiva, Mahavira, Buddha go on proclaiming, ”<strong>The</strong>re is only one joy in the world.<br />

<strong>The</strong> joy of awareness. And you only know one kind of pleasure – the pleasure of being unconscious.”<br />

Either you are right or they are right – both can’t be.<br />

So instead of going to the hospital first to see his newborn son, Mulla Nasruddin went straight to<br />

the bar. He thought of having some fun first, after all a long time dream had <strong>com</strong>e true. Both drank<br />

heavily. When they reached the hospital and Mulla looked at his son through the glass window, he<br />

began to cry. When asked by his friend why he as crying, Mulla said, ”<strong>The</strong> first thing is, he doesn’t<br />

look like me.” He didn’t know who he was really, he couldn’t have recognized even his own face, but<br />

he was quick in saying the son didn’t look like him. ”Secondly,” he said, ”the boy looks very small to<br />

me. What will I do having such a small child? Do you think he will survive?”<br />

Mulla’s friend said, ”Don’t you worry, when I was born I also weighed three pounds.” Nasruddin said,<br />

”Did you survive?” <strong>The</strong> friend thought for a while, he too was unconscious, and said, ”I can’t tell you<br />

for sure.”<br />

Man is unconscious. His entire perspective of life is filled with unawareness, his entire vision is<br />

blurred. You can’t see anything right. And you know only one pleasure and that is of forgetting<br />

yourself – whether by watching the movie, listening to music, or through sex. Whichever place<br />

helps you forget yourself, you feel that’s where you found the pleasure. You call forgetting yourself a<br />

pleasure. <strong>The</strong>re is a reason for it. Because whenever you be<strong>com</strong>e aware, you find nothing except<br />

misery in your life. Even a little bit of alertness on your part shows how much you are surrounded<br />

by pain, misery, and ugliness.<br />

I have a friend who remained a bachelor. I asked him, ”What happened? How did you miss?” He<br />

said, ”<strong>The</strong>re was a big problem. Whichever woman I fell in love with looked to me beautiful when I<br />

would be drunk. At that time I would be willing to marry her, but she would refuse. When I would<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 14 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e sober and conscious, she would be willing to marry me but I would refuse. This is how I<br />

missed. What to do – there was no way out.”<br />

Whenever you’ll open your eyes, you will find nothing but ugliness and misery all around you.<br />

Everything looks fine when you are in an unconscious state. This is the reason why you find it<br />

difficult to conceive: CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE BEING. You say, ”Impossible!” That’s why one<br />

needs to go through pain. That is called tapascharya, spiritual practice. Whenever one begins to<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e aware, first he will have to go through suffering. For lives you have created misery around<br />

you, who else would pass through it if not you? That is what we have called the karma.<br />

Karma simply means: the misery created all around by you for life after life. Knowingly or<br />

unknowingly you have sown the seeds of misery, now who will reap the crop? So whenever you<br />

<strong>com</strong>e to your awareness, you see the crop – long and wide. You will have to pass through this farm.<br />

But you sit there out of fear. Looking at the field and realizing what a great bother it is, you close<br />

your eyes and get drunk. But the more you be<strong>com</strong>e drunk, the more the crop grows. Each birth of<br />

yours adds something into the chain of your karmas, not reduce anything. It takes you deeper and<br />

deeper into a pit, the hell <strong>com</strong>es closer and closer.<br />

As soon as you are filled with awareness, the first thing that will happen is you will begin to see<br />

misery, the hell around you. Because you are the one who has created it. However, if you remain<br />

courageous and pass through the misery consciously, you will have cut the crop. You won’t have<br />

to go through the same miseries again. Once you have gone through this chain of miseries – the<br />

chain of karmas, the chain tied around your soul.... If you could pass through it without losing your<br />

consciousness, courageously, unworried; if you could determine, ”whatever misery I have created,<br />

I’ll go through it, I’ll go to the end of it. I want to arrive at that initial moment when I was innocent and<br />

the journey of suffering had not started yet, when my soul was absolutely pure and I had not gathered<br />

any misery – I am determined to penetrate up to that point regardless of any consequences, pain,<br />

or sorrow.”<br />

If you could show this much courage then sooner or later you are bound to cross your misery and<br />

reach the very point where this sutra of Shiva, CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE BEING, will be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

clear to you. And once you have be<strong>com</strong>e centered in your consciousness, no misery will ever be<br />

caused by you. Only an unconscious man creates misery all around him.<br />

Have you seen a drunkard walk on the street staggering along? That’s how your life is. You take a<br />

step in one direction and the foot lands in another direction. You set out to go at one place, but reach<br />

somewhere else. You leave home to talk about one thing but end up speaking something else. You<br />

see this happening every day, and yet you fail to understand why it is so. You go out to ask someone<br />

an apology, but return home after having squabbled more. Are you in your senses? You begin with<br />

a loving talk but end up with hostility.<br />

One man, drunk, was walking down the street looking at the sky. A car passed by him. <strong>The</strong> driver<br />

barely managed in saving the accident. He stopped the car and said to the man, ”Sir, if you won’t<br />

look in the direction where you want to go, you might end up going where you are looking now.” And<br />

we are all....<br />

You have no idea where you are going, why you are going, where you are looking, why you are<br />

looking. You are constantly on the move, because there is a restlessness within which does not<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 15 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

allow you to sit down. <strong>The</strong> energy inside keeps you going. <strong>The</strong>n whatsoever you do it produces<br />

contrary results.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to see me and they say, ”We never did any wrong deeds, we were always good to<br />

others but received wickedness from them in return.” But it is not possible that you may do good<br />

but receive evil back from them. It is impossible that you may sow the seed of mango and the tree<br />

would give in return the bitter fruit of a neem tree. This is impossible. <strong>The</strong> only thing possible is that<br />

in your unconscious state instead of sowing the seed of the mango you must have sown the seed of<br />

the neem tree. Because why would the tree lie? You must have mistakenly sown the wrong seeds.<br />

So even when you do good, your intention is never the same.<br />

Even when you speak the truth, you do so to hurt the other person. You speak the truth to insult the<br />

other person. You speak truth as if to use it as some kind of a deadly weapon. Your truths are bitter.<br />

Truth doesn’t have to be bitter too. But you find pleasure in making the truth sound bitter. You have<br />

no interest in the truth itself really. Your lie is always sweet; your truth is always bitter. What’s the<br />

matter? Is bitterness the nature of truth? Is sweetness part of a lie?<br />

No, the fact is, you want to make your lie passable, therefore you make it sound sweet. You know<br />

very well it won’t work otherwise. You know that in the first place a lie is difficult to promote unless<br />

ac<strong>com</strong>panied by sweetness. It works the same way as giving a bitter pill but sugar coated, to a child.<br />

He swallows it taking the pill to be a candy. Before he can feel the bitterness, the pill goes already<br />

in.<br />

You make the lie sound sweet because you want to promote the lie. You make the truth sound bitter<br />

because you are interested not in promoting the truth but in using it for the purpose of hurting others.<br />

You speak the truth only when you want to use it in a way so as to make it even worse than a lie.<br />

You are unconscious. You are totally unaware of your actions. You need to look at yourself with a<br />

little more alertness. Did you speak what you intended to say, or was it something else? Was what<br />

you said on your mind really?<br />

Mark Twain returned home one evening. His wife asked, ”How did your speech go?” He said, ”Which<br />

one? <strong>The</strong> one I had prepared, or the one that I delivered? or the one that I had wished to deliver?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> speech one prepares and the speech he delivers are always very different. Moreover, while<br />

<strong>com</strong>ing home the speech he thinks he should have given is altogether different.<br />

Are you in your right senses? You go on missing all the targets; have you ever hit a single target in<br />

your life? Even a man with a blindfold may sometimes manage to hit his arrow on the mark, but not<br />

you.<br />

I have heard it said that even a stopped clock shows correct time twice in twenty four hours, but you<br />

can spend a lifetime without being correct even twice. Are you worse than a stopped clock? A man<br />

may someday succeed in hitting the target even if he were to go on throwing his arrows in the dark.<br />

You throw your arrows with open eyes, in the light, and yet never do you ever hit the mark. What<br />

could be the reason?<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 16 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was fond of hunting deer. When he reached the lodge on his third hunting trip and<br />

opened his suitcase, he found a large photograph under which his wife had written, ”Mulla, this is<br />

how a deer looks.” Mulla loved to hunt, but had no idea how a deer looked like. His wife wanted to<br />

make sure he didn’t kill any odd thing and bring it home as a deer, hence the photograph.<br />

You have missed at every instance, and that’s the cause of your misery. And the only reason why you<br />

have missed is that, you are not aware. I say, therefore, whatsoever you do, do it with awareness.<br />

Walk with awareness, talk with awareness.<br />

Mahavira has said, ”Remain alert when you walk, when you sit, when you take your food, when you<br />

speak, even in sleep.” When Mahavira was asked who is a sadhu, who is a holy man, he said, ”One<br />

who is aware.” When asked who is a non-sadhu, he replied, ”One who is unaware.” A man who lives<br />

as if asleep is the non-sadhu; one who lives in full consciousness is the sadhu.<br />

This is exactly what Shiva is saying: CONSCIOUSNESS IS THE SOUL. Raise your consciousness<br />

and by and by you are bound to see the glimpse of soul in your life.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second sutra is: KNOWLEDGE IS BONDAGE. This is a very strange sutra. ’Knowledge’ has<br />

many meanings. One, as long as you are filled with the knowledge that ”I am”, you will remain in<br />

ignorance, because, the very sense of the ”I”, the ego, is ignorance. <strong>The</strong> day you are filled with the<br />

soul, the ’am-ness’ will remain but the ’I-ness’ will disappear. From ”I am”, the ’I’ will drop and simply<br />

’am’ will remain.<br />

You can experiment with this. Sometimes sit quietly under a tree and look within yourself, see where<br />

is the ’I’? You won’t find it anywhere. <strong>The</strong> ’am’ you will of course find everywhere in the existence,<br />

but never the ego. <strong>The</strong> ego is your creation, it is of your making, it is false, untrue. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing<br />

more unauthentic than the ego itself. It <strong>com</strong>es out handy.<br />

Although it is required in the world, as such it nowhere has any place in truth.<br />

So, there is this knowledge that ’I am’, which is the cause of bondage. <strong>The</strong> awareness that I have of<br />

the ’am-ness’ is pure and limitless. When you say ’am’, can there be any distinction between your<br />

’am-ness’ and the am-ness of a tree? Would there be any difference between your am-ness and<br />

my am-ness? When you only are, then you, the rivers, the mountains, the trees all be<strong>com</strong>e one.<br />

However, as soon as you say ”I”, you be<strong>com</strong>e separate from the whole. <strong>The</strong> moment you say ”I”,<br />

you break away, you alienate yourself, you disconnect yourself from the existence.<br />

Am-ness is Brahman and ”I” is man’s state of ignorance. When you know simply that you are, then<br />

there is no separate center within you. <strong>The</strong>n you be<strong>com</strong>e one with the existence. <strong>The</strong>n you be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

like a wave which is lost in the ocean. Right now you are like the wave which frozen into ice, which<br />

has broken itself away from the ocean.<br />

Gyanam bandaha So the first thing is: KNOWLEDGE IS BONDAGE – the knowledge that ”I am.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> other kind of bondage is all the knowledge that you have gathered from outside, which you<br />

have stolen from the scriptures, the knowledge which you have borrowed from the great Masters,<br />

the knowledge which is stored in your memory – all of this is bondage. You won’t be able to free<br />

yourself from it. That’s why you cannot find a man more enslaved than the pundit.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 17 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

All kinds of people <strong>com</strong>e to me – all kinds of patients. But no one among them is more afflicted<br />

with cancer than the pundit, the scholar. <strong>The</strong>re is no cure for him – he is beyond treatment. <strong>The</strong><br />

trouble with him is that he knows. Hence, he can neither listen nor understand. Before you say<br />

anything to him he has already understood the meaning of it; before he has heard you, he would<br />

have formed his own theory. A mind filled with words is incapable of knowing. He knows so much<br />

without knowing, because all his knowledge is borrowed.<br />

If knowledge could be attained through scriptures, everyone would have attained it. Knowledge is<br />

attained when a person has be<strong>com</strong>e silent, when he has dropped all the scriptures, when he returns<br />

to the world all the knowledge which he has borrowed from others, when he goes on a search of<br />

that which is his original existence – the one which he has not attained from other people.<br />

Try to understand this a little. You have received your body from your parents. You have nothing<br />

in your body that is actually yours. One half of it is a contribution from your father, and the other<br />

half from your mother. <strong>The</strong>n the body is made of the food you eat every day. And further, the body<br />

contains the five elements – the air, the fire, and so on. You can’t claim any of these as yours.<br />

But your consciousness consists of neither of these elements, nor have you obtained it from your<br />

parents.<br />

Whatsoever you know, you have learned it from your schools and universities, you have heard it<br />

from your scriptures, you have obtained it from your gurus. But all of that is a part of your body, nor<br />

of your soul. Your soul is that which you have obtained from no one. So your true nature consists of<br />

that which you have received from no body – neither from your mother, nor father, society, guru, or<br />

scripture. Until you have discovered that pure element which is innately yours, you won’t be able to<br />

realize your true being.<br />

So knowledge is the bondage because it doesn’t allow you to reach up to your true nature, your true<br />

being. It is the knowledge that has divided mankind. You call yourself a Hindu, or a Mohammedan.<br />

Have you ever thought why you are a Hindu or a Mohammedan? What is the difference between a<br />

Hindu and a Mohammedan really? Can a physician ever find out on the basis of a blood test whether<br />

the blood belongs to a Hindu or a Mohammedan? Can anyone determine whether a particular bone<br />

has been taken from the body of a Hindu or a Mohammedan? <strong>The</strong>re is no way.<br />

You won’t know anything by investigating bodies because the bodies of both – the Hindu and the<br />

Mohammedan – are made of the same five elements. But if you examine their minds you will surely<br />

know who is a Hindu and who is a Mohammedan. For the simple reason that their scriptures are<br />

different, their principles are different, their words are different. <strong>The</strong> difference between the two<br />

consists of words. You are a Hindu because you received one kind of knowledge which is labelled<br />

as ”Hindu”. Somebody is a Jaina because he received a different kind of knowledge which is named<br />

as Jaina. All the differences between you, all the walls, are the walls of knowledge – and all your<br />

knowledge is borrowed.<br />

Raise a Moslem child in a Hindu household, he will grow to be a Hindu. He will wear the sacred<br />

thread like a Brahmin does. He will quote from the Vedas and the Upanishads. Similarly, let a Hindu<br />

child be brought up in a Muslim household, he will begin reciting the verses of Koran.<br />

Knowledge binds you. It makes a wall around you. It makes you fight your fellow beings and it<br />

brings malice, enmity in your life. Just think for a while, if you were not brought up as a Hindu,<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 18 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

a Mohammedan, Jaina, or a Parsi, what would you do? You would grow up as a human being –<br />

without any walls around you.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are about three hundred religions in the world – three hundred prisons. Each man is made<br />

to be locked up in one or the other prison as soon as he is born. And the priests try their best to<br />

have their control lover the child as early as possible. <strong>The</strong>y call it ”religious education,” but there is<br />

nothing more irreligious than this. <strong>The</strong> child is caught young, before his is seven, because after that<br />

it would be difficult each day to exercise control over the child. If the child were to gain even a little<br />

bit of understanding, he will begin to raise questions. And the pundits have absolutely no answers<br />

to the childs questions.<br />

<strong>The</strong> pundit can satisfy only the idiots. <strong>The</strong> less intelligent a person is, the more quickly he is satisfied<br />

by the pundit. He asks a question, and the answer is given to him. You ask a pundit, ”Who created<br />

the world?” He answers, ”God created the world.” You <strong>com</strong>e home happy and satisfied without asking<br />

him, ”Who created God?” <strong>The</strong> pundit would have been annoyed had you asked this second question<br />

because even he doesn’t know the answer to it. <strong>The</strong> answer is not given in the book. And it is a<br />

bothersome question – who created God? You can go on and on asking questions on the same line<br />

endlessly no matter what the answer may be.<br />

If you look at it closely, you’ll find that your first question was not answered at all – the pundit<br />

merely satisfied your curiosity. Seeing you are not so intelligent. Children are innocent. <strong>The</strong>ir<br />

faculties of reasoning and thinking are not developed as yet. <strong>The</strong>y are not in a position to ask<br />

questions. Whatever garbage you may dump into their brains, they will accept it. Children are open<br />

to everything, because they feel whatever is given to them must be right. A child can’t raise many<br />

questions. In order to raise a question one requires some degree of maturity. That’s why all religions<br />

grab the children and virtually strangle their spirits.<br />

This strangling looks very beautiful, very ornamental. One has the Bible hanging in his neck, another<br />

his samayasar, while someone has the Koran in his neck, and someone else has the Geeta around<br />

his neck. <strong>The</strong>se ties are so endearing that it requires a tremendous courage for one to get rid of<br />

them. And whenever you will try to drop them, one danger will <strong>com</strong>e facing you: doing away with<br />

these books would mean you know nothing, only the books contain all the knowledge. Hence you<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e anxious to guard these scriptures with your life. This is the only way you can hide your<br />

ignorance.<br />

It would be a very simple matter if one could do away with his ignorance just by hiding it. <strong>The</strong> fact is,<br />

ignorance grows more when you hide it. It is like hiding a wound. But hiding a wound won’t cure it;<br />

instead, it will grow inside deeper and deeper. And the pus will spread throughout within the body.<br />

Shiva says: KNOWLEDGE IS BONDAGE.<br />

Any knowledge – whether learned from somebody or borrowed from somewhere – the knowledge<br />

is the cause of bondage. Hence, drop all that which you have acquired from others. Go in search of<br />

that which you have received from no one. Set out in search of the face that is authentically yours.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a spring of consciousness hidden within you, which no one has given to you. It is your very<br />

own nature, your own treasure, your very soul.<br />

<strong>The</strong> third sutra is: YONIVARGAHA KALASHARIRAM<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 19 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

Yoni means the nature. That’s why we call the woman, or the female element, prakriti or nature. <strong>The</strong><br />

woman gives birth to the body, she represents prakriti. And kala means the will to do. <strong>The</strong>re is only<br />

one art, and that is: the art of entering this world. And this <strong>com</strong>es through the will to do, to be a<br />

doer.<br />

Your body is made of two things: your will to do, your ego, and the physical form you have received<br />

from the prakriti, the nature. If the will to do is present within you, then the nature will go on providing<br />

you with an appropriate body. This is how you have been born again and again. Sometimes you<br />

were an animal, sometimes a bird, a tree some other time, and sometimes a man. Whatsoever you<br />

wished to achieve, it has happened. Your desire to achieve be<strong>com</strong>es the actuality; thoughts be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

real things. So beware when you desire, because all desires are fulfilled – sooner or later.<br />

If you are of the habit of watching the birds fly in the sky and wonder, ”How free the birds are, I wish<br />

I were a bird.” it will not be long before you be<strong>com</strong>e a bird. You see dogs mating, and if that moment<br />

a thought arises in you, ”What freedom! What happiness!” – soon you will be<strong>com</strong>e a dog. Whatever<br />

desire you keep within you, it be<strong>com</strong>es a seed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> nature only gives birth to the body. You are the artist, you are your own creator. So the meaning<br />

of kala is: you have fashioned your own body. No one else gives you the body – it is your very desire<br />

that gives it a form.<br />

Has it ever occurred to you that the last thought before your falling asleep at night be<strong>com</strong>es the first<br />

thought on waking up in the morning? All night long, while you remain asleep, the thought stays<br />

within you in a seed form. And so, that which is the last thing at night be<strong>com</strong>es first in the morning.<br />

At the moment of your death all your desires will <strong>com</strong>e together and be<strong>com</strong>e a seed. That very seed<br />

will consequently be the new life in the womb. You start fresh from where you left off.<br />

Whatsoever you are is of your own making. Don’t blame others. As a matter of fact, there is no one<br />

whom you can blame. Basically it is the cumulative effect of your own actions. Whatsoever you are<br />

– beautiful or ugly, happy or unhappy, man or a woman – it is all a result of your actions. You are the<br />

architect of your life. Don’t blame on your stars – you’ll be simply fooling yourself. This way you are<br />

dumping the responsibility on to someone else.<br />

No need to say God has sent you – don’t dump the responsibility on God. That’s just a strategy to<br />

avoid your own responsibility. You alone are the cause for being imprisoned in this body. One who<br />

understands perfectly that he himself is responsible for being in this world, a transformation takes<br />

place in his life.<br />

Shiva is saying: the body is a product of nature and your will to do. <strong>The</strong> nature is merely the source,<br />

the womb. Your ego functions like a seed in it. Your will to do this or that, to achieve this or that, to<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e this or that – acts like a seed. And the moment the art of your doing meets the womb of<br />

nature, a body is formed.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, buddhas say: ”Give up all desires, only then will you be liberated.: If you desired for<br />

heaven, you will be<strong>com</strong>e an angel, but that won’t be liberation either. Because as long as desires<br />

persist, there can never be any liberation. All desires lead to the formation of bodies.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 20 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

So as long as you have not attained to desirelessness, as long as you have not renounced desires<br />

<strong>com</strong>pletely, you will go on taking births and wandering in different bodies. And howsoever different<br />

the forms of the body may be, their basic condition is always the same. <strong>The</strong> ills of the body are<br />

the same, regardless whether it’s a bird’s body or man’s. <strong>The</strong>re is no difference in their miseries,<br />

because the fundamental misery is only one: the soul be<strong>com</strong>ing confined in the body, the entering<br />

of the soul into the prison of body. A prison after all is a prison; it makes no difference whether its<br />

walls are circular or angular no matter what you think.<br />

A friend of mine is a drawing teacher. He was sentenced to prison for three years. When he came<br />

out I asked him how his stay was. He said, ”Everything was alright except the corners of my prison<br />

cell were not set at right angles to each other.” This was the brain of a drawing teacher – he was<br />

upset the corners were not made at ninety degrees. This is what troubled him all three years –<br />

staying in the same prison cell day in and day out staring at the corners which were not at right<br />

angles.<br />

Now what difference does it make if the corners were set at ninety degrees or not? A prison is a<br />

prison. Whether the body is that of a bird or a man does not make much difference. <strong>The</strong> fact is, you<br />

are imprisoned – and that’s the misery. You got tied down – and that’s the pain. Desire binds. <strong>The</strong><br />

desire is the rope that binds us. And remember, except you, no one else is responsible for it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fourth sutra is: UDYAMA IS BHAIRAVA. Udyama means the spiritual endeavor by which you<br />

attempt to <strong>com</strong>e out of this prison. And this endeavor is bhairava. Bhairava is a technical term:<br />

’bha’ means that which sustains, that which maintains, ’ra’ means that which destroys, ’va’ means<br />

that which expands. So bhairava means: the Brahman – that which is upholding and sustaining us,<br />

that in which we are born and in which we will eventually disappear; that which constitutes all the<br />

expanse and will ultimately <strong>com</strong>e to shrink; that which is the origin of all and in which all will <strong>com</strong>e<br />

to an end. <strong>The</strong> total existence is bhairava.<br />

Shiva says: UDYAMA IS BHAIRAVA. <strong>The</strong> day you begin your spiritual endeavor, you start be<strong>com</strong>ing<br />

bhairava – you start be<strong>com</strong>ing one with God. Your first rays of endeavor, and the journey toward the<br />

sun has begun; the first thought of liberation, and the destination is not far off. Because the first step<br />

is almost half of the journey.<br />

Spiritual endeavor is bhairava. It will take time for you to attain it; it will be a while before you<br />

reach the destination. But as soon have begun the effort and the seed is sown: ”Let me get out of<br />

this prison and be free of this body, let me be relieved of all desires, let me not sow more seeds<br />

and increase my involvement in this world, let me not desire more births.” As soon as the feeling<br />

intensifies within you to over<strong>com</strong>e your unconsciousness, you start be<strong>com</strong>ing bhairava, you start<br />

be<strong>com</strong>ing one with Brahman. In fact, you are already one with Brahman, just that you need to<br />

remember it. Basically you are that – a stream of the same ocean, a ray of the same sun, a tiny part<br />

of the same vast sky. Once you begin to remember this and the prison walls begin to crumble, you<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e one with the infinite space.<br />

UDYAMA IS BHAIRAVA – a very intense effort is needed. <strong>The</strong> sleep is very deep. Only a consistent<br />

hammering will be able to break it. So being lazy won’t help. You may destroy the sleep today but<br />

create a new one tomorrow. This way you will continue to wander from one birth to another. It would<br />

not do any good if you broke the sleep on the one hand and went on creating anew on the other –<br />

all your effort will be in vain. So udyama means you must make an all out effort.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 21 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and say, ”We make the effort but nothing happens.” I look at their faces and I find<br />

that either they make no effort at all, or even when they do it is always so lukewarm. <strong>The</strong>ir efforts<br />

are spiritless, that’s why nothing happens. But they <strong>com</strong>e to me <strong>com</strong>plaining as if they are doing a<br />

favor to God and yet nothing is happening. <strong>The</strong>y feel something is wrong, otherwise why is it that<br />

things happen to others, but never to them? <strong>The</strong>y think it to be unjust.<br />

No injustice ever takes place in this universe. Whatsoever happens is always just and right, for there<br />

is no human being sitting up there doing either justice or injustice. <strong>The</strong> universe is ruled by certain<br />

laws, and these laws constitute religion. If you walked around scatterbrained, you are bound to fall<br />

and break your leg. In that case you won’t be able to blame the law of gravitation for it in the courts.<br />

Gravity is neither interested in causing you to fall, nor in guarding you from falling. When you walk<br />

straight it guards you from falling; when you don’t, it brings you down. As such, the gravity has no<br />

vested interest of its own either to see you fall down, or saving you from falling.<br />

<strong>The</strong> universal law is always neutral. Religion is the name of this neutral law. <strong>The</strong> Hindus call it ’rita’<br />

– its the supreme law. It shows no favoritism – making someone fall, lifting someone else – nothing<br />

of the sort. When you walk correctly, the law protects you; when you wish to fall down, it helps you<br />

to fall. <strong>The</strong> law works under all conditions. <strong>The</strong> law is always available. You can use it whichever<br />

you like, its doors are always open to you. If you want to hit your head against the closed door, it will<br />

not stop you. If you want to walk through the door, it will let you. <strong>The</strong> law is absolutely neutral.<br />

So UDYAMA IS BHAIRAVA. A great effort is needed. udyama means: an intense effort. An effort<br />

that would require you to involve your total being is udyama. <strong>The</strong>n your be<strong>com</strong>ing a bhairava will not<br />

take too long.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fifth sutra is: ONE WHO APPLIES HIS TOTAL ENERGY, FOR HIM THE WORLD EXISTS NO<br />

MORE.<br />

And if you have made the right effort, if you have harnessed your total energy into searching the<br />

truth, God, or soul, then the circuit of your energy be<strong>com</strong>es <strong>com</strong>plete. Right now it is not a whole –<br />

it is torn and split.<br />

Scientists say that even the most intelligent person in the world does not use more than fifteen<br />

percent of his intellect – the remaining eighty-five percent goes to rot. If this is true about the genius,<br />

imagine what it must be in case of a fool. Perhaps he never uses his intellect at all. Even our physical<br />

energy we don’t use more than five percent. So if you live an apathetic, spiritless life, whose fault<br />

is it? You never live totally. You are afraid lest the flame of life might engulf you. Hence you live<br />

apprehensively, scared, so the energy circuit within you never <strong>com</strong>pletes.<br />

Your life is like a car which moves sometimes with jerks caused by the dirt in its gas as if it has<br />

hiccups. That’s ordinarily how you live – piecemeal. Your energy moves in fits and starts, bit by bit,<br />

it never <strong>com</strong>es to an integrated whole. It’s a matter of utilizing your full energy – in anything. For<br />

example, if you are a painter and if you were to devote your entire energy into painting a picture –<br />

without holding back even a bit – you will attain liberation there and then. Such application of total<br />

energy is udyama. As soon as the circuit is <strong>com</strong>plete, you be<strong>com</strong>e bhairava. If you are a sculptor<br />

and have poured into your sculpture all that you have – so much so that only the sculpture remains,<br />

you disappear – the energy circuit <strong>com</strong>pletes. So when you use your total energy in any work – it<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es meditation. <strong>The</strong>n the bhairava is close, the temple is nearby.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 22 Osho


CHAPTER 1. THE DARKNESS INSIDE<br />

<strong>The</strong> fifth sutra says: ONE WHO APPLIES HIS TOTAL ENERGY, FOR HIM THE WORLD EXISTS<br />

NO MORE.<br />

Whenever the circuit of your energy be<strong>com</strong>es <strong>com</strong>plete, total – not broken in pieces, but whole –<br />

that very moment the world ceases to exist for you. You be<strong>com</strong>e God. You be<strong>com</strong>e bhairava. You<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e free. <strong>The</strong>n there is no bondage for you – no body, no samsara.<br />

So remember, you have to apply your total energy. If you will bring into effect your whole energy in<br />

this meditation camp, if you did not meditate superficially – but instead gave all your energy – you<br />

will experience that very moment suddenly that the world has disappeared and you are facing God.<br />

Transformation takes place the moment you apply your energy totally. <strong>The</strong>n you stand with your<br />

back to the world and face toward God. One flash of this experience and you are never the same<br />

again. Just a glimpse of it is enough to set your life on that journey.<br />

So remember, drown yourself here <strong>com</strong>pletely – only then will something happen. If you will hold<br />

back even a little, all your effort will prove useless. Until the effort has be<strong>com</strong>e udyama – a total<br />

effort – you will not be able to attain to bhairava.<br />

Enough for today.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 23 Osho


12 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 2<br />

<strong>The</strong> Stars Mirrored<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

JAGRATSWAPUASUSHUPTBHEDE TURYABHOG SAMVITA<br />

GYANAM JAGRAT<br />

SWAPNOVIKALPAHA<br />

AVIVEKO MAYASOWSHUPTAM.<br />

TRITIYA BHOKTA VIRESHAHA.<br />

KNOWING WAKEFULNESS, DREAMING AND DEEP SLEEP-EACH SEPARATELY – THE<br />

FOURTH STATE IS ATTAINED.<br />

CONSTANCY OF KNOWLEDGE IS THE WAKING STATE.<br />

CHOOSING IS THE DREAMING STATE.<br />

UNCONSCIOUSNESS AND LACK OF SELF-AWARENESS CREATE THE ILLUSION OF DEEP<br />

SLEEP.<br />

HE WHO IS AWARE OF ALL THREE IS THE SUPREME HERO.<br />

24


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

KNOWING WAKEFULNESS, DREAMING AND DEEP SLEEP – EACH SEPARATELY – -TURIYA,<br />

THE FOURTH STATE, IS ATTAINED.<br />

Turiya, the fourth state, means supreme knowledge. <strong>The</strong> fourth state means that there is no<br />

darkness of any sort within. All the inner landscape is illuminated; no area of darkness remains.<br />

Nothing of ourselves, neither within nor without, is unknown to us. <strong>The</strong> light of wakefulness makes<br />

everything visible.<br />

As we are now, we are either awake or dreaming or in deep sleep. We have no idea of the fourth<br />

state. When we are awake we see the outside world, but we ourselves are in darkness. Objects<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e visible, but we have no knowledge of our inner self. <strong>The</strong> world lights up but not the soul.<br />

This is the state of semi-wakefulness, half-wakefulness.<br />

What we call waking up in the morning, is just this half-wakeful state. This is not really worthwhile<br />

because it is the useless which is visible; the useful remains hidden. We see the rubbish, but the<br />

diamonds remain in obscurity. We cannot see our own selves though the whole world is made visible<br />

to us.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second state is the state of dreaming. In dreaming we lose not only ourselves, but also the<br />

outside world. All we see are images floating in the mind, reflections of the external world. We see<br />

these reflections as we would see the moon or the stars mirrored in a lake. On waking we see things<br />

distinctly; in dreams we see them as reflections.<br />

<strong>The</strong> third state that we are acquainted with is deep sleep. In this state, first the external world, the<br />

world of objects is lost to us; then the reflections fade, dreams disappear and we are left in total<br />

darkness. This is known as deep sleep. In this state we have no knowledge either of the outer world<br />

or of the inner world.<br />

In the waking state we have knowledge of the external world. In the dream state, which is between<br />

wakefulness and deep sleep, we have knowledge only of the reflections formed in the wakeful state,<br />

but no knowledge of the objects without.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fourth state is turiya. This state is the goal we are striving to reach. All meditations, all yoga, are<br />

endeavors to reach the fourth state. <strong>The</strong> fourth state means knowledge of both, what is within and<br />

what is without - <strong>com</strong>plete wakefulness; there is no darkness within or without. This is what is known<br />

as buddhahood. Mahavir called this enlightened state, jinatva. <strong>The</strong> light spreads everywhere, inside<br />

and out; and in this light we know objects and also know our self. <strong>The</strong>se sutras show how the fourth<br />

state is attained.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first sutra says:<br />

KNOWING WAKEFULNESS, DREAMING AND DEEP SLEEP –<br />

EACH SEPARATELY – TURIYA, THE FOURTH STATE IS<br />

ATTAINED.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 25 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

We know, but we do not know that we know, each of these states. When we dream, we do not<br />

know we are dreaming; we are <strong>com</strong>pletely identified with the dream. It is only on awakening in the<br />

morning that we realize we were dreaming; but by the time we know it, the state has long since<br />

gone. While we are in this state we are not aware of it, apart from it, because we are identified<br />

with it. In the dream world we be<strong>com</strong>e the dream. By the time we realize it was a dream we have<br />

identified ourselves with the waking state.<br />

You say: I am awake. You have forgotten that again, that very night, you will drop your identity with<br />

this state and be<strong>com</strong>e one with your dreams. You be<strong>com</strong>e one with whatever appears before your<br />

eyes - but the truth is that you are apart from all of them.<br />

It is just as when the rains came, you feel that you are the monsoon; when summer <strong>com</strong>es you feel<br />

that you are summer, when winter <strong>com</strong>es that you are winter. <strong>The</strong> three seasons are all around you;<br />

you are totally separate from them. In childhood you thought you were a child; in youth you think you<br />

are young; when old age <strong>com</strong>es you will think you have be<strong>com</strong>e old. But you are beyond all three.<br />

If this were not so, how could the child be<strong>com</strong>e the youth? <strong>The</strong>re is something within you that could<br />

leave childhood behind and continue into youth. That something is separate, apart, from childhood<br />

and youth.<br />

You are lost when you dream. On waking you know the dream was false. <strong>The</strong>re is some element of<br />

consciousness within you that is the voyager; waking, dreaming and deep sleep are just stoppages<br />

along the way. As soon as you be<strong>com</strong>e aware of the fact that you stand alone and apart from them,<br />

the fourth state is born within you. This separateness, this apartness, is the fourth state.<br />

Mahavir has coined a beautiful word for this state. He calls it the science of discrimination. He says<br />

that the whole science consists of making careful discriminations of spiritual secrets. And this is<br />

also what the Shiv-Sutra aims at: you should realize that each of these states is separate. As soon<br />

as this realization is reached you will also know your separate identity. You will have learned the art<br />

of making distinctions. Right now your mental state is such that you identify with whatever appears<br />

before you.<br />

Someone abuses you: you be<strong>com</strong>e angry. In that moment you are one with the anger. You<br />

<strong>com</strong>pletely forget that a moment ago there was no anger, but you existed; and in a moment the<br />

anger will pass away, but you will remain. So anger is the smoke that momentarily engulfs you; it is<br />

not your nature.<br />

In anxiety, the cloud of apprehension pervades; the sun is hidden behind it; you forget <strong>com</strong>pletely<br />

that you are separate. In happiness you dance with joy; when sorrow <strong>com</strong>es, you cry. Whatever<br />

happens, you are one with it. You are not aware of your separateness. You must start learning how<br />

to separate it by and by. At every stage you have to disidentify yourself. While eating you must know<br />

that it is the body that feels the hunger, not you. You are only the knower. Consciousness feels no<br />

hunger. When you feel hot and you perspire, be sure you realize that it is the body which perspires.<br />

This does not mean that you should sit in the sun and get drenched with sweat. Let the body be<br />

<strong>com</strong>fortable, but maintain your awareness that the <strong>com</strong>fort is being provided for the body, you are<br />

only the knower.<br />

Little by little, stand apart from everything that happens around you. It is very difficult; the gap is<br />

small and hard to see, the boundaries not clear at all. For millions of lives you have learned to<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 26 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

identify. You never learned disidentification. You learned to identify with every situation. You have<br />

totally forgotten the art of disidentification, and this is your unconsciousness – that you have learned<br />

to identify.<br />

One morning found Mulla Nasruddin at the bedside of his friend who was in the hospital. <strong>The</strong> patient<br />

opened his eyes and said, ”What happened, Nasruddin? I haven’t the faintest idea.”<br />

”Last night you just had a little too much to drink,” said the Mulla. ”<strong>The</strong>n you stood in the window and<br />

said, you can fly. You tried to fly out of the third-story window. And this is the result – your broken<br />

bones!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> friend was shocked. ”But you were with me, Mulla. Why did you allow it to happen? What kind<br />

of a friend are you?”<br />

”Let’s not talk about that,” said Nasruddin. ”At the time I was convinced that you could do it. If<br />

the cord of my pyjamas had not broken I would have taken off with you. But how could I keep my<br />

pyjamas on while I was flying? That is all that held me back. You weren’t the only one drunk.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> meaning of unconsciousness is to be one with whatever <strong>com</strong>es to the mind. If the drunk thinks<br />

that he can fly, he cannot discriminate. <strong>The</strong>re is no ability to discriminate left within him. He be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

one with the thought.<br />

Your life is exactly like this. Granted, you do not fly out of windows and break any bones and land<br />

in the hospital, but if you observe very, very minutely you will find that you are in the hospital with<br />

all your bones broken. Your whole life is one long illness, which gives you nothing but pain and<br />

suffering. At every step you fall. At every step you have fallen. At every step you have hurt yourself,<br />

and behind all this devastation, there is only one reason: your unconsciousness. You fail to create a<br />

distance between you and your surroundings.<br />

Just stand back a little. Move step by step. It is a long journey, because what has been built up over<br />

millions of lives cannot be so easily destroyed. However, it can be done. Whatever you have created<br />

is false. <strong>The</strong> Hindus call it maya. Maya means: the world which you are caught in is false. This does<br />

not actually mean that the sun and the stars, the mountains and the trees are false. it only means<br />

that your identification with your perception of them is false. You live with this identification. That is<br />

your world!<br />

How can you break this association? First, start from your waking state. Because only in the waking<br />

state is a slight ray of consciousness. How can you start with dreams? It would be very difficult. And<br />

you do not know deep sleep at all, because all consciousness is lost there. Begin with the waking<br />

state, that is where your spiritual path begins. That is the first step. <strong>The</strong> second step is the dream<br />

state, and the third is deep sleep. <strong>The</strong> day you <strong>com</strong>plete all the three steps you will naturally have<br />

stepped into the fourth: turiya, the state of self-realization.<br />

Begin with the waking state. That is the path; that’s why it is called wakefulness. Otherwise it is not<br />

wakefulness. What kind of wakefulness can it be when you are lost in the objects and you have no<br />

awareness of your own self? This is wakefulness in name. But it has been called the waking state.<br />

Actually we have called the buddhas ”the awakened ones.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 27 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

This is, however, a waking state in the sense that there is some possibility of awakening in this state.<br />

So start with the waking state. When you are hungry eat, but always remember that it is the body<br />

that is hungry, not you. If you hurt your leg, wash and clean the wound, apply medication, but always<br />

remember that it is the body that is hurt, not you. This much remembrance – and you will find that<br />

ninety-nine percent of the pain has vanished. This slight knowledge, this little awareness removes<br />

so much of your suffering. One percent is bound to remain because the knowledge is not total.<br />

When knowledge be<strong>com</strong>es total all of the suffering disappears.<br />

Buddha said that an awakened person is beyond suffering. You can cut off the limbs of such a<br />

person, you can throw him in the fire, you can kill him, but you cannot make him suffer, because he<br />

stands apart from all that is happening around him.<br />

So start with the waking state. Walk on the road, but remember that you are not walking – the body<br />

is walking. You have never walked. How could you? <strong>The</strong> soul has no feet to walk on. <strong>The</strong> soul has<br />

no stomach, how can it be hungry? <strong>The</strong> soul has no desires; all desires are of the body. <strong>The</strong> soul<br />

is desireless, therefore it does not walk. It simply cannot walk. It is only your body that walks. Try<br />

to keep this awareness as long as possible. Eventually you will get a joyous experience: walking on<br />

the road with full awareness that the body is walking and not you, you will suddenly feel that you are<br />

divided into two parts. One part is walking; the other part is not walking. One part eats; the other<br />

does not.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Upanishads say: Two birds are sitting on the same tree. <strong>The</strong> one on the upper branch is quiet.<br />

It neither moves nor cries nor flies; it neither <strong>com</strong>es nor goes, it only sits serenely. <strong>The</strong> one on the<br />

lower branch is very restless. It moves from one branch to another branch. It jumps from one fruit to<br />

another. It is very restless. Both these birds are within you. You are the tree. <strong>The</strong> bird that is serene<br />

is called the witness.<br />

Jesus says that you sleep in one bed, but there are two of you; one is dead and the other is eternal.<br />

You are the bed. When you sleep at night, within you there are both a lifeless corpse and eternal<br />

consciousness. Differentiate between the two; maintain the distance. It means hard work.<br />

Start with the daytime. With the first ray of consciousness as you wake up in the morning, start<br />

the experiment. After a thousand attempts, perhaps one may succeed but even if one attempt is<br />

successful you will realize that the thousands of attempts were worthwhile. If even for a moment,<br />

you came to experience that he who walks is not you but he who is unmoving is you; he who is full<br />

of desires is not you, but that he who is forever desireless is you; that that which is perishable is<br />

not you, but the fountain of eternal nectar is you; – if you be<strong>com</strong>e Mahavira or Buddha even for a<br />

moment or attain the state of Shiva, if this knowledge dawns on you for even a moment, you will<br />

have opened the doors of the supreme treasure. After that the journey be<strong>com</strong>es easy. After the<br />

taste, the journey is easy. All the difficulty <strong>com</strong>es before the taste!<br />

Start with the daytime, and gradually you will succeed in carrying it through into your sleep. Gurdjieff<br />

used to teach his disciples to practice awareness during the daytime, and then he would tell them<br />

that just before going to bed they must remember: ”This is a dream.” You are still awake. <strong>The</strong>re is<br />

no dream yet, but you have to keep repeating to yourself: ”Everything I see is a dream.” Touch the<br />

bed and intensify the feeling: ”Whatever I touch is a dream.” Touch one hand with the other, and<br />

experience: ”All that I touch is a dream.” You go to sleep sinking deep into this feeling. <strong>The</strong>re will be<br />

a constant stream of feeling moving inside.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 28 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

After a few days you will find that in the middle of a dream you will suddenly be<strong>com</strong>e aware that it<br />

is a dream. As soon as you remember that it is a dream, the dream breaks, because the dream<br />

works only in the absence of consciousness. <strong>The</strong>n you will be filled with bliss such as you have<br />

never known before. Your sleep will vanish, dreams will disappear, and a deep light will surround<br />

you. <strong>The</strong> dreams of an enlightened person disappear, because in sleep he also remembers that<br />

they are dreams.<br />

Shankara’s Vedanta propounds the concept that the universe is an illusion. This philosophy is an<br />

experiment of the same kind.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sannyasin has to remember constantly that whatever is happening is a dream. While getting<br />

up in the morning, walking on the road, in the midst of the marketplace, he has to remember:<br />

”Everything is a dream.” Why? Because this is the method. It is a process. If you experiment<br />

constantly for eight hours, this remembrance will penetrate so deeply that you will remember it even<br />

in the middle of the dream; you will remember that it is a dream.<br />

At present you are unable to remember. Actually, you are doing it even now – but in the reverse<br />

order. All your waking hours you feel and understand that whatever you see is real. And that is why<br />

dreams seem real at night, because the feeling is very strong.<br />

What can be more false than dreams? How many times on waking up have you realized their falsity,<br />

their uselessness? Yet every night you make the same mistake. Why? <strong>The</strong>re must be a very deep<br />

reason behind this folly. <strong>The</strong> reason is: in your waking state you take everything to be true. If you<br />

take everything you see to be real, then how can the dreams you see at night appear to be illusory?<br />

You take them to be real.<br />

<strong>The</strong> maya experiment is just the opposite. Whatever you see during the day, you remember that this<br />

is unreal. You forget again and again, but once again you pull yourself together. You remind yourself<br />

that everything you see is nothing but a huge drama in which you are only a spectator. You are not<br />

the actor, not the doer, but only a witness.<br />

If you nurture this feeling, it be<strong>com</strong>es a constant flow within. Finally the dream disappears in the<br />

night, and this is a great attainment. If the dream is shattered, you are ready to take the third step.<br />

If the dream is shattered, you can take the third step of retaining consciousness in deep sleep. But<br />

right now this is difficult for you. It is not possible to do it all at once; you must proceed step by step.<br />

When the dream breaks down, there is nothing to see. But in the daytime when the eyes are open,<br />

objects are very much visible. No matter how much you believe that it is illusory, the objects will<br />

go on existing. No matter how much Shankara says that the world is an illusion, you must use a<br />

door for exit, you cannot walk through walls. In spite of everything being an illusion, you will eat food<br />

and not pebbles. No matter how much you maintain that all is illusion, it requires your presence to<br />

pronounce these words. If you do not exist, who will utter them?<br />

So no matter how much you strengthen the feeling that the outside world is illusion, the world of<br />

objects is going to remain. If someone hits your head with a stone, you will bleed. You may not feel<br />

sorry, you may not <strong>com</strong>plain, you may say that it is maya, but the incident has occurred nevertheless.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 29 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

But there is a uniqueness about dreams: they are all illusions. So an extraordinary experiment is<br />

carried out with dreams. <strong>The</strong> moment you <strong>com</strong>e to know that dreams are illusory, they are lost;<br />

there is nothing to be seen. When the seen is lost, the seer <strong>com</strong>es into focus. As long as there is<br />

something to see, you look outside because the scene attracts. When the scene is no more and the<br />

screen is empty – when even the screen is not there, you are left alone. This is why people meditate<br />

with closed eyes. To call the world maya, illusion, is a method.<br />

<strong>The</strong> world is real. It does not depend on what you think. Even if it is a dream, it is the dream of<br />

Brahman, and not yours. But there are your personal dreams which take shape at night; therefore,<br />

when you shatter your own dreams a very revolutionary thing happens: the space then be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

empty. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing to see. <strong>The</strong> play is over and it is time to go home. Now what will you do<br />

sitting there? This is the moment that the eyes suddenly turn in, for there is nothing left outside. So<br />

the energy that flowed out to the objects now turns inwards to the observer.<br />

Meditation is energy turning towards oneself. And the moment energy turns inwards you can be<br />

conscious, even in sushupti, deep sleep. Because in deep sleep you exist but the world does<br />

not exist, the dreams do not exist. Your attention was entangled in observing the world and your<br />

dreams; you remained unconscious in deep sleep. Now this entanglement is uprooted. You have no<br />

connection with the seen and you can be without it. When the lamp burns, it does not care whether<br />

anyone passes through its light or not. Now your consciousness will turn inwards, and you will be<br />

awake even in deep sleep.<br />

<strong>The</strong> experiment you have to make after you wake up from the dream is that do not to open your<br />

eyes when the dream disappears, because once the eyes open, the world of objects is present all<br />

around. <strong>The</strong> ’seen’ <strong>com</strong>es back. So when you wake up from the dream, do not open your eyes.<br />

Keep looking intently at the void within. <strong>The</strong> dream has vanished. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing now. So go on<br />

observing the void intently. In doing this you will find that your consciousness has turned inwards.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n you are awake even in deep sleep. This is what Krishna means when he says in the Gita that<br />

the yogi is awake even when everyone else sleeps. What is sleep to others is no sleep to the yogi.<br />

He is awake even in deep sleep.<br />

Thus, when you see each of these states separately you invariably step into the fourth state. ’Turiya’<br />

means ”the fourth” – simply that! <strong>The</strong>re is no need to give it any other meaning. It is enough just<br />

to refer to it as ’the fourth’, because all meanings bind; all words are bondages. Only a gesture is<br />

enough. Because it is boundless and infinite.<br />

As soon as you step outside the three states, you be<strong>com</strong>e God. Because you have entered the<br />

three, you are constricted. It is just as if from an open space you enter a tunnel and the tunnel gets<br />

narrower and narrower. By the time you reach the five senses it has be<strong>com</strong>e very narrow. Now you<br />

have to go backwards. As you go further and further back, your space increases. <strong>The</strong> day you find<br />

yourself outside the three, you are the great expanse of space. <strong>The</strong>n you are God Himself.<br />

Take another example: You look at the sky through a telescope. Through a very small opening you<br />

concentrate your attention on something outside, and you be<strong>com</strong>e one with it. When you take your<br />

eyes off the telescope, you realize that you are not the telescope. Similarly, you are not the eyes,<br />

but you have concentrated on the eyes in millions of lives. You are not the ears, but you have been<br />

listening through them for infinite lives. You are not the hands, but you are so used to touching with<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 30 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

your hands. You are tied to your telescope! You are like the scientist who carries his telescope<br />

everywhere and refuses to see without it. He is moving everywhere with his telescope fixed in his<br />

eyes. You keep telling him, ”Throw away this telescope. You are not that!” But he can only see<br />

through a telescope and does not know that he can see otherwise. This is the state of forgetfulness.<br />

<strong>The</strong> method of destroying this forgetfulness is: start from the waking state and let it culminate in the<br />

deep sleep state.<br />

THE WAKING STATE, THE DREAM STATE AND DEEP SLEEP – KNOWING THESE THREE<br />

STATES SEPARATELY, THE FOURTH STATE IS KNOWN.<br />

Start with the first and proceed gradually. <strong>The</strong> day you realize that you are fully conscious in deep<br />

sleep, then there is no difference between you and Mahavir or Buddha or Shiva.<br />

Right now you are doing just the opposite: even in your waking state you are not fully awake. How<br />

will you be awake in deep sleep? You are under the illusion that you are awake, but you are awake<br />

in name only. You manage to carry out your day-to-day activities. You ride your bicycle or drive your<br />

car and think that you are awake.<br />

But have you ever realized, how automatic your actions have be<strong>com</strong>e? <strong>The</strong> cyclist does not even<br />

have to think: now I have to turn left, now right. He can be <strong>com</strong>pletely wrapped up in his thoughts<br />

and the bicycle wheel turns automatically, out of sheer habit. <strong>The</strong> bicycle turns left, then turns right<br />

and he arrives home! <strong>The</strong>re is no need to be aware while you ride the bicycle. Everything has<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e mechanical – a habit. You are bound to reach home. <strong>The</strong> automobile driver goes on driving<br />

the car. He does not have to pay any attention to the car.<br />

Our lives are ordinarily very routine. We go on treading the beaten path. We are no better than<br />

oxen at the oil mill. We walk the same track day in and day out. At the most, the tracks may be a<br />

little wider for one, and a little narrower for others; somewhat ugly for one and a little beautiful for<br />

the other, but they are tracks all the same. Your life circles around like the bullock of an oil mill. You<br />

get up in the morning and start on the track; by night you <strong>com</strong>plete the circle. Again you get up in<br />

the morning... and the same rut! So regular is the repetition that you no longer have any need to<br />

be conscious about your activities. Everything happens as if in a trance. At the set moment you feel<br />

hungry; at the fixed time you feel sleepy, you go shopping at the appointed time. In this way you are<br />

spending your life on a fixed course without any consciousness.<br />

When will you awaken? When will you shake yourself out of this? When will you give up the<br />

beaten track? When will you declare, ”I am not going to follow this monotonous circle?” <strong>The</strong> day you<br />

consider wiggling out of it, you will have started the journey towards God.<br />

Going to temples does not make you religious. That is also a part of the same rut. You go there<br />

because you have always gone; because your parents have always gone, and their parents have<br />

been visiting the same temple, too! You read the scriptures simply because your forefathers used to<br />

read them. It is the same rut again. Have you ever gone to a temple in full awareness? If you do,<br />

there is no further need of going to a temple; because wherever there is awareness, you will find His<br />

temple.<br />

Consciousness is the temple. We see the Christian going regularly to church, the Sikh to the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 31 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

gurudwara, the Hindu to the temple. <strong>The</strong>y are all tied by their tethers. No one can break this<br />

slumbering state of yours except yourself.<br />

It is important for you to know that your waking state is just a stupor, whereas the deep sleep of<br />

a yogi is a fully awakened state. You are a yogi – upside down! <strong>The</strong> day you be<strong>com</strong>e the reverse<br />

of what you are today, the quintessence of life will <strong>com</strong>e within your grasp. Know the three stages<br />

separately, and the knower be<strong>com</strong>es separated from the three stages; you are sheer knowledge,<br />

nothing else. You are sheer consciousness – but only when you break away from the three states.<br />

I was reading about a Sufi fakir, Junnaid. When a person abused him he would say, ”I shall answer<br />

you tomorrow.” <strong>The</strong>n the next day he would say, ”<strong>The</strong>re is no need for any answer.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> man who had abused him would ask, ”I abused you yesterday, why did you not reply yesterday?<br />

You are very strange.” No one waits for a second when you abuse him. He retorts immediately.”<br />

Junnaid answered, ”My master taught me not to hurry in anything. Take some time. I must wait a<br />

little when someone insults me. If I were to give an immediate answer, the heat of the happening<br />

would catch hold of me; the smoke would blind my eyes. So I have to wait and let the cloud pass.<br />

When twenty-four hours have passed and the skies are clear again, then I can give my reply in full<br />

consciousness. Now I realize how tricky my guru was. Because I have never been able to answer<br />

my opponents since then.”<br />

Is it possible to hold on to anger for twenty-four hours? It is impossible to maintain it for twenty-four<br />

minutes or even twenty-four seconds. <strong>The</strong> truth is that, even if you hold back and watch for a single<br />

second, the anger vanishes.<br />

But you do not wait even for a moment. A person abuses you – as if someone switches the button,<br />

and the fan starts whirring. <strong>The</strong>re is not the slightest gap between the two, no distance! And you<br />

pride yourself in your alertness! You have no control of yourself. How can an unconscious person<br />

be master of himself? Anybody can push the button and goad him into action. Someone <strong>com</strong>es and<br />

flatters you, and you are filled with joy; you are happy. Someone insults you, you are full of tears.<br />

Are you your own master or anyone can manipulate you? You are the slave of slaves. And those<br />

who are manipulating are not their own masters either! And the irony is that everyone is expert in<br />

manipulating others and none of them is conscious. What greater insult can there be for your soul<br />

than the fact that anyone can affect you?<br />

Mulla Nasruddin worked in an office. Everyone was dissatisfied with his work. Most of the time he<br />

was either dozing or was fast asleep. Everybody in the office was fed up with him. People started<br />

rebuking him. <strong>The</strong> boss also called him in and scolded him for his behavior. Finally, due to the<br />

trouble and humiliation, the Mulla thought it best to resign, because it was easier to resign than to<br />

change his ways.<br />

Many people who run away from the world and embrace sannyas are actually resigning from the<br />

world for this very reason. Transformation is difficult, resigning is easier. Everyone in the office was<br />

relieved to hear the news. However, since he had been there for a long while and he was leaving of<br />

his own free will, they decided to give him a farewell party. <strong>The</strong>y were so troubled by him and they<br />

could not get rid of him. He had be<strong>com</strong>e a burden. So they were really happy. <strong>The</strong>y made elaborate<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 32 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

arrangements, <strong>com</strong>plete with sweets and refreshments. Each colleague spoke a few words of praise<br />

for the Mulla. After all, he was leaving. <strong>The</strong> Mulla was so over<strong>com</strong>e with emotion that tears came to<br />

his eyes. When it was his turn to speak he got up and said, ”Friends, I am indeed touched by your<br />

love and affection. I did not know how much you cared for me. I cannot leave you now. I withdraw<br />

my resignation.”<br />

We are being manipulated. Often, all around, the whole world is manipulating each and every<br />

person. And the climate goes on changing. <strong>The</strong>re are thousands of kinds of people. As a result<br />

there is a deep confusion inside you. This is bound to be, because you are not motivated by one<br />

person. Only he who is awakened within is motivated by one. <strong>The</strong>re is a clarity in the life of such a<br />

man, a transparency. His life is clear and purposeful; it has a direction.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no direction in your life. <strong>The</strong>re cannot be. You behave as if you are in a crowd that pushes<br />

you any way it pleases. Such a person has to keep moving. He cannot stand still for a moment.<br />

Someone pushes him to the right, he goes right; someone pushes him to the left, he goes left. Your<br />

whole life passes in this way, driven by the crowd. Ponder over this and you will <strong>com</strong>e to understand.<br />

Somebody says something; you do accordingly. <strong>The</strong>n somebody else says something else and you<br />

do it. And then you are filled with a number of contradictions.<br />

One of my acquaintances fell from a rickshaw and hurt himself. <strong>The</strong>n he was released from the<br />

hospital. Six months passed. When he was <strong>com</strong>pletely well, he still used the crutches. When I<br />

asked him whether he still was experiencing difficulty in walking, he said, ”No.”<br />

”<strong>The</strong>n why don’t you discard the crutches?” I inquired.<br />

”You see,” he said, ”the doctor says I no longer need them, but my lawyers says I do, at least until<br />

the case has been decided in court. So you see my dilemma!”<br />

Your lawyer says one thing and your doctor says something else; the wife says one thing and the<br />

husband says something else; the son says one thing, the father another – all around there are<br />

millions of masters who drive you on. <strong>The</strong>re are infinite masters, but you stand alone! You listen<br />

to one and all. You listen to anybody who suppresses you. And your personality fractures into<br />

thousands of pieces. Until you begin to listen to the inner voice, you cannot be an integrated whole.<br />

I call him a sannyasin who has begun to heed the inner voice and is ready to stake everything on it.<br />

But you cannot hear the inner voice as long as you are unconscious. Until then whatever you might<br />

take to be the inner voice will not be the inner voice; it will be a voice from outside. <strong>The</strong> unconscious<br />

man doesn’t know anything of this voice. Otherwise all politicians sitting in Delhi would have talked<br />

of this inner voice – Indira, Giri: <strong>The</strong> voice of the soul! How can a sleeping person know it? How can<br />

you know which is the inner voice? <strong>The</strong> voice that satisfies you is the voice of your desires, but you<br />

call it your inner voice.<br />

Only the awakened person has an inner voice. Once this voice <strong>com</strong>es within range of your hearing,<br />

all that is sinful, all that is impure and dirty, all the chaos and confusion within you, will cease at<br />

once. You will then realize what a collection of personalities you have been. You were not one but<br />

many, like a crowd in a marketplace or a stock exchange. You are the stock exchange of Delhi – all<br />

kind of nonsense is going on! One cannot understand anything. A stranger won’t be able to figure<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 33 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

out what you are. <strong>The</strong>re are all kinds of voices. And amidst all that din your own voice is <strong>com</strong>pletely<br />

lost.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fourth state means recognizing the soul. Only when you break away from the first three states<br />

can you recognize the soul. Start with very small experiments. When anger arises, stop! What is<br />

the hurry? When you feel hatred, wait! <strong>The</strong>re should be some interval. Reply only when you are<br />

fully conscious – not until that. You will find that all that is sinful in life has fallen away from you; all<br />

that is wrong is banished forever. You will suddenly discover, there is no need to respond to anger.<br />

Perhaps you might feel like thanking the man who insults you. Because he has obliged you. He<br />

gave you an opportunity to awaken.<br />

Kabir has said stay near the one who is critical of you. Look after him and serve him who is abusing<br />

you because it is he who gives you the opportunity to awaken.<br />

All the occasions that drown you in unconsciousness can be turned into stepping stones to<br />

awareness if you wish so. Life is like a huge boulder lying in the middle of the road. Those who<br />

are foolish, see the stone as a barrier and turn back. For them the road is closed. Those who are<br />

clever, climb the stone and use it as a step. And the moment they make it a stepping stone greater<br />

heights are available to them.<br />

A seeker should keep in mind only one factor, and that is: to utilize each moment to awaken<br />

awareness. <strong>The</strong>n be it hunger or anger or lust or greed, every state can be utilized towards<br />

awareness. If you go on accumulating awareness bit by bit, eventually you will have a good store of<br />

fuel within you. In the flame this fuel creates, you will find that you are neither awake nor dreaming<br />

nor in deep slumber; you are beyond and apart from all three.<br />

CONSTANCY OF KNOWLEDGE IS THE WAKING STATE. TO BE AWARE OF EVERYTHING<br />

AROUND YOU IS THE WAKING STATE.<br />

CHOOSING IS THE DREAMING STATE. <strong>The</strong> web of thoughts in the mind, the expanse of<br />

imagination and phantasy is the dreaming state.<br />

UNCONSCIOUSNESS AND LACK OF SELF-AWARENESS<br />

CREATE THE ILLUSION OF DEEP SLEEP.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se are the three states. When we pass through the first state, we are one with it. When we reach<br />

into the second, we are one with that. When we reach in the third state, we be<strong>com</strong>e one with that.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore we cannot see these three separately. To see, we need a little distance, a perspective.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re must be some space between you and the object. If you stand right against a mirror, you will<br />

not be able to see your reflection. A little distance is necessary. But you are so close to the waking,<br />

dreaming and sleeping states, that you be<strong>com</strong>e in fact one with them. You are colored by them.<br />

This habit of be<strong>com</strong>ing one with others is so ingrained that we are not even conscious of it – and<br />

this habit is being exploited.<br />

If you are a Hindu and you are told to set fire to a mosque, you will think a thousand times about<br />

whether it is right to do so, because the mosque is dedicated to the same God to whom your temple<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 34 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

is dedicated. Perhaps the mode of dedication is different, the method is different, the way is different<br />

– but the destination is the same. And yet we find a Hindu mob setting fire to a mosque. If you are<br />

one of them you do not wait to think. You be<strong>com</strong>e one with the crowd and help burn the mosque. If<br />

you are questioned later, you yourself wonder how you could have brought yourself to do this. Alone<br />

you never would do it but in a crowd you will. Why? Because in a crowd you tend to lose yourself; it<br />

is an old habit.<br />

No Muslim is as bad and ruthless alone as he is when he is in a mob. No Hindu alone is as bad<br />

and evil as he is in a mob. No one man has ever <strong>com</strong>mitted such sins as have been <strong>com</strong>mitted by<br />

crowds. Why? Because a crowd colors you. If the mob is angry you feel anger arising within you.<br />

If the crowd is weeping and wailing you begin to weep and scream also. If the crowd is happy you<br />

forget all your woes and be<strong>com</strong>e happy with the crowd.<br />

Now observe: you go to a household where someone has died. Many people are crying. Suddenly<br />

you find that you also feel like crying. Perhaps you might think you are a very <strong>com</strong>passionate person,<br />

filled with love and pity, or perhaps you might think the tears <strong>com</strong>e because of sympathy. You are<br />

wrong. Reflect: you were at home when the news came that this man had died. When you were<br />

alone you felt no love or <strong>com</strong>passion for the bereaved family. It is more likely you were annoyed:<br />

so he has died – what’s so special about that? Life and death happen all the time. But now I’ll be<br />

expected to go to his house and show my sympathy, as if I had nothing better to do! And why did he<br />

have to die today, when I’m so busy?<br />

That is the way you would have thought. But when you get to his house and find yourself amongst<br />

the mourning crowd, you find that your feelings have changed. You too will feel as the crowd does.<br />

But this feeling is not worth a penny; in fact, it is dangerous. It is the crowd that is affecting you.<br />

Beware of this feeling of sympathy that does not <strong>com</strong>e from your heart.<br />

You must have seen that people who are normally unhappy and weighed down with sorrow dance<br />

with joy at holi, the festival of colors. <strong>The</strong>y dance, they sing, they throw colored powders at each<br />

other. What happens to these people who don’t know what joy is in their ordinary lives? <strong>The</strong>se<br />

same people normally move about like zombies, and they have started dancing. What has <strong>com</strong>e<br />

over them? Once again, it is the color of the crowd.<br />

<strong>The</strong> seeker should beware of the crowd. Search for your own voice, your own tune. <strong>The</strong> crowd has<br />

always been pushing and prodding you along. It can mould you into whatever form it wishes to.<br />

Why does this happen? It happens because you do not feel your separateness, and whenever you<br />

get the opportunity you promptly lose your separateness. You are forever ready to lose it. If sleep<br />

<strong>com</strong>es you lose yourself in sleep; if awake you lose yourself in wakefulness; if dreams <strong>com</strong>e you<br />

lose yourself in dreams. If those around you are happy you are happy; if they are sad you are sad.<br />

Do you exist as a separate entity or are you just a center that gets lost in its surroundings? Do you<br />

have an existence, a center? Truly you have – and that is the soul.<br />

Awaken your being! Save yourself from drowning! This is why all religions are against alcohol –<br />

which in itself is not bad – for the simple reason that it is a device of losing oneself. All religions are<br />

in favor of awakening. He who is drinking alcohol is drowning. Religion is against all those things<br />

that drag you into oblivion, that make you unconscious. As it is, you are almost unconscious. You<br />

have a little ray of awakening, and you are eager to lose even that on the slightest pretext.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 35 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

It is very surprising that you be<strong>com</strong>e happy whenever you lose your consciousness. It is impossible<br />

to find a greater fool than you. You lose your consciousness and you say, ”It was lovely, it was<br />

sheer joy!” Why? Because your small ray of consciousness helps you see the problems of life. It<br />

makes you conscious of life and fills you with anxieties. It makes you aware of the fact that you are<br />

not aware. This small ray of consciousness reveals the darkness within you, which is already thick<br />

enough. You want to smother this ray so that you are not reminded of the darkness. So you take to<br />

alcohol or drugs or you join politics or some other activity of the crowd – you lose yourself anywhere,<br />

in anything, in order to forget yourself.<br />

In the West, psychologists advise people to forget themselves if they wish to remain healthy. In the<br />

East, the religious teachers tell you that you can be healthy only if you can awaken yourself. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

are two contrary concepts, but both are meaningful. <strong>The</strong> Western psychologist accepts you as you<br />

are; then under these circumstances he tries to help you to live as best you can. So he is right when<br />

he says: ”Forget yourself. To be more conscious is dangerous because you will be filled with anxiety<br />

because you will start seeing things as they are. And nothing in life is as it should be; everything is<br />

in confusion and chaos. So the best thing is to shut the eyes and forget about it. What is the need<br />

to look at all the problems?<br />

But the Eastern master does not accept you as you are. He says: ”You are ill, you are diseased, you<br />

are confused and bewildered. Even if your anxieties increase and you are more restless, it does not<br />

matter; this is the way to transformation, revolution.<br />

It is just like this: a man suffers from cancer and there is no cure for him, so he is given morphine to<br />

help him forget the pain. But the Eastern teachers say that morphine cannot transform life. Awaken<br />

the person – then only is transformation possible. Man as he is, is in neither the initial nor the<br />

ultimate stage of his journey. He has not even started his journey; he is standing outside the gate.<br />

He has not entered yet. <strong>The</strong>re is the possibility of supreme bliss, but not in the state in which are<br />

you now – sleepy, drowsy.<br />

Understand the difference between happiness and bliss. Happiness is the state in which the faint<br />

ray of consciousness awakened within you, is also put to sleep. <strong>The</strong>n you are not conscious of any<br />

pain. Ananda, bliss, is the state in which the slight ray of your consciousness be<strong>com</strong>es the vast<br />

sun, and darkness is banished <strong>com</strong>pletely. Happiness is negative – insensitivity to pain. You have<br />

a headache; you take an aspirin. It gives you happiness, not bliss. This tablet helps you forget the<br />

headache; it makes you insensitive to the pain in your head.<br />

You are ill; you are distressed; life is filled with problems. You take to drink – and everything seems<br />

to be<strong>com</strong>e alright. A troubled man’s steps lead to the tavern; when he returns there is a song on<br />

his lips. This way you lose your small ray of awareness and purchase so-called happiness. But<br />

this will not give you bliss. Because happiness is the non-remembrance of sorrow, and bliss is the<br />

remembrance of the soul. And this is not forgetting but total remembrance. Kabir calls it surati,<br />

which is constant, continuous remembering.<br />

This sutra will lead you towards total remembrance. So beware! Keep away from all that makes you<br />

drunk or insensitive or unconscious. <strong>The</strong>re are so many easy ways of be<strong>com</strong>ing unconscious, and<br />

we are so thoroughly possessed by them, that we are not even aware of them.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 36 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

One man is mad after eating; he keeps on eating. It may not have occurred to you, but he is making<br />

the same use of food as another makes of alcohol. Excess food brings on sleep. <strong>The</strong> more you eat,<br />

the deeper you sleep. <strong>The</strong> day you fast, you cannot sleep well. Food brings on drowsiness. So a<br />

man who indulges in eating all day long, is seeking forgetfulness through food.<br />

One man’s obsession is ambition. He will not rest until he has amassed millions of rupees. Till then<br />

he is like a madman. Day and night, may it be dawn or dusk, it does not matter, there is only one<br />

calculation in his mind – ten million! He is <strong>com</strong>pletely dedicated to his calculation. He is not bothered<br />

by anything else. His eyes are focused on the millions. Till the day he reaches his target, he will be<br />

gripped by anxiety. <strong>The</strong>n he will discover that it was all in vain. He has attained his millions. What<br />

next?<br />

Three men were locked in the same cell in a lunatic asylum. <strong>The</strong>y had been friends previously and<br />

all became insane at about the same time. It was quite possible that they were affected by one<br />

another’s <strong>com</strong>pany. A psychologist came to study them. He inquired from the doctor in charge what<br />

was the trouble with the first one. He was told that this man was trying to undo a knot in a rope. He<br />

was unsuccessful, and he lost his head.<br />

”What about the second?”<br />

”He succeeded in untying the knot, and that is how he went mad.”<br />

”And the third?” the psychologist asked.<br />

”He is the one who tied the knot.”<br />

One is busy tying the knot, another is untying it. Some succeed, some fail, but this is not the<br />

question, because all are mad. Why are people involved in such useless activities? To avoid<br />

encountering one’s own self! <strong>The</strong>se are tricks to evade one’s own self. If you are not ambitious,<br />

if you do not want to fight the elections or hanker after wealth, how will you avoid meeting your own<br />

self? At some point you will have to encounter yourself. Everyone is afraid of this encounter. This<br />

fear makes you tremble.<br />

You hear a great deal about knowing the self, the soul. But if you understand yourself, you will realize<br />

how many tricks you employ to avoid encountering the soul. <strong>The</strong> buddhas say: When the soul is<br />

known bliss reigns and nectar showers. Kabir says: Clouds of nectar thunder and nectar showers<br />

on you. But this happens at the very end. In the beginning you have to go through a lot of pain and<br />

suffering. You have to destroy every deception you have created over infinite lives, and each of them<br />

is difficult to part with, because deception had given you an illusion of <strong>com</strong>fort, a sweet drowsiness<br />

in which we lose ourselves. And now we have to shatter it! Shattering it is very painful. Without<br />

shattering it you will never be able to reach there, where clouds fill with nectar and bliss pours in<br />

torrents.<br />

This journey towards the goal is called tapascharya, practice. Begin with the waking state. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

carry your practice into the dream state and then into deep slumber.<br />

Choosing is dreaming. When the mind is filled with dreams that is the dream state. Do not think that<br />

you only dream at night; you also dream in the daytime. Sitting here and listening to me does not<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 37 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

necessarily imply that you are hearing what I say. You hear but you are also weaving dreams inside.<br />

A constant stream of dreams keeps flowing within you. Even when awake, dreams keep turning<br />

within you. Close your eyes and look inside and you will always find something going on.<br />

It is just like we see the stars at night, and they disappear in the daytime; but it is only the light of the<br />

sun that hides them. So do not think that they disappear during the day. <strong>The</strong>y are very much there.<br />

If you go down a deep well and look up you will be able to see them. You need darkness to see the<br />

stars. <strong>The</strong>y are not visible because of the sunlight.<br />

<strong>The</strong> same is the case with dreams. It is not that dreams are seen only at night, but at night the eyes<br />

are closed, darkness <strong>com</strong>es, and the dreams stand out against this darkness. In the daytime the<br />

eyes are open and all your attention is taken up by a hundred other things. But the dreams keep<br />

happening none the less. You simply do not see them. Shut your eyes and you begin daydreaming<br />

at once. <strong>The</strong>re is a constant under-current which has to be broken. And only if you succeed in<br />

breaking it in the daytime, can you break it in the night; otherwise it is not possible.<br />

All mantras are devices to break this under-current. A person is given a mantra by his guru. He tells<br />

him, ”Repeat it within while you go to the market, sell your goods. Let the sound of the chanting<br />

resound inside.” So this man attends to his daily business but lets the mantra flow within at the same<br />

time. What does this mean? <strong>The</strong> energy which previously was being used up in creating dreams<br />

is now converted into a stream of Ram-Ram. So now the chanter creates his own dream within<br />

himself. Outwardly he attends to his worldly duties; inwardly he keeps up a constant remembrance<br />

of Ram-Ram... This does not lead him to Rama, but it will help him break the dream chain. <strong>The</strong> day<br />

you find that there is an incessant flow of Ram-Ram instead of dreams, you will know that you have<br />

succeeded in breaking the chain of dreams during the daytime.<br />

So the success of the mantra can only be gauged in dreams, never during the day. How is it<br />

possible? If you repeat the mantra throughout the day, there will not be any dream at night, the<br />

chant will flow into your sleep. It will be much more intense than you can imagine.<br />

Swami Ram used to repeat this mantra Ram-Ram. Once he was a guest of his friend Sardar Puran<br />

Singh. <strong>The</strong>y were alone in a small hut high up in the Himalayas. <strong>The</strong>re was not a soul around for<br />

miles and miles. One night Sardar could not sleep well because of the heat and the mosquitoes.<br />

And what did he find? <strong>The</strong> sound of Ram-Ram hovered in the hut. He was a little frightened. Could<br />

there be someone apart from himself and his sleeping friend in the room? Swami Ram was fast<br />

asleep. <strong>The</strong> Sardar got up, took the lamp and looked everywhere inside and out. <strong>The</strong>re was no one.<br />

He came back into the hut, and to his surprise he realized that the sound was louder in the room<br />

than outside. He raised the lamp and held it over Swami Ram’s face: Is he awake and chanting the<br />

mantra? He was fast asleep. In fact he was snoring. And, wonder of wonders, the sound became<br />

louder as he approached the swami. He brought his ear closer to Swami Ram and found that each<br />

pore in his body was vibrating with the sound Ram-Ram.<br />

This happens when remembrance be<strong>com</strong>es very intense. A great deal of energy is used up in<br />

creating dreams. You do not get them without a price. Dreams are worthless in themselves, but<br />

the price you pay is immense because you spend the entire night in dreaming. Recently, in the<br />

West there has been a lot of research on dreams. <strong>The</strong> scientists say that a normal, healthy person<br />

dreams eight dreams each night. Each dream lasts around fifteen minutes. This means that every<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 38 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

night, at least two hours are spent in dreaming. But this is the case in a <strong>com</strong>pletely healthy man<br />

who has no mental disorder. Such a healthy person is not easy to find. Generally people dream for<br />

six out of the eight hours they sleep. <strong>The</strong> constant flow of dreams eats up a large amount of your<br />

energy. It is not for free! You purchase it at the cost of your life.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mantra centralizes this energy around Ram, Krishna, Christ, Om, or whatever you like. Any<br />

word will do. It is not necessary that it be God’s name. Your own name can be equally useful.<br />

<strong>The</strong> English poet, Tennyson, writes in his memoirs that he stumbled upon a method in his childhood.<br />

When he could not sleep at night he would repeat over and over to himself, ”Tennyson, Tennyson,<br />

Tennyson...” and he would fall asleep. As he grew older, he realized that it was a wonderful device.<br />

Whenever he was restless he would repeat to himself, ”Tennyson, Tennyson, Tennyson...” and his<br />

mind would regain its peace and equilibrium. So he used his own name as a mantra.<br />

Your own name can yield the same result – but it won’t, because you don’t have that much faith in<br />

your name. Whether you say Ram or Rahim, it makes no difference. <strong>The</strong> question is not one of<br />

names; words make no difference. All words are the same, and all names are the name of God,<br />

including yours. When any name is thus repeated, it produces a musical note within and the dream<br />

energy dissolves in it. Mantras are instrumental for destroying dreams. Nobody has attained God<br />

only by repeating a mantra, but destroying dreams is a great step towards the attainment of God.<br />

Mantra is a method, an instrument, a hammer to shatter dreams. And what are dreams? <strong>The</strong>y too<br />

are nothing but words, and that is why a hammer of words can break them. <strong>The</strong>re is no need to use<br />

an actual hammer. Dreams are unreal, so a pseudo-hammer will do the trick. A genuine medicine<br />

is dangerous for pseudo-ailment; only an imaginary medicine will help remove the false disease.<br />

What are dreams? <strong>The</strong>y are thought-waves. And what are mantras? <strong>The</strong>y are willpower, which is<br />

also a form of dream. But dreams are impermanent, changing; whereas the mantra is constant and<br />

one. Gradually the dream energy is absorbed in the mantra. <strong>The</strong> night you find that there are no<br />

dreams and you hear the constant music of the mantra in your sleep, you will know that you have<br />

conquered the dream state. <strong>The</strong> illusion is now broken and truth has begun to unfold. <strong>The</strong>n you can<br />

enter the deep sleep state.<br />

But you do just the opposite. You strengthen your thought-waves. You are seized by worthless<br />

thoughts and you co-operate with them. You are sitting alone, there is nothing to do and you start<br />

thinking of fighting the <strong>com</strong>ing election. <strong>The</strong> dream begins! Nothing will please you short of reaching<br />

the president’s chair. You have be<strong>com</strong>e a president in your dream. <strong>The</strong>re are felicitations and you<br />

are enjoying them thoroughly! You never stop to think – what kind of stupidity is this! What are you<br />

doing? You are just giving energy to worthless fantasies. Your mind is filled with useless illusions of<br />

this kind.<br />

If we examine human life in detail, we will find that ninety-nine percent of the life is lost in fruitless<br />

dreams like this. Some dream of wealth, others of power, and others of various conquests. What<br />

will you gain even if you attain them all?<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was a great President of America, Calvin Coolidge; he was a very serene person by nature. It<br />

must have been a total accident that he became president because such serene people can never<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 39 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

reach such a turbulent position, which can only be won after a mad race. <strong>The</strong> greater mad defeats<br />

the lesser mad and makes it to the top. How Coolidge reached there is a miracle. It is said that he<br />

was so quiet by nature that he hardly spoke at all. It is said, that there were days when he would not<br />

utter more than five or ten words!<br />

At the end of his term his friends implored him to run for office again. Everyone was eager to have<br />

him there again. He refused. People asked, ”Why? All the countrymen are in your favor.” He said,<br />

”<strong>The</strong> first time was a mistake. What have I gained from it all? I will not waste another five years of<br />

my life. And there is nothing ahead of the president. I have experienced that position. <strong>The</strong>re is no<br />

further to go. Had there been something, my dream would have continued.”<br />

You do not realize it, but no man is a greater failure than the one who has realized his dreams.<br />

Because at the very edge of success he finds that all he struggled for, all that he toiled so hard to<br />

reach, had nothing to offer. But the successful man hides his disappointment and defeat from others<br />

who, being equally foolish, are struggling to reach where he stands. If all the people in the world who<br />

have attained success were to be honest and declare the futility of their attainments, many of these<br />

mad races arising from their dreams would stop instantly. But the successful man cannot do that,<br />

for it would hurt his ego to declare that he had attained nothing after a life-long struggle. Instead<br />

he exaggerates the pleasures of his achievements. He whose tail is cut, arranges for others to lose<br />

theirs too; otherwise, he would be ashamed of himself that he is the only one without a tail.<br />

Whenever the dream current begins, be<strong>com</strong>e awake and alert, and watch: What am I doing? All<br />

stories of Sheikh Chilli in the children’s books apply to you. Your mind is Sheikh Chilli, and as long as<br />

you keep dreaming you will remain Sheikh Chilli. <strong>The</strong> meaning of Sheikh Chilli is one who dreams<br />

useless dreams and then takes them to be true. God forbid that these dreams ever <strong>com</strong>e true! <strong>The</strong>y<br />

will demand tremendous energy.<br />

If your dreams are realized you will find that you have not achieved anything. Your hands are full of<br />

dust. All successes of the mundane world turn to ashes. By the time you have attained them, your<br />

life has passed by and there is no way to turn back. And you are left with no alternative but to hide<br />

your failures; that your life was not spent in vain, you have attained something. Your life was fruitful.<br />

Thought-waves are nothing but dreams. Do not strengthen them. When the dream starts running<br />

within, shake yourself and break the dream as quickly as you can. Mantras can be useful. We shall<br />

talk in detail later how they can be tools for breaking dreams. Mantra definitely shatters dreams.<br />

UNCONSCIOUSNESS AND LACK OF SELF-AWARENESS IS DEEP SLEEP.<br />

In it, everything is lost. <strong>The</strong>re is no discrimination, no wisdom, no awareness – either within or<br />

without. You are like a rock, in deep trance. Just think of it, how restless your life must be! It is only<br />

when you sleep deeply, do you get up in the morning and say what an enjoyable sleep you had. Just<br />

think about it: what hell your life must be that you find happiness only in the oblivion of sleep, when<br />

you are unconscious. <strong>The</strong> rest of the time you are filled with pain and suffering.<br />

You only feel at ease after a good sleep, and sleep means nothing but unconsciousness. But you<br />

are right. For you, it is more than enough, because your life is one long tale of worries, anxieties,<br />

tensions and turmoil. You rest for a while and you feel fulfilled, but in reality there is nothing to feel<br />

fulfilled about.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 40 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

Sleep means where there is nothing – neither the world within nor the world without. Everything<br />

is lost in darkness. Yes, you certainly feel rested, but of what use is that rest if the next morning<br />

you fall in the same rut? <strong>The</strong> energy you gain by the night’s rest will be used in creating fresh<br />

tensions, fresh anxieties. You will rest every night and you will create new tensions every day.<br />

If only you were to realize this small fact – in unconscious slumber you get so much pleasure,<br />

because there is no tension, no anxiety there. You forget all your problems when you slip into this<br />

unconscious state. Imagine how much pleasure and joy will be attained on the day that your worries<br />

and confusions fall away and you are filled with awareness. This is what is referred to as moksha,<br />

nirvana, brahmananda.<br />

Sleep gives you the feeling of having rested and fills you with pleasure, because all chaos and<br />

confusion subsides in it. <strong>The</strong>n, when these are actually dissolved and you remain in <strong>com</strong>plete<br />

relaxation all twenty-four hours of the day – the place you sometimes reach in deep sleep – imagine<br />

what bliss you will experience. It is a state of perpetual serenity! Just think about it! Because<br />

samadhi is like deep sleep with a slight difference: there is awareness. In sleep there is no<br />

awareness; in samadhi you are fully aware. <strong>The</strong> fourth state is like deep sleep – with only one<br />

difference: in deep sleep there is darkness, while in the fourth state there is light.<br />

Suppose you are brought to this garden in an unconscious state, on a stretcher. <strong>The</strong> rays of the sun<br />

will touch you, because they are not unconscious, because you are unconscious. <strong>The</strong> breeze will<br />

play over you, caress you because they are not unconscious, you are unconscious. <strong>The</strong> flowers will<br />

spread their fragrance. <strong>The</strong> freshness of early morning dew-drops will touch you because they are<br />

not unconscious, you are unconscious.<br />

Everything will happen around you but you will be unaware of it; yet when you regain your<br />

consciousness you will say, ”How restful the sleep was.” All these factors contribute to your<br />

restfulness – the sunrays, the fragrance of the flowers, the cool breeze – you have no knowledge of<br />

them. Yet you say: What restful sleep!<br />

Now consider the other way. Suppose you are sitting in the garden in full awareness. <strong>The</strong> morning<br />

sun sends down its cosy warmth, the flowers fill the air with breath-taking perfumes, the cool breeze<br />

creates music in the leaves of the trees as it rustles through them, the dew glitters on the petals.<br />

Amidst all of this, can you imagine the joy, the bliss....!<br />

In deep sleep we reach exactly where Buddha, Mahavir and Shiva reach in full awareness. Even<br />

from your deep sleep you bring back the message: How blissful! Although you cannot express this<br />

happiness clearly – what it was like, how it was. You cannot define it, you cannot bring the taste<br />

with you. So after a good night’s rest, you get up fresh and cheerful. You get a little glimpse of<br />

buddhahood on the faces of people who sleep very deeply, especially little children, for their minds<br />

are not yet filled with tensions. As your worries increase, your sleep decreases. Watch a little child<br />

as it is about to get up in the morning. His face bears the freshness of the Buddha. Something<br />

blissful has happened within him, though he is unaware of it.<br />

All tensions fade in deep sleep but there is no wisdom. In samadhi – that is, in the fourth state – all<br />

tensions fade, but wisdom remains. Wisdom plus deep sleep equals samadhi.<br />

HE WHO ENJOYS ALL THREE IS THE SUPREME HERO.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 41 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

He who is the experiencer of all three states – waking, dreaming and deep sleep – and who is apart<br />

and separate from them; he who passes through them, but does not identify himself with them; he<br />

who goes beyond the three and considers himself different and apart – he is a warrior, a conqueror.<br />

Viresha means the warrior of warriors, the conqueror, the supreme hero. Viresh is one of the names<br />

of Shiva. Mahavir also means the great warrior. We have called ’Mahavir’ only those who attained<br />

samadhi. We do not call a person a conqueror just because he has scaled Everest or reached the<br />

moon, it is a courageous act but these are not the ultimate heights to be reached. We call him<br />

a Viresh, a Mahavir, who has attained the soul. What Everest can be higher than God? He who<br />

attains the ultimate is a Mahavir, a great warrior. We accept nothing less. What if you have reached<br />

the moon? It has merely opened new vistas for exploration: Mars, Jupiter, and so on and so forth.<br />

<strong>The</strong> universe is boundless!<br />

We call him Mahavir who has reached where there is no further to go. Why do we refer to him as<br />

Mahavir? Because there is no act more courageous than the act of attaining one’s own self. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

is no journey that calls for such courage and fearlessness as the journey to the self. Because the<br />

path is full of difficulties that are encountered nowhere else. It requires the maximum austerity.<br />

<strong>The</strong> journey to the self is the most difficult journey. It is like walking on the razor’s edge. This is<br />

perhaps why you run away from the self and get involved in mundane things. And this is perhaps<br />

why, even though knowledge of the self attracts the mind you do not have the necessary courage.<br />

Some fear grips you.<br />

It is very difficult. You will have to walk alone. <strong>The</strong> most difficult part of it is that in this world,<br />

everywhere you can go with others. However, there is one place where you will have to go alone.<br />

No wife, no brother, no friend, not even the guru, can go along with you. At best the guru can show<br />

the way. Buddha shows the way. That is all! You must go alone!<br />

We are afraid to be alone. <strong>The</strong>re are so many people around us, so many dreams. Some of these<br />

dreams are very pleasant, very interesting. A few outstanding people break this web of dreams and<br />

set out on the path. Of these, many turn back halfway. One in a million proceeds on the journey, for<br />

it is an arduous, difficult path. Among all of these, perhaps one person reaches. That is why such a<br />

one is called Viresh, warrior of warriors.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fourth, that lies hidden beyond the three, and within you, is the Everest. That is where you<br />

have to reach. And the way to reach it is to be wakeful in your waking state. Right now you are in<br />

a lukewarm state. Be<strong>com</strong>e a burning flame of awareness so that its heat enters your very breath.<br />

Be awake in dreams so that dreams may break. Be so alert in the dreaming state that a ray of your<br />

awareness pierces the state of deep sleep. <strong>The</strong> day you enter deep sleep, with this little flame of<br />

awareness, you will have opened the doors of the state of Viresh; you will have given your first knock<br />

on the temple door.<br />

<strong>The</strong> bliss is infinite, but you will have to cross the path in between. You must pay the price. <strong>The</strong><br />

greater the bliss, the greater the price. <strong>The</strong>re are no bargains.<br />

Many look for bargains (<strong>com</strong>promises?). <strong>The</strong>y seek short-cuts, and they find the gurus to exploit<br />

them. <strong>The</strong> guru tells them to wear this amulet and everything will <strong>com</strong>e to pass, or that it is enough<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 42 Osho


CHAPTER 2. THE STARS MIRRORED<br />

just to have faith in him, or demands that they give a certain amount to charity, perform good deeds<br />

or build a temple. <strong>The</strong>se are ’bargains’ that lead nowhere; they merely mislead you. You must follow<br />

the path.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are some who try even cheaper methods. <strong>The</strong>y take hemp or hashish and believe they are<br />

in samadhi, that they have attained knowledge. <strong>The</strong>re are thousands of sannyasins and sadhus<br />

who take drugs, like opium and hemp. <strong>The</strong> West is very much influenced by them, and they have<br />

discovered even better drugs, like l.s.d., hashish, marijuana. <strong>The</strong>y also have injections that take you<br />

into samadhi. Like instant coffee, they now make instant samadhi.<br />

If only it were so easy! If only someone had attained under the influence of drugs, then the world<br />

would have be<strong>com</strong>e an enlightened place. It is not that easy, but the mind hunts for cheaper ways.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mind wants to bypass the long, arduous journey and enter directly into samadhi. That cannot<br />

be, for salvation lies in the traversing of the path. <strong>The</strong> path is not a readymade path; it is also your<br />

development.<br />

So this is the difficulty. In the outside world the journey can be shortened. <strong>The</strong> plane flies directly<br />

from London to Bombay, with no stops in-between, but the man who boards at London is the same<br />

as the man who gets down at Bombay. This man is the same as he was before. No growth has taken<br />

place in him during the flight. But this is an outward journey. In the inner journey, one cannot reach<br />

the destination without growing from what he was at the point of departure. Those who say that it<br />

is possible are simply deceiving you because it is not a journey from one place to another place, it<br />

is a journey from one state of being to another state of being. You have to grow in the process of<br />

the journey because it is in that growth that you will be cleaned, purified and transformed. It is in the<br />

agony of the process of the journey that you will grow. This pain, this agony is indispensable. If you<br />

seek short cuts you are only deceiving yourself.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a great search for short cuts in the West, therefore people like Mahesh Yogi make a big<br />

impact there. <strong>The</strong> reason for this is that Mahesh Yogi says, ”Whatever I am saying is like a jet-speed.”<br />

He gives a small mantra which the seeker must repeat for fifteen minutes daily. This is all there is to<br />

be done and you attain. <strong>The</strong>re is no need to change your behavior, your lifestyle, nor is it necessary<br />

to give up anything in the outside world. This is all: relax every day for fifteen minutes and repeat<br />

the mantra. <strong>The</strong> mantra is everything.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mantra is valuable, but it is not everything. <strong>The</strong> mantra can destroy dreams but it cannot give<br />

the truth. Destruction of dreams is part of the way to the destination of truth, but if anyone thinks that<br />

repeating the mantra is sufficient, that telling of beads is enough, he is only childish. This person is<br />

not yet worthy even to talk about the path, let alone attain the goal.<br />

<strong>The</strong> path is difficult, but it has to be travelled. <strong>The</strong>refore the sutra says that enormous effort is the<br />

path. Will is required to undertake such a mighty effort. You must be willing to stake your own self<br />

in the effort. Liberation can be bought only if you stake yourself totally. Nothing less will do. If you<br />

give something else, it will not do; you have not paid the full price. Only when you give <strong>com</strong>pletely<br />

of yourself is the price enough and you attain.<br />

Enough for today.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 43 Osho


13 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 3<br />

Maxims of Yoga: A sense of wonder<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

A SENSE OF WONDER IS THE FOUNDATION OF YOGA. TO BE ESTABLISHED IN ONESELF<br />

IS STRENGTH. A TRANSCENDENTAL LOGIC IS A MEANS TO SELF-REALIZATION. TO ENJOY<br />

THE BLISSFULNESS OF THE EXISTENCE IS ENLIGHTENMENT.<br />

A SENSE OF WONDER IS THE FOUNDATION OF YOGA.<br />

Try to understand this.<br />

In the dictionary, ”wonder” means astonishment. But there is a basic difference between wonder<br />

and astonishment. If you fail to understand this basic difference, you may embark on a different<br />

journey altogether. Astonishment is the foundation of science, a sense of wonder is that of yoga.<br />

Astonishment is extrovert; wonder is introvert. Astonishment is about the other; wonder is about our<br />

own self. This is the first point.<br />

Wonder is born out of that which we cannot understand, which makes us speechless, which our<br />

intellect cannot grasp, which proves to be bigger than us, before whom we are suddenly dumfounded<br />

– which destroys us.<br />

If the same state of wonder – which is born when we are faced with the illogical, the<br />

in<strong>com</strong>prehensible – is diverted towards the external objects, it gives birth to science. When we start<br />

thinking about matter, when we start contemplating the world and try to investigate that mystery that<br />

44


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

surrounds us all, science is created. Science is born out of astonishment. Astonishment means, it<br />

has embarked on the outward journey.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is one more difference between wonder and astonishment: if we are surprised by something,<br />

sooner or later we will be fed up with that surprise, because surprise creates tension; hence the<br />

effort of destroying that which surprises us. Science is born out of this surprise. <strong>The</strong>n it destroys<br />

the surprise. It tries to find interpretations, doctrines, formulas, keys and it does not rest assured<br />

till it destroys the mystery, till it is in possession of knowledge, till science can claim: ”Yes, I have<br />

understood!”<br />

Science is bent upon eradicating the element of astonishment from the world. If it succeeds in<br />

achieving that, there will not be a single thing on earth that man cannot boast of not knowing. It<br />

means, this world will be godless, because God means that which we cannot claim to know even if<br />

we have known him. We may know him but he remains unknowable. We may go on deepening our<br />

knowledge of him, he cannot be exhausted. We are in the state of eternal wonder about him.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are some objects which have be<strong>com</strong>e known to us. We can call them, the known. <strong>The</strong>re are<br />

some other objects which we do not know but we will know them. Let us call them, the unknown.<br />

And the existence also consists of such objects which we have never known and about which we<br />

will never be able to know. We will call them, the unknowable. God is unknowable. This is the third<br />

element. Science does not accept God because it says that nothing is unknowable in the world. We<br />

may have not known it up to now, maybe we did not try hard enough, but sooner or later we will<br />

know. Some day we will know the world <strong>com</strong>pletely; nothing will remain unknown in it.<br />

Science is born out of astonishment and then it begins to destroy the astonishment. <strong>The</strong>refore, I<br />

call science patricidal: it tries to kill that which created it. Religion is just the opposite. Religion is<br />

also born out of a certain astonishment; this sutra calls it, ”sense of wonder.” <strong>The</strong> only difference is:<br />

when a religious seeker is filled with wonder, he does not set out on the outer journey, he goes on<br />

an inner pilgrimage. Whenever some kind of mystery envelops him, he starts thinking about himself:<br />

I must know who I am.<br />

If the mystery be<strong>com</strong>es introspective, and the search and the journey is directed inwards, the arrow<br />

of the seeking points towards the self, the attention is totally absorbed by the thirst to know our own<br />

reality – then it is wonder.<br />

And the second point to be understood is that the sense of wonder is inexhaustible. <strong>The</strong> more we<br />

know, the more it increases. That’s why wonder is contradictory. As a rule, the sense of wonder<br />

should disappear the moment we <strong>com</strong>e to know something. But Buddha or Krishna or Shiva or<br />

Christ do not lose their sense of wonder. When they attain the ultimate consciousness, their sense<br />

of wonder be<strong>com</strong>es ultimate! At that time they do not say that they have known everything, they say<br />

that after knowing everything everything remains to be known.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Upanishads have said, ”Even if you extract the whole from the whole, the whole remains.” Even<br />

if you know the whole, the whole remains to be known. <strong>The</strong>refore spiritual knowledge does not<br />

nourish the ego, scientific knowledge nourishes the ego. Spiritual knowledge will never make you<br />

a knower; you will always remain humble. And the more you know, the more you will feel, ”I do not<br />

know anything.” At the highest peak of knowledge you will be able to say, ”I know nothing.” At the<br />

moment of ultimate knowledge the whole existence fills you with a sense of wonder.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 45 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

If science succeeds, the whole world will be<strong>com</strong>e known; if religion succeeds, the whole world will<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e unknown. If science is victorious, you, the knower, will be full of ego and the world will<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e ordinary because where there is no sense of wonder, everything be<strong>com</strong>es prosaic; where<br />

there is no wonder, there is no spirit; if there is no possibility of mystery, the process of evolution<br />

<strong>com</strong>es to a dead end. <strong>The</strong> thirst for knowledge has vanished, curiosity has died.<br />

If science has its way, the world will be filled with such boredom as it has never experienced before. If<br />

Westerners are more bored, science has to blame for that, because people are losing their capacity<br />

to feel wonder. <strong>The</strong>y are not amazed by anything. <strong>The</strong>y have forgotten to be amazed. If you put<br />

a problem before them which has no solution, they will say, ”Oh! It can be solved!” – because<br />

according to science, basically, there is nothing that can remain unknown forever; it can be unveiled.<br />

<strong>The</strong> religious journey is, however, paradoxical. <strong>The</strong> more we unveil, the more we find that the<br />

mystery goes on deepening. <strong>The</strong> nearer you <strong>com</strong>e, the more you <strong>com</strong>e to know: it is very difficult<br />

to know. And the moment we penetrate the very center of the existence, everything be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

mysterious. For the Buddha, the stones and pebbles lying on the ground are as mysterious as<br />

the twinkling stars high up in the sky: It is not only the enormous that appears to be mysterious, the<br />

smallest happening holds the same mystery for him. A seed sprouting in the soil is as mysterious<br />

as the creation of the whole universe.<br />

So, as the sense of wonder be<strong>com</strong>es intense, your eyes will be<strong>com</strong>e like those of a small child. A<br />

child is wonderstruck by everything. Watch a child walking on the street – everything surprises him.<br />

A colored stone looks like a diamond. You laugh at him because you are the knower; you know that<br />

it is colored stone. You tell him, ”Don’t be crazy, this is not a diamond.” But the child wants to put it in<br />

his pocket. You will say, ”Don’t carry this burden. After all, it’s a dirty stone lying in the mud. Throw<br />

it away!”<br />

But the child grips it harder. You are not able to understand it. It is a wonder for the child. This<br />

colored stone is in no way less valuable than the diamond. <strong>The</strong> value lies in the sense of wonder.<br />

Stones are of no value. A tiny butterfly can mesmerize the child immensely, but you will not be<br />

mesmerized by the almighty himself even if he <strong>com</strong>es to see you! <strong>The</strong> child starts chasing the<br />

butterfly....<br />

<strong>The</strong> highest state of wonder, of buddhahood is just like the innocence of a small child. One be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

childlike in that state. That’s why Jesus has said: Those who are like small children will be able to<br />

enter the kingdom of God. Jesus is saying the same thing that Shiva has said in this sutra: the<br />

sense of wonder is the foundation of yoga. Wonder is the first stage of yoga. In that case you have<br />

to understand many things.<br />

<strong>The</strong> more knowledgeable you are, the weaker will be the foundation of yoga. If you are full of the<br />

pride of knowing, the chances of your be<strong>com</strong>ing a yogi are less. If your heart is burdened with the<br />

scriptures, your sense of wonder will be destroyed. You ask a scholar about God, and he starts<br />

answering as if God is a thing to be made an answer of... as if God can be explained. You ask a<br />

scholar and he has a readymade answer. No sooner did you ask than the answer was given. Even<br />

God does not make him speechless. All the formulas are definite, he explains them instantaneously.<br />

But you go to the Buddha and ask about God, he does not say anything. Perhaps you will go back<br />

thinking that this man remained silent, and the meaning is clear: he does not know. But the reason<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 46 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

why this man remained silent is that this sense of wonder is the door to the divine. Had you been a<br />

little wiser, you would have remained with the man who did not answer. And you would have tried<br />

to understand him: you would have peeped into his eyes; you would have lived in his <strong>com</strong>pany, in<br />

his proximity because he has experienced something, and the experience is so immense that words<br />

cannot express it; he has seen something that cannot be<strong>com</strong>e an answer.<br />

Questions and answers are alright for the school-children. Your question in itself is absurd. One<br />

cannot ask a question about God. How can one ask a question about the infinite? Both the question<br />

and the answer drop by themselves before the infinite. Your question is petty, that’s why Buddha has<br />

remained silent. But maybe you will <strong>com</strong>e back thinking that had this man known, he would have<br />

answered. He did not answer, that means he did not know. You recognize a scholar because your<br />

head is full of words, too. You will not be able to understand a sage because a sage is full of wonder.<br />

And your sense of wonder is dead.<br />

<strong>The</strong> greatest calamity of the world is: destruction of wonder. <strong>The</strong> day your sense of wonder is<br />

destroyed, your possibility of liberation is destroyed. <strong>The</strong> day your sense of wonder is dead, your<br />

childlike heart is dead, frozen. You have be<strong>com</strong>e old.<br />

Are you still amazed? Does life pose a question to you? Are you thrilled by the chirping of the birds,<br />

the sound of the running streams, the wind rustling through the trees? Do you feel joy? Does this life<br />

surrounding you everywhere makes you speechless? No, because you know that birds are making<br />

these sounds and wind is rustling through the trees – you have answer to every question. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

answers have killed you. You have be<strong>com</strong>e knowledgeable before attaining knowledge.<br />

A SENSE OF WONDER IS THE FOUNDATION OF YOGA.<br />

A sense of wonder be<strong>com</strong>es a door for one who wants to enter yoga. Revive your childhood! Start<br />

asking again. Awaken your curiosity, your quest and the roots of life that have dried in you will start<br />

greening again. All the blocks will melt away and streams will start running. Open your eyes and<br />

look all around once again – all answers are false, because all your answers are borrowed. You<br />

have not known anything. But you are stuffed with borrowed knowledge, to the extent that you feel,<br />

you known it.<br />

Awaken your sense of wonder. Your yoga-postures and breath-exercises are useless if there is no<br />

sense of wonder within you – because all the yogic exercises belong to the body. It’s true that your<br />

body will be purified, healthy but purified and healthy body will not help you to attain divinity.<br />

A sense of wonder purifies the heart. Wonder means: the mind is free of all answers. Wonder<br />

means: you have removed all the garbage of answers. Your question has be<strong>com</strong>e new, rejuvenated;<br />

you have understood your ignorance.<br />

Wonder means: I do not know.<br />

Scholarship means: I know.<br />

<strong>The</strong> more you know, the more you are wrong. When you are simple enough to say: ”I don’t know” –<br />

although this too is not sufficient – when the understanding of your own ignorance settles deep into<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 47 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

your heart, you have taken the first step of yoga. After that, other steps are very easy. If you miss<br />

the first step, you may go on traveling endlessly, it will be of no use. One who misses the first step<br />

cannot reach the destination. If your first step is right, half of the distance is covered.<br />

A sense of wonder is the first step.<br />

Look closely, do you possess knowledge? If you observe deeply, you will realize that there is no<br />

knowledge, just garbage collected from scriptures, masters, saints and you have preserved it like a<br />

priceless possession! It has not given you anything, it has only killed your sense of wonder. Your<br />

sense of wonder is writhing, lying dead. Now you are not surprised. Nothing surprises you any<br />

more.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was a Christian mystic, Eckhart. He has made a unique statement: one who is surprised by<br />

everything is a saint. Everything, very small happenings surprise him. A pebble falls in the water,<br />

creates noise, ripples start spreading – the saint is amazed. It is so wondrous, so mysteriousness!<br />

He breathes, lives, it is quite amazing.<br />

Every morning while praying to God Eckhart used to say, ”It is another day! <strong>The</strong> sun has risen again.<br />

Thy mercy is great. What would we do if the sun would not have arisen? Human being is helpless.”<br />

Eckhart used to say, ”Today I am breathing, tomorrow I may not; what can I do?”<br />

You cannot draw breath from somewhere. It is not in your control. Breath is so close to you, and yet<br />

you do not own it. If it goes out and does not return, it will just return! We do not know or possess<br />

a thing which is so close to you. And we think that we know everything. This ’knowing everything’<br />

has killed you. Remove this garbage and unburden yourself. Immediately, when the blindfold of<br />

knowledge will be removed from your eyes, they will be filled with mystery.<br />

<strong>The</strong> inner pilgrimage of this mystery is called wonder; the outward journey is called astonishment.<br />

If you apply those mysteries to objects, you will be<strong>com</strong>e a scientist and if you are able to apply<br />

that mystery to your own self, you will be<strong>com</strong>e a great yogi. And in both the cases the results<br />

will be different, because astonishment is violent, sense of wonder is nonviolent. Surprise applied<br />

anywhere, starts disintegrating, analyzing because surprise is restless, wonder is full of interest. Try<br />

to understand this difference properly. It is not written in the dictionary; it cannot be written because<br />

the <strong>com</strong>piler of the dictionary has no idea what wonder is.<br />

Astonishment is violent, aggressive. When you are astonished by something, you be<strong>com</strong>e tense.<br />

That tension has to be dealt with. A certain restlessness will hang over you as long as your enquiry<br />

is not <strong>com</strong>plete, you have not known. A scientist is engrossed in his laboratory eighteen hours a<br />

day... what for? He is restless, as if possessed by a ghost. And he will keep on investigating till he<br />

resolves it.<br />

But the sense of wonder is not aggressive. And the sense of wonder is not a restlessness, on the<br />

contrary the sense of wonder is restfulness. Whenever someone is filled with wonderment one is at<br />

rest. You don’t have to destroy the sense of wonder, you have to drink it, you have to taste it. You<br />

have to merge with wonder, you have to be<strong>com</strong>e one with it. Astonishment is involved in destruction,<br />

wonder begins to live. Wonder is a way of life, astonishment is a violent state of mind.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 48 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

So science thinks in terms of victory – destroy, shatter, win. Religion thinks in terms of surrender –<br />

dissolve yourself. When the sense of wonder will enter you, it will dissolve in you the same way a<br />

salt-cube is dropped into water and the whole water turns salty. That day you will be<strong>com</strong>e salty with<br />

wonder. Every fibre will be filled with wonder. While walking, moving around the sense of wonder<br />

will be pulsating within you. You will be in a perpetual state of wonder. Every phenomenon will<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e mysterious. <strong>The</strong> smallest particle will be a part of the vast, because the sense of wonder<br />

envelops the small, it be<strong>com</strong>es vast. <strong>The</strong>n nothing remains known, you are surrounded by mystery.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n every moment is new and every moment is an invitation.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was contesting the elections. While he was on his door-to-door campaign, he went<br />

to the local priest. Even at that time he was drunk. <strong>The</strong> priest was a gentleman; saying something<br />

directly would have been impolite so he said to Nasruddin, ”I want to ask you something. If you give<br />

me a satisfying answer, my vote is all yours. Do you ever drink?” <strong>The</strong>re was no need to ask about it.<br />

Mulla was taken aback. He said, ”Before I answer your question, I would like to ask you something:<br />

Is it an enquiry or an invitation?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> sense of wonder is an invitation.<br />

Astonishment is an enquiry and sense of wonder, invitation. <strong>The</strong> sense of wonder is an internal<br />

call. And as you enter inside, you go on immersing deeper and deeper. One day you will disappear<br />

and only wonder will remain. That day enlightenment has happened. If you follow the path of<br />

astonishment, one day only you will remain and astonishment will disappear. That is the culmination<br />

of science: ego will remain and astonishment will vanish. If you embark on the journey of wonder,<br />

you will vanish and wonder will remain, every pore of your being will be filled with its taste. Your<br />

existence itself will be a wonder.<br />

Shiva has called it the foundation of yoga. Remove knowledge, be<strong>com</strong>e full of wonder. In the<br />

beginning it will appear difficult because you think that you know.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was a great thinker, a very invaluable, important one: D. H. Lawrence. He was roaming in the<br />

garden with a small child. <strong>The</strong> child asked him, ”Why are the trees green?”<br />

A child can only ask such questions – so fresh! You cannot even think of such questions. You will<br />

say, ”<strong>The</strong> trees are green because they are green! What is there to ask? What kind of a question is<br />

this? This child is stupid. But think again, why the trees are green. Do you really know the answer?<br />

Perhaps someone studying science may answer, ”It is the chlorophyll that makes them green.” But it<br />

will not resolve the question of the child. It will ask again, ”Why is there chlorophyll in the tree? Why<br />

should it be in the tree and why not in the man? And how the chlorophyll has found the trees? <strong>The</strong><br />

answer ”chlorophyll” does not (answer?) any question.<br />

All the answers found by science are of the same category. Those answers only push the question<br />

one step back, that’s all. If you are a little wise, you can raise the question again. Science cannot<br />

answer any ”why.” That’s why science cannot destroy the sense of wonder, it can only create an<br />

illusion of destroying it.<br />

But D. H. Lawrence was not a scientist. He was a poet, a novelist. He had an aesthetic sense. He<br />

stopped then and there and started thinking. He said to the child, ”Give me some time. I don’t know<br />

myself.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 49 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

Your child also must have asked many a time the same kinds of question. Have you ever said: ”I<br />

don’t know?” It hurts the ego. Every father thinks that he knows. <strong>The</strong> child asks and the father gives<br />

an answer. And because of these very answers the father loses his credibility later on, because one<br />

day the child <strong>com</strong>es to know that you know nothing. You were unnecessarily giving answers. You<br />

are as ignorant as I am. You were a little older so your ignorance was older, that’s all. But you give<br />

answers to the small child. <strong>The</strong> child, too, accepts them thinking you may be right. But how long will<br />

he believe it?<br />

D.H. Lawrence stood there. He said, ”I will think over it. And if you go on insisting, I can only say that<br />

the trees are green because they are green. <strong>The</strong>re is no other answer. I am myself overwhelmed by<br />

this mystery.”<br />

If you unveil the curtain of knowledge, you will find mystery all around. It is a mystery that the trees<br />

are green. It is also mysterious that the green trees have red flowers. And isn’t it mysterious that a<br />

small seed contains a giant tree in its womb? You preserve a seed and plant it after thousands of<br />

years, the tree materializes. Life seems to be eternal. Every moment is throbbing with mystery.<br />

But you have closed your eyes. You rest assured. But this state is your inertia. You do not even<br />

hesitate, for the simple reason that your ego feels a reassurance that it knows. If you know, you feel<br />

secure; if you do not know, all security disappears. Actually you do not know anything but it hurts to<br />

admit that you do not know. So you cling to anything. A drowning man clings to a straw, takes its<br />

support. <strong>The</strong> thing you are clinging to is not even a straw. Perhaps a straw may save someone from<br />

drowning but the thing you are clinging to is not even a straw, it is just a dream, empty words.<br />

Someone strongly believes in God. It is absurd to say that I definitely know. ’Definitely’ means,<br />

now you have unraveled the mystery of God! ’Definitely’ means you have seen through Him, you<br />

have measured Him. ’Definitely’ means: even He can be measured, you have weighed Him in the<br />

balance, you have investigated in the laboratory. What is the meaning ’definite’?<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is another man who definitely knows that God does not exist. Both are stupid and both of<br />

them have the same disease. One calls himself theist, another one calls himself atheist; and there<br />

is not an iota of difference between the two. Deep down both suffer from the same disease. Both of<br />

them believe that they know and both get into arguments.<br />

Knowledge creates argument, wonder creates dialogue. When you are filled with wonder, your life<br />

will have a dialogue. If somebody goes to Mahavira and asks: ”Does God exist?” He says, ”Yes.”<br />

Some atheist goes and says, ”God does not exist,” and he says, ”No, he does not.” And if some<br />

agnostic goes to him, Mahavira says, ”God’s existence is dubious.”<br />

Now, it is very difficult. We would want him to give straight and clear answers. <strong>The</strong>y may be wrong,<br />

but they should be clear. And remember, this existence is so <strong>com</strong>plex that clear answers will prove<br />

wrong. Here, if the answer is not contradictory, it is bound to be wrong. Here, only that answer will<br />

be right which en<strong>com</strong>passes its opposite because existence absorbs its opposite.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is life and there is death. <strong>The</strong> path is not clear-cut. Here darkness exists along with light. Good<br />

and evil exist together. Here the saint and the sinner are not separate, they are living simultaneously.<br />

Both are two aspects of the same coin. God contains both the poles within Him. Existence is vast.<br />

It is not chiseled on the touchstone of logic, it is beyond logic. <strong>The</strong> duality is merged into each other.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 50 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

One night Junnaid prayed to God: ”I want to know who is the greatest sinner in this village because<br />

by studying him, by understanding him I will try to abstain from the sin. I will have a criterion that<br />

here is the greatest sinner, I have to avoid this kind of life.” A voice said, ”Your neighbor.” Junnaid<br />

was surprised. He had never imagined that his neighbor could be the greatest sinner. He was an<br />

ordinary man, running his own small shop, how can he be the greatest sinner? He had thought that<br />

the greatest sinner will be someone like Ravana [a mythological character who represents devil], the<br />

greatest sinner will be someone devilish, a satan. This man is running a shop, rearing his children....<br />

Junnaid was perplexed. He was an ordinary man, nobody would call him a sinner.<br />

Next day while praying he said, ”O.K., I accept your decision. Now I want one more criterion: I want<br />

to know about the greatest saint, a virtuous man in the village.” God said, ”<strong>The</strong> same man, your<br />

neighbor.”<br />

Junnaid said, ”You are confusing me. <strong>The</strong>re is already great confusion in me. Yesterday I was<br />

watching the man all day, I did not feel that he was a sinner. Now this adds to the confusion: he is a<br />

virtuous man, too!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> voice said, ”In my existence the opposites are interlinked. It is the intellect that splits them into<br />

two. Here the greatest saint has a shadow. And here the greatest sinner has a glow on his face.<br />

This very phenomenon makes it possible for a saint to be<strong>com</strong>e a sinner and a sinner to be<strong>com</strong>e a<br />

saint. This transformation is possible so easily because both are hidden in one person.<br />

Darkness and light are not separate. Day and night are interrelated. Logic creates fragments and<br />

makes clear-cut paths. Logic is like a well-made, clean, cultivated garden. Life is like a forest;<br />

nothing is clear in it. Everything is entangled there.<br />

One who wants to understand life should have the capacity to avoid readymade answers. If you<br />

cling to them, you feel secure because you feel reassured: Yes, I know! You feel confident and<br />

courageous enough to tread the path of life. That’s why you are afraid of dropping knowledge. It is<br />

very painful. If someone robs you of your wealth, it does not matter so much. You can earn it again.<br />

And wealth was dirt. You knew that already. If you lose your position, you can take it in your stride.<br />

You yourself can renounce it some day. But knowledge...!<br />

I have observed a very interesting phenomenon. Somebody renounces his society, his village, his<br />

house, his family but if he was Jaina he remains a Jaina in the Himalayas; if he was a Hindu he<br />

remains a Hindu; if he was a Mohammedan he remains a Mohammedan. It is the same society that<br />

he has renounced, that had given him this Mohammedan conditioning: that Koran is a true scripture,<br />

all other scriptures are false. He gives up everything but saves his knowledge even in the Himalayas.<br />

Nothing has changed in this man’s life because he still believes in knowledge.<br />

If you drop knowledge, the Himalayas will appear wherever you are. <strong>The</strong> Himalayas will appear<br />

wherever you are. <strong>The</strong> Himalayas signify that which is mysterious; where there are high mountain<br />

peaks, you cannot scale them; and where there are unfathomable valleys, you will not be able to<br />

explore them; which transcends all our measures.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sense of wonder means: where your intellect fails, where your ego is crippled, where you<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e helpless. You may laugh or cry there but you cannot utter a word.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 51 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

It is said that when Moses reached the mountain Sanai, he cried, he laughed but he did not speak<br />

at all. When he returned, his disciples asked: ”What have you done? God was present himself.<br />

He said unto you, ’Remove you shoes because this is holy land and I am present here.’ And you<br />

removed your shoes. You cried, you laughed but why didn’t you say something? Why did you miss<br />

this opportunity? You could have asked whatever you wanted to ask. You could have at least asked<br />

for the key that opens all the doors.”<br />

Moses replied, ”When He was present in front of me, my mind disappeared; only heart was<br />

throbbing. I laughed, I cried out of sheer joy!”<br />

And this is the interesting part of life – happiness can make you cry and happiness can make you<br />

laugh, too. So do not think that people always cry out of grief. It is a calculation of logic. Life does<br />

not believe in logic. <strong>The</strong> river of life breaks all the frontiers and overflows like a total wave. One can<br />

cry out of happiness. <strong>The</strong>n one’s tears have a different quality. <strong>The</strong>n bliss is reflected in the tears.<br />

He can cry, too! <strong>The</strong>se opposites can express one principle. This is the mystery of life.<br />

So Moses said, ”Not only heart, I also lost my intellect. It seems that I dropped my conditioning<br />

along with my shoes.”<br />

And do not only remove your shoes outside the temple, drop your head, too! One who drops his<br />

head along with the shoes, can only enter the temple. And shoes and head get along very well!<br />

That’s why when you get angry with someone, you hit his head with your shoe. A monk hits his head<br />

with his own shoes.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se are the two extremes, two poles. <strong>The</strong> head is on one extreme... you are at the center. And<br />

that central point is a meeting place of all opposites. Your head and your feet are uniting there. Your<br />

heart abides there.<br />

So Moses said, ”I cried, I laughed because I was filled with wonder. I became speechless. Now I<br />

will not be able to sleep. I cannot erase that which I have seen. That which has happened cannot<br />

be wiped out. <strong>The</strong> Moses who lived before is no more. Now I am a different man.”<br />

This is a new birth. Hindus call it ’dvija’: twice born – when is born second time. All brahmins are<br />

not dwijas. Once in a while some brahmin be<strong>com</strong>es dwija. You do not be<strong>com</strong>e a dwija by wearing a<br />

sacred thread around your neck. Dwija means twice born. Moses said, ”Now I am twice born. Now<br />

I am a different man. That person is dead.”<br />

If you experience wonder, your old will die and the new will be born. And if you perpetually remain<br />

in the sense of wonder, the new is born and the old dies every moment. Every moment the old<br />

disappears and the new appears. And your flow is eternal. <strong>The</strong>n you will never be<strong>com</strong>e old; then<br />

the eternal life pulsates within you.<br />

Shiva therefore says, the sense of wonder is the foundation of yoga.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second maxim: TO BE ESTABLISHED IN ONESELF IS STRENGTH.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sense of wonder is the foundation. Wonder means an enquiry inwards. An internal search of<br />

the question: who am I? If you move outside, there is surprise. If you move outside, there is logic. If<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 52 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

you move outside, there is science. If you move inwards – sense of wonder, meditation, gratitude. It<br />

is a totally different method.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sense of wonder will bring you inwards because the whole world will appear mysterious. And<br />

then only one question will seem to be important: who am I? This is the foundation of sense of<br />

wonder: who am I? As long as I do not know this ’I’, this journey of knowing myself cannot be<br />

<strong>com</strong>plete. How can I know these trees, how can I know you, how can I know the other if I myself am<br />

unknown to me, if I am myself ignorant; when I do not know who I am.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore ’who am I’ is the great mantra. And don’t rush the answer because the answer is ready<br />

inside you. ”Who am I” – and you answer from within: I am the soul. This answer won’t help. You<br />

know it already. This has not changed your life. Knowledge is fire; it will burn you. When you ask:<br />

”Who am I” and an inner voice replies, it is your mind that is talking – the scriptures hidden inside the<br />

mind, the memory. When you say: ’I am the soul’, it is useless, it is of no value because this answer<br />

has not transformed you. This is not fire, this is ash. <strong>The</strong>re may have been an amber in it some<br />

time, for some sage, but for you it is ash. <strong>The</strong> person who possessed this amber, has departed from<br />

this world, now you are just carrying the ash.<br />

You go on asking: Who am I? And do not give a borrowed answer. Whenever the borrowed answer<br />

will <strong>com</strong>e, you say: ”This is not my answer. I have not known it, how can it be mine? Only that which<br />

I know, can belong to me.” That which you have earned through your own effort, is your treasure.<br />

Knowledge can neither be stolen nor can it be begged. You cannot steal it. You cannot beg it. Here,<br />

you have to create yourself by your own efforts.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second maxim: TO BE ESTABLISHED IN ONESELF IS STRENGTH.<br />

<strong>The</strong> moment a sense of wonder is born, move inwards, sink within and try to be established in the<br />

self. When you ask: ’Who am I’, when will you get an answer? If you want the answer, you will have<br />

to be established within. We have called it health: to be established in the self. And one is able to<br />

see only when one is established within. If you are running, how will you be able to see?<br />

Your situation is somewhat like this: you are sitting in a speeding car, you happen to see a flower,<br />

through the window. You have barely enquired about it, and the car has zoomed forward. You<br />

are speeding fast. And no vehicle is faster than your desire. If one has to reach the moon, even<br />

the spaceship takes time. Your desire does not even require this much time, it reaches this very<br />

moment. Desire has the fastest speed. And one who is full of desire shows that there is no depth in<br />

him. He is running, racing. And your pace is such that even if you ask: who am I, there is no room<br />

for an answer.<br />

You will have to give up this running race and be established in the self. You will stop all the desire,<br />

all the running around, all the journey. But the moment one desire is fulfilled you create a number<br />

of new desires. You barely finish one journey, and various new avenues open up. And you start<br />

running again! You do not know how to sit down. You have not stopped for many lifes.<br />

I have heard that one emperor employed a very intelligent man as his prime minister. But the prime<br />

minister was dishonest and within no time he stole millions of rupees from the treasury of the empire.<br />

When the emperor came to know about it, he called the prime minister and said: ”I don’t want to say<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 53 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

anything. What you have done is not right. I will not say much but I can only say this much that it is a<br />

break of trust. Don’t ever show me your face again. You leave this kingdom and go elsewhere. And<br />

I would not like rumors to spread all around, so I will not tell anything to anyone about it and there is<br />

no need for you to utter a word about it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> prime minister said: ”If you <strong>com</strong>mand me, I shall leave. Certainly, I have stolen millions of<br />

rupees. Nevertheless, I would like to advise you as a prime minister that now I have everything:<br />

a big mansion, houses in the mountains and on the sea-shore. I have everything. My <strong>com</strong>ing<br />

generations need not earn anything. You will remove me and appoint some other person and he will<br />

have to start from scratch.” <strong>The</strong> emperor was intelligent, he understood.<br />

You never <strong>com</strong>e to such a point in your life, when you can say: I have everything. Your trip will end<br />

when such a moment <strong>com</strong>es. Otherwise every moment you will have to start from scratch. Each<br />

and every moment, new desire grips you, a new thief enters, an new robber <strong>com</strong>es to rob you of<br />

your treasure. And the robber is not one, there are innumerable desires. You are running in many<br />

directions simultaneously. You have never given it a thought that many of the objects are opposite to<br />

each other; you cannot have them both. If you get one, you will lose another; if you get the second<br />

one, the first is lost.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was on his death-bed. He told his son: now, before I die, I will tell you about two<br />

things. Remember them. <strong>The</strong>re are two things: honesty and wisdom. Now you will look after the<br />

shop, take care of the work. A signboard is hanging on our shop: ’Honesty is the best policy’. Always<br />

practice it. Never cheat anybody. Never break a promise. If you promise, keep it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> son said: ”O.K., what about the other? What does wisdom mean?”<br />

Nasruddin said, ”Never give a promise to anyone!”<br />

Such is life – divided in opposite poles. <strong>The</strong>re is an attempt to manage both: honesty and wisdom.<br />

Honesty aims at keeping a promise. On the one hand you want to be worshipped as a saint and<br />

on the other hand you want to enjoy like a sinner. Strange! On the one hand you wish that your<br />

character should be praised like that of Rama’s and on the other hand you are keen on kidnapping<br />

somebody’s wife. You want to do the impossible. You would like to be<strong>com</strong>e like Ravana and you<br />

want to be revered like Rama. <strong>The</strong>n we are in a difficult situation. <strong>The</strong>n you move in two opposite<br />

directions and you create infinite goals in front of you. In their pursuit you be<strong>com</strong>e fragmented, torn<br />

to pieces. At the end of your life you will find that the treasure that you had brought with you is lost.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was a great gambler. His wife, his family, his friends tried their best to convince him. He did<br />

not pay any attention. Eventually everything was lost. At last he came to such a point that he had<br />

only one rupee left with him. His wife said: ”Now wake up! Gather yourself!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> husband said, ”When so much is lost and only one rupee is left, give me a last chance. Who<br />

knows, this last bit of a rupee may prove lucky.” A gambler always thinks on these lines. And he said,<br />

”Now we have lost millions, this is the last rupee, why lament over it? And one rupee is bound to be<br />

spent, it cannot be saved. Let me stake it!”<br />

His wife also thought: now that everything is lost, this is the last one; and one is going to be spent<br />

anyway, let him stake it!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 54 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

<strong>The</strong> gambler went to the joint. And he was amazed! He started winning every game. One became<br />

one thousand, one thousand were converted into ten thousand which became a hundred thousand<br />

eventually. At the end he staked those hundred thousand and said, ”Now this is the last chance.”<br />

And he lost everything! He returned home. His wife asked, ”What happened?”<br />

He said, ”I lost that last one too!”<br />

You can lose only that which you had brought with you. Why talk about thousands? He said: ”I have<br />

lost one rupee. It does not matter. That stake was unfortunate.” But he did not tell her that he had<br />

made one hundred thousand. He was right. You cannot lose that which does not belong to you. At<br />

the time of death you will find that you have lost the soul that you had brought with you. You will be<br />

deprived of ’one’. That’s all! All your calculations of credit and debit, your losses and gains are of no<br />

value. <strong>The</strong> millions that you have won, will be dropped here at the time of your death. Only ’one’ will<br />

be taken into account; and that one is – ”YOU.” If you establish in the ’one’, you are a winner. If you<br />

return to the ’one’, settle in it... Shiva is talking about this very phenomenon: TO BE ESTABLISHED<br />

IN ONESELF IS STRENGTH.<br />

You are weak and wretched and miserable – not because you don’t have money or house or wealth.<br />

You are wretched and miserable because you are not established in yourself. To be established in<br />

oneself is the source of energy. <strong>The</strong> moment one is established in it, one is flooded with tremendous<br />

energy.<br />

Someone asked Jesus: ”What should I do? I am very poor, sickly and miserable. Jesus said,<br />

”Don’t do anything else, first seek the kingdom of God, all else will follow. If you lose ’one’, you<br />

lose everything. That ’one’ is none other than you, and that alone is your treasure because you had<br />

brought it with you. And in the final calculation you will be asked, whether you could save that which<br />

you brought with you or you have lost that, too!<br />

TO BE ESTABLISHED IN ONESELF IS STRENGTH. To settle in oneself is to be<strong>com</strong>e immensely<br />

powerful. You already have that immense power within you, but you are like a bucket with thousands<br />

of holes. If you put the bucket in the well, it appears to be full. As long as the bucket is immersed in<br />

the water, it looks full; the moment you start pulling the bucket and it starts rising above the waterlevel,<br />

the water starts leaking through thousands of holes. When the bucket is drawn <strong>com</strong>pletely out<br />

of the well, there is nothing left inside.<br />

Your thousands of desires are your holes. Your energy dissipates through them. As long as you<br />

are dreaming, the bucket is full. As long as you desire, the bucket is full. <strong>The</strong> moment the desire<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es action, you start pulling the bucket up; the moment you try to make the dreams <strong>com</strong>e true,<br />

the energy starts leaking. By the time you take the bucket out, you are faced with nothing but holes,<br />

with no water at all. You remain as thirsty as ever. Every time you draw the bucket, it makes lots of<br />

noise in the well. You feel you are getting some water, as if a great storm is <strong>com</strong>ing. But nothing<br />

<strong>com</strong>es actually. You remain empty handed. However, desire is very strange.<br />

A traveler enquired of a fisherman how many fish he could catch. <strong>The</strong> sun was about to set, he had<br />

put his fishing rod in the water since morning. This passer by had passed through that road several<br />

times and had noticed it. At lost he could not contain himself, so he asked: ”How many have you<br />

caught?” <strong>The</strong> fisherman answered: ”If I catch this one I am trying to catch, and if I am able to catch<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 55 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

two more, the total number will be three!” He has not caught a single one so far. But he is imagining:<br />

if I catch this one, plus two more – they will make three.<br />

You are perpetually in the state of this fisherman. <strong>The</strong> one you are trying to catch, and two more you<br />

are dreaming about. Even this one has not materialized. But the calculation consists of three! And<br />

you are utterly pleased. Whenever you pull the bucket out, you again find it empty. And remember,<br />

the more you throw it in the well, the holes be<strong>com</strong>e wider and wider. This is the reason why children<br />

look very happy. Old people look very sad. <strong>The</strong>ir bucket is full of holes. <strong>The</strong>y have put the bucket<br />

in the well and drawn it out innumerable times. <strong>The</strong> holes have be<strong>com</strong>e bigger, that’s all! But they<br />

go on hoping against hope – some time we will be able to draw water because the bucket does look<br />

full! Water is leaking from the holes.<br />

You have the energy of the infinite, but your mind is like a bucket with holes.<br />

This maxim means: you will not go on a desire-trip. When you drop one desire, one hole is<br />

cemented. When all desires drop, all the holes are cemented. And then you don’t need to put<br />

the bucket in any well, you yourself are the well. You have tremendous energy within you. If only<br />

your energy could be prevented from leaking, you are born with tremendous energy. You don’t have<br />

to achieve anything. All that is worth achieving, is within you; be careful not to lose it. <strong>The</strong>re is no<br />

question of attaining God, you have to avoid losing Him. You have already attained Him. How you<br />

lose, is the greatest mystery of this world.<br />

<strong>The</strong> third maxim: DISCRIMINATION AND TRANSCENDENTAL LOGIC IS A MEANS TO SELF-<br />

REALIZATION.<br />

Each and every maxim is like a master key. First: the sense of wonder. <strong>The</strong> sense of wonder will<br />

make you turn in. Second: To be established in oneself so that you are available to tremendous<br />

energy. But how will you settle in yourself? <strong>The</strong> key lies in the third maxim: Transcendental logic<br />

and discrimination is a means to self-realization.<br />

This word: transcendental logic has to be understood. We know what logic is. It is an instrument of<br />

logic. It is a sword that cuts wonderment. Logic cuts, analyses. Logic moves outside, transcendental<br />

logic moves inside. It does not make fragments, it unites. Logic is analysis, transcendental logic is<br />

synthesis.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was one Sufi monk, Farid. One of his devotees brought him a pair of scissors made of gold.<br />

It was very valuable, studded with precious stones. And he said, ”It has been my family treasure for<br />

generations together. It costs millions of rupees. I have no use for it. I present it to you.”<br />

Farid said, ”Please take it back. If at all you want to present something, bring a needle and a thread<br />

because I do not believe in cutting, I believe in sewing. A pair of scissors cuts. If you want to present<br />

something, better bring a needle and a thread.”<br />

Logic is like a pair of scissors; it cuts. In the Hindu mythology Ganesha is the god of logic; therefore<br />

he rides a rat. A rat is a pair of scissors. It cuts, it is a live pair of scissors. It goes on cutting. Ganesha<br />

rides it. He is a god of logic. And Hindus have made him a laughing stock. If his appearance does<br />

not make you laugh, it is a matter of surprise. You do not laugh because you have got used to his<br />

appearance, otherwise he is humorous figure.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 56 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

If you take a close look at Ganesha’s structure, you will find that everything is shapeless in every<br />

way. Even his head does not belong to him, it is borrowed. A logician has a borrowed head. It is<br />

quite big, it’s an elephant’s head, but it is not his own. A borrowed head is useless, even if it belongs<br />

to the elephant. It will only make you look ugly. His body is bulky; rides a rat. This body of his is just<br />

a show-piece; his vehicle is a rat. However great a scholar may be, his vehicle is a rat – a pair of<br />

scissors: logic! Farid said it rightly, ”If you want to present something, bring a needle and a thread<br />

because I believe in sewing.”<br />

Transcendental logic is an art of synthesizing. <strong>The</strong> Sanskrit word ”VITARKA” means a special logic.<br />

Common logic analyses, special logic synthesizes. Buddha, Mahavir, Shiva, Lao Tzu – they all use<br />

logic, but it is a specialized logic.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is one more kind of logic, which is a logical fallacy. <strong>The</strong>re arr three possibilities. Logic<br />

fragments, analyses; but its intentions are not bad. <strong>The</strong> wonder has to be resolved. It is not<br />

interested in analyzing. Analysis is the process. It aims at achieving a doctrine which will dissolve<br />

the surprise, things will be<strong>com</strong>e crystal clear. <strong>The</strong> aim of logic is constructive.<br />

When logic has no goal, only scissoring be<strong>com</strong>es the aim, it enjoys being destructive, then it is<br />

called ”KUTARKA” logical fallacy. It is an insane state of logic. It be<strong>com</strong>es mad, it is bent upon<br />

destroying. <strong>The</strong>n there is no other motive, destruction gives pleasure.<br />

Vitatka, special logic is an inward journey of logic. You have <strong>com</strong>e home from your house; your eyes,<br />

your vision, your direction was focussed on me, towards me. You turned your back to your home.<br />

When you will go back home, the road will be the same – in what way the road could be different? –<br />

only the direction will change. You will turn you back towards me and you will face your home.<br />

Logic and special logic tread the same road; that’s why it is called special logic. <strong>The</strong> road is the<br />

same, only the direction has changed. First logic was moving towards the other, towards the object;<br />

now the logic is moving towards the self, towards home. Just a change in the direction changes the<br />

total quality. When it had to move outwards, destruction was the way. If you want to enter the other,<br />

it could only be done by analyzing, there is no other way.<br />

If you go to the medical college, you will find the students dissecting. <strong>The</strong>y are dissecting the frog<br />

because they have to know what is inside. <strong>The</strong>re is no other way, one can know the insides of a<br />

frog by dissecting. it. But if you have to enter within yourself, there is no need to dissect. You are<br />

present inside! If you want to know the other, you will have to dissect him, destroy him because<br />

there is no other way of knowing him. If you want to know yourself, there is no question of dissecting<br />

or destroying because you are already there! If you want to know yourself, just closing your eyes<br />

is enough. Closing one’s eyes is meditation. When the attention is withdrawn from outside and<br />

focussed inside, logic be<strong>com</strong>es transcendental.<br />

<strong>The</strong> other name for vitark is vivek, or consciousness. It really means awareness. This awareness is<br />

a process of synthesis. As you go within you, you start be<strong>com</strong>ing integrated. For example: imagine<br />

a circle with a wide circumference. Now take two points, far apart on the circumference. Join each<br />

to the point at the center of the circle. You will find that as the lines approach the center, they <strong>com</strong>e<br />

closer and closer to each other, until they are one at the center. Now if these two lines are extended<br />

further outside the circumference, they will be further and further apart, until the distance between<br />

them be<strong>com</strong>es infinite.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 57 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

In the same way, when you move outwards from yourself, things begin to fall apart, and the further<br />

you go the greater be<strong>com</strong>es the difference between them. <strong>The</strong>refore, we find many different<br />

branches of science because the distance is be<strong>com</strong>ing bigger and bigger. New theories are born<br />

every day, and scientists are facing a dilemma: one science cannot understand the language of the<br />

other. <strong>The</strong>re is no such person on earth who can understand all the sciences, who can synthesize<br />

the different branches of science.<br />

As it is, it is impossible to know a single branch of science. <strong>The</strong>re is no dearth of knowledge in the<br />

world, but we have lost the power of synthesis. Religion is one, no matter how many names you<br />

give it, because no sooner does a man begin to go within himself than the distances decrease, and<br />

all things merge into the center. <strong>The</strong> center is the ultimate synthesis.<br />

Vitark or vivek, intelligence or awareness, discrimination leads to self-realization. Do not dissect<br />

things. Do not go outwards; do not pay attention to ’the other’. Direct your attention inwards;<br />

synthesize! Move slowly towards the center, where your life-force is focussed. Be<strong>com</strong>e established<br />

at this point and great energy will arise within you.<br />

<strong>The</strong> light we see around Mahavir or Buddha, the bliss we find around Krishna, Meera, Chaitanya –<br />

what bliss is this? What light is it? What does it signify? It indicates that these people have reached<br />

the point which is the source of infinite energy. <strong>The</strong>y are no longer miserable, they are no longer<br />

poor. <strong>The</strong>y are emperors in their own right. This is also your potential, but you have to proceed step<br />

by step.<br />

First <strong>com</strong>es a sense of wonder; then being centered in the self; then intelligence as a way of reaching<br />

the self.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fourth sutra:<br />

TO ENJOY THE BLISS OF EXISTENCE IS SAMADHI.<br />

When you have reached the self and are firmly established in it, you have reached the most profound<br />

state of existence. Existence is at its greatest density at this point, for everything is created out of<br />

here. Your center is not only your center but the center of all creation.<br />

We are separated only at the circumference. ’You’ and ’I’ are separations of the body. As we leave<br />

the body and turn within, the distance gets smaller and smaller. <strong>The</strong> day you know the soul you<br />

will also have known God. <strong>The</strong> day you know your own self you will know the self of all creation,<br />

because at the center all is one. Distances only exist at the periphery.<br />

Shiva says: By attaining this existence within one’s self, the joy of samadhi is attained.<br />

Samadhi-sukham, the ’bliss of samadhi’; these words should be understood. You have known many<br />

joys: the joy of a good dinner, the joy of good health and well-being. When you quench your<br />

thirst or enjoy sex – such bodily joys you know fully, but understand well that all these joys carry<br />

<strong>com</strong>plementary sorrows with them. If you are not thirsty, water will bring no joy. If you are prepared<br />

to undergo the torment of thirst, only then will you enjoy drinking water. <strong>The</strong> affliction, the agony,<br />

<strong>com</strong>es first and is long; the ensuing joy is only momentary. As soon as the water slides down the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 58 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

throat the thirst is quenched. <strong>The</strong> same is true with food. <strong>The</strong> more you suffer the pangs of hunger,<br />

the tastier is the food.<br />

This is the irony of life; the people who are tormented by hunger, who could really enjoy the pleasures<br />

of eating, have nothing to eat. Those who do not know what hunger is, have plenty to eat, but they<br />

cannot enjoy their food; on the contrary, it is a source of distress for them.<br />

As long as there is thirst in you, water can quench it; but you can live a kind of life in which you never<br />

feel thirsty; do not go in the sun, do no manual work, stay at home and relax and you will not feel<br />

the thirst. But then you will find no joy in drinking water. He who toils all day, enjoys the bliss of a<br />

good night’s rest. This is ironical: if you want to enjoy the pleasure of a good night’s sleep you have<br />

to work like a laborer all day. <strong>The</strong> trouble is that you want to spend your days like an emperor and<br />

your nights like a laborer.<br />

In the external world, in the world of objects, joy and sorrow are intrinsically connected; therefore,<br />

the day you acquire a mansion, sleep will desert you. <strong>The</strong> day you obtain a feather bed you will find<br />

yourself tossing in your sleep all night. Look at the laborer; he sleeps under a tree on top of stones<br />

and pebbles. He sleeps like a log. Mosquitos bite him; he is so hot that his body is soaked with<br />

perspiration, but he is oblivious to it all. He has gone through such intense misery all through the<br />

day that he has earned the joy that he will have in the night.<br />

We have to pay for our joy and <strong>com</strong>fort with toil and troubles in this world. Here each joy is connected<br />

with an equivalent sorrow. And human being is entangled in one dilemma: he wants to keep the joy<br />

and get rid of the sorrow. But this is impossible. We have been trying for thousands of years that the<br />

sorrow should be eliminated and the joy should be saved. But we have not been successful in our<br />

efforts. <strong>The</strong> sorrow is certainly eliminated, but at the same time the joy is reduced proportionately.<br />

We resent sorrow and desire joy. Hence the problem.<br />

What is the meaning of the ’joy of samadhi’? That which has no sorrow attached to it. <strong>The</strong> bliss<br />

of samadhi is not quenching any thirst, it is not filling an empty stomach, nor is it the weariness<br />

after a hard day’s work. <strong>The</strong> bliss of samadhi is not connected with sorrow and toil. This is the<br />

difference between spiritual joy and worldly joys. THE BLISS OF SAMADHI IS THE BLISS OF<br />

SIMPLY EXISTING. No desire, no longing or craving, is connected with it. It is simply the ’joy of<br />

being’.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore Shiva speaks of the ’bliss of existence’, lokananda. That you are – that in itself is a great<br />

bliss! It has nothing to do with desires and pain etc. Remember, the soul suffers from no hunger and<br />

no thirst; hence the question of hunger and thirst and the pleasure gained out of their satiation does<br />

not arise. All thirsts and hungers belong to the body, so when a person desires the pleasures of the<br />

body he should also be prepared for the pains. <strong>The</strong> more he is prepared to go through the pains<br />

and suffering, the more happiness he attains. <strong>The</strong> joy of the soul is the purest of joys. <strong>The</strong>re is no<br />

place for sorrow here. But this occurs only at the center. At the circumference you are the body.<br />

<strong>The</strong> body is the periphery. It is the surrounding wall of your vessel; it is not you. It is your outer<br />

circle. At the center you are the soul, and it is here that a <strong>com</strong>pletely new kind of joy unfolds itself.<br />

Here the joy is the joy of being – just being. <strong>The</strong>re is no peak of happiness and abyss of misery<br />

here: no ups and downs; no gain or loss, no night or day, no toil or rest. Only you are there. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 59 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

you be<strong>com</strong>e eternal, and this state of being eternal is filled with joy. It is overflowing. Its juice never<br />

dries up. <strong>The</strong>refore saints call it ’eternal’, everlasting, always new.<br />

Kabir says: the juice of nectar flows incessantly unhindered, without any variation. It rains in this<br />

world, too, but the rains must be preceded by heat.<br />

When the summer heat reaches its peak – when there are cracks in the earth, when the trees start<br />

wailing, when the heat be<strong>com</strong>es unbearable all over – then the rains <strong>com</strong>e. We may ask: Why this<br />

absurd law? Why can there not be rains without all this suffering? But then we have to understand<br />

the whole system of nature, the mathematics of nature. <strong>The</strong> clouds are formed only when the heat<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es suffocating, for water then turns into vapor. <strong>The</strong>re will be no rains if there is no evaporation.<br />

<strong>The</strong> vapor rises and forms clouds, and when the clouds are over-saturated – so much that they can’t<br />

help showering, it starts raining. So unbearable heat is prerequisite for a good rainy season.<br />

In the world of the soul there are no opposites, no duality. <strong>The</strong>refore it is referred to as ’non-dual’ or<br />

indivisible. Here there is only one, not two. But then it be<strong>com</strong>es difficult for you to understand what<br />

kind of joy this is, for you know of no joy without its ensuing pain.<br />

Someone asked Sigmund Freud for a definition of madness. How do people be<strong>com</strong>e insane?<br />

Freud’s answer was wonderful and very strange. He said, ”Success and madness have a <strong>com</strong>mon<br />

definition. <strong>The</strong> path to success is the path to insanity.” When you want to succeed, you be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

tense; when you want to succeed, you fight. Your days and nights are filled with anxiety. When you<br />

want to succeed, your each and every moment is overshadowed with fear: will you succeed or won’t<br />

you? What if you don’t? You are not alone. <strong>The</strong>re are thousands of <strong>com</strong>petitors. Night and day you<br />

are in a state of acute tension, and this is exactly the prescription for losing your sanity! So carefully<br />

observe the people you call successful; you will notice that they live in the same state of constant<br />

restlessness, tension and anxiety that the madmen live in.<br />

When Krushchev was in power in Russia he went to inspect a mental hospital. While he was at<br />

the hospital he remembered an important message, so he rang up his office, but the girl at the<br />

switchboard paid no attention. <strong>The</strong>re was a reason why she ignored him, which became clear later.<br />

Finally he was fed up. He shouted, ”Young lady, do you know who I am?” This is <strong>com</strong>mon to all<br />

those who are successful, who are in power and have money – inwardly this thought is incessantly<br />

echoing in his mind: do you know, who I am? He may not speak loudly but inside, he is saying it<br />

over and over again. This is the reason why he has staked everything. At last he could not contain<br />

himself and said to the girl, ”Do you know who I am ? I am Krushchev, the prime minister.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> girl said, ”I do not know who you are, but I know where you are calling from – the mental<br />

hospital.”<br />

Now the fact is, all the prime ministers speak from the same place. <strong>The</strong>re is no other place for them<br />

to speak from.<br />

Once Krushchev went to London where he was given a very costly piece of cloth. <strong>The</strong> cloth was so<br />

expensive that he wanted the best tailor of the world to stitch it. He asked the best tailor of Moscow.<br />

He wanted to make a coat and pant, <strong>com</strong>plete with waistcoat. <strong>The</strong> Russian tailor said the cloth<br />

was not sufficient for a three-piece suit. He could only make a two-piece suit. <strong>The</strong> material was so<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 60 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

expensive that Krushchev wanted three pieces to be made. He took the cloth to London. <strong>The</strong>re he<br />

was told that he could easily get a three-piece suit for enough cloth left over to make something for<br />

his child also.<br />

Krushchev was shocked. He asked, how his own Russian tailor could be so dishonest? He said,<br />

only two pieces can be made. <strong>The</strong> London tailor answered, ”Don’t be angry with him. In Russia you<br />

are a very big man. Here in London you are next to nothing.”<br />

When a man sets out to surround himself with pleasures of success and ambition, he will have<br />

to endure suffering and hardship exactly equal to the pleasure he pursues, and this hardship and<br />

suffering break him <strong>com</strong>pletely. Long before he can experience any feeling of success, he has<br />

almost be<strong>com</strong>e unsuccessful. In this world no one can be successful because the price for success<br />

is terrible madness, insanity. And by the time success knocks on your door, you are not in a position<br />

to enjoy it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> pleasure of samadhi is entirely different. You do not have to pay the price for it, for what you set<br />

out to find is present now – at this very moment. It is not somewhere in the future, so that you have<br />

to sat out on a quest and toil and labour. It is present here and now. You possess it already. This<br />

treasure is your birthright, you don’t have to pay the price of suffering in order to get it. In that case<br />

one wonders, what would be it like?<br />

Whatever joy you have known cannot <strong>com</strong>pare with, or even give you an inkling, of this joy, for all<br />

your joys are mixed with sorrows. All the nectar you have known has been mixed with poison. With<br />

the body this is bound to be; birth and death, nectar and poison are side by side. Each worldly joy<br />

carries its counterpart of pain. But the soul is only immortal. <strong>The</strong>re is no death for the soul; it is<br />

eternal. <strong>The</strong>re are no opposites; there is only existence, pure existence.<br />

Perhaps, if you could visualize your physical pleasures without their pain and bitterness, just drop<br />

the bitter taste lingering in your mouth and you might be able to imagine this happiness or something<br />

like it; but this would be only a glimpse. It cannot give you a clear picture. <strong>The</strong> circumference can<br />

only give you a glimpse. No matter how much you contemplate, you cannot imagine or conceptualize<br />

that which you have never experienced. You have to experience it first.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se sutras are invaluable. Be filled with wonder. Turn towards the self. Be<strong>com</strong>e centered in your<br />

being so that great energy will be at your disposal. Let life be yours – the supreme life. Attain selfknowledge<br />

through intelligence – through awareness, the supreme awareness – and by breaking<br />

through your slumber you shall enjoy the bliss of existence. <strong>The</strong> bliss of samadhi is yours for the<br />

asking.<br />

Something more about the bliss of samadhi: worldly joy depends on very many factors. It depends<br />

in your capability and incapability, your education or non-education, your strength, your natural gifts,<br />

your relations, your connections – it depends on all these and more. You are not alone there. If you<br />

are born to a poor household you will take longer to achieve your goal, perhaps a whole life-time. If<br />

you are born into a wealthy family it may take you less time. If you are clever, cunning, intelligent,<br />

you will reach early. If you are dull and stupid you will wander a great deal; it is doubtful whether you<br />

will reach at all. If the body is unhealthy or diseased it is difficult; if the body is healthy you are better<br />

equipped. So everything is accidental and depends on a thousand and one things.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 61 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

<strong>The</strong> bliss of samadhi does not depend on anything, it is unconditional. It depends neither on your<br />

intellect nor on your body. It makes no difference whether you are worthy or unworthy, nor does it<br />

depend on your family, your education, your looks or your sex, or your casts or your religion or your<br />

age. It is absolutely unconditional joy because it is your very own treasure. It is within you already.<br />

You are born with it. It is only that you have not paid attention to it; that is all. You have merely<br />

forgotten it, not lost it. Just turn your eyes; look back and take a look at yourself.<br />

It is not that a clever person will attain more bliss of samadhi and a dull person less. This is not at<br />

all the case. Even illiterate people reach there. Kabir, who was illiterate, unlettered, reached where<br />

Buddha reached. And when both reach, there is not an iota of difference between the two. <strong>The</strong> bliss<br />

of samadhi is the very nature of existence. Whether you are fair or dark on your periphery, ugly or<br />

beautiful, healthy or unhealthy – whether your brain is filled with the words of various doctrines or<br />

not – all of this does not matter at all. Your being is sufficient. That you exist is enough.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, all meditation is a quest to be<strong>com</strong>e pure. When you forget the body, forget the mind, then<br />

you will begin to attain the joy of existence, the bliss of samadhi. Just try to do one thing: try to<br />

forget the body and the mind for some time. As soon as they are forgotten you begin to remember<br />

the soul. As long as you are aware of body and mind you cannot remember the soul. <strong>The</strong> mind and<br />

body are on the periphery, whereas the soul is at the center. You cannot look at both of them at the<br />

same time.<br />

In this meditation camp if you could forget the body and mind for a little while you will gain the taste<br />

of the bliss of samadhi. Once you get the taste, that is enough. Your life will take a different turn. It<br />

is the initial taste that is difficult. Once you know, once you have turned within and seen, then you<br />

know the trick. <strong>The</strong>n whenever you turn you will see. All the effort is needed in this initial turning in.<br />

Once the key is in your hands, you are the master. <strong>The</strong>n you can taste this pleasure at will. You<br />

may wander fearlessly in the world now, and nobody can steal your treasure. Wherever you are,<br />

you may be a shopkeeper attending your customer, this bliss is with you and you experience it. One<br />

thing will start happening: you will stop seeking worldly pleasures. When the supreme joy is attained<br />

who cares about trivial pleasure? When diamonds and rubies are in your hands who will hold on to<br />

colored stones? <strong>The</strong>y will drop by themselves; you need not renounce them.<br />

For this reason I always say that a wise person renounces nothing; that which is useless, falls away<br />

by itself. Ignorant people renounce because renunciation is very painful for them. <strong>The</strong>y have no<br />

knowledge of what is meaningful, and they are busy renouncing the meaningless. But the mind<br />

clings. <strong>The</strong> mind says: You are leaving what is in your hands, and how can you trust that which is<br />

not yet in your grasp? Besides, who even knows whether it exists or not?<br />

So I tell you to give up nothing. I only tell you to have one taste of the bliss of samadhi. This simple<br />

taste will be<strong>com</strong>e the supreme renunciation in your life. <strong>The</strong>n you will know for yourself what is<br />

useless and once we know a thing to be useless, we feel no misgivings about letting go of it. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

it falls on its own.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was a great saint of Bengal, Yukteshwar Giri. He was known as a great renunciate. A wealthy<br />

person once came to him and said, ”You are a great renunciate.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 62 Osho


CHAPTER 3. MAXIMS OF YOGA: A SENSE OF WONDER<br />

Giri laughed out loud. ”Look at him!” he said, pointing to the man. ”Look at him! He is a great<br />

renunciate himself, and he is calling me one. Don’t try to trap me with your words, my good man!”<br />

Everyone was shocked, even his disciples. <strong>The</strong>y begged him to explain because there was no doubt<br />

that Giri was a great renunciate. Giri said, ”Suppose there is a pile of diamonds and a pile of pebbles.<br />

This man holds on the pebbles, while I hold on the diamonds! And he thinks I am a renunciate!”<br />

Who has renounced, Mahavir or you, Buddha or you? You have renounced, for you hold on to<br />

rubbish. You have discarded the joy of samadhi in favor of the anxiety-ridden affairs of the periphery,<br />

and what have you got in exchange for your bliss is so flimsy. So coarse and crude! So stale and<br />

dirty!<br />

<strong>The</strong> worldly man is a great renunciate, but he thinks the sannyasin is the renunciate. In fact, worldly<br />

men look at sannyasins with pity: ”Poor things, they have left everything. <strong>The</strong>y have missed all of<br />

life’s pleasures.”<br />

<strong>The</strong>y revere sannyasins and deep down pity them, too: ”Poor things! <strong>The</strong>y have renounced<br />

everything without enjoying anything. At least some things they should have enjoyed!” But worldly<br />

man have no ideas whom they are talking about. <strong>The</strong> sannyasin has experienced the greatest<br />

enjoyment. He has been invited by the vast existence to partake of the greatest of all enjoyments.<br />

I do not ask you to give up anything. I only ask you to know, to taste. This very taste then will<br />

slowly displace all that is useless and trivial in your life. <strong>The</strong> useless just falls away; it needs to be<br />

renounced.<br />

Enough for today.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 63 Osho


14 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 4<br />

To Be Dead Do Nothing<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

CHITTAM MANTRAH<br />

PRAYATNAHA SADHAKASH<br />

GURUH UPAYAH<br />

SHARIRAM HAVIH<br />

GYANAMANNAM<br />

VIDYASANGHARA TADUTTHASWAPNADARSHANAM.<br />

THE MIND IS THE MANTRA,<br />

EFFORT IS THE SEEKER.<br />

THE GURU IS THE MEANS.<br />

THE BODY IS THE OFFERING.<br />

KNOWLEDGE IS FOOD.<br />

64


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

WHEN KNOWLEDGE IS DESTROYED,<br />

THE DREAM IS SEEN.<br />

THE MIND IS THE MANTRA.<br />

Mantra means that which creates energy by continuous repetition; the very repetition creates the<br />

power. If any single thought is repeated continuously it is translated into action. <strong>The</strong> thought that<br />

is repeated time and again begins to manifest in life. Whatever you are is the out<strong>com</strong>e of some<br />

thoughts that have been repeated over and over again.<br />

A great deal of research has been carried out on hypnosis. Modern psychology has been able to<br />

penetrate hypnosis at its deepest levels. <strong>The</strong> basic principle of hypnosis is: if you want to convert<br />

any thought into reality, repeat it as many times as possible. By repetition a line is first drawn, which<br />

gradually be<strong>com</strong>es a path within the mind. It is just as if we dig a ditch and the ditch be<strong>com</strong>es a<br />

canal. Very soon the thought begins to materialize.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was a great French psychologist called Emile Coue, who cured thousands of people with the<br />

help of mantra. Thousands of patients from all over the world used to go to him. His treatment was<br />

very simple. He would tell the patient to repeat to himself: ”I am not ill. I am all right. I am be<strong>com</strong>ing<br />

healthy.” He was told to repeat this before going to bed, as soon as he awakened in the morning, and<br />

as many times as he remembered during the day. A single thought was to be constantly repeated: I<br />

am healthy! I am be<strong>com</strong>ing healthier and healthier every day!<br />

It seems to be a miracle. People with incurable diseases were cured by this small mantra. People<br />

came to <strong>com</strong>e from far and wide. But the trick is very small.<br />

Ordinarily when you are cured, psychologists say that ninety percent of the work is done by<br />

repetition. Medicine does only ten percent of the work. A patient takes medicine four times a<br />

day, eight times a day. Each time he takes it he feels: Now I am going to get better for I have taken<br />

the right medicine.<br />

In homeopathic medicine the pills are no remedy in themselves, but all the same, they cure people<br />

just as effectively as allopathic medicines. If a doctor whom you trust gives you just water, you will<br />

be cured. It is not a question of medicine, but a question of your having faith in the doctor. <strong>The</strong><br />

faith be<strong>com</strong>es the repetition. <strong>The</strong> doctor who charges higher fees cures more people than the one<br />

who charges less, for as your pocket gets lighter, your faith gets stronger. Besides, you feel that for<br />

someone like yourself, only the very best treatment is good enough. Repetition....!<br />

Psychologists have experimented with placebos, false medicine, but when the doctor prescribes<br />

them, he pretends that it is regular medicine. <strong>The</strong> result of the experiments was amazing. Patients<br />

with the same <strong>com</strong>plaint were divided into two groups. One group was given the regular course of<br />

treatment, whereas the other group was treated entirely with the placebo, plain water. Of course<br />

they did not know it. <strong>The</strong>y presumed, it was a medicine. At the end of the treatment there were as<br />

many cures in the group which received the placebo as in the first group. This means that water was<br />

as effective a cure as the usual medicine. This is why so many people respond to a cure when it is<br />

first discovered; they are convinced that now the right cure has been found. Patients all around the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 65 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

world are influenced. <strong>The</strong>n slowly the drug be<strong>com</strong>es less effective. Once in a while some person<br />

does not get cured, or a stubborn patient takes the drug and suffers, thus destroying the faith of<br />

others. <strong>The</strong>n the medicine be<strong>com</strong>es less effective. So every year new cures have to be found.<br />

New drugs impress only if they are well advertised. So all media should be used: radio,<br />

newspapers, cinema, magazines, television. Advertising is more effective than the drug itself; it<br />

is the advertisement that hypnotizes. It be<strong>com</strong>es a mantra, a repetition. Open the newspaper...<br />

Aspirin! Switch on the radio ... Aspirin! Television ... Aspirin! Billboards by the side of the road ...<br />

Aspirin! Wherever you turn you are confronted by ’Aspirin’. It be<strong>com</strong>es a bigger headache than the<br />

headache itself. Only then is it effective in curing the headache.<br />

Repetition creates energy. Mantra means to repeat something over and over again. This sutra<br />

says: THE MIND ITSELF IS THE MANTRA. <strong>The</strong> sutra says that you need no other mantra if you<br />

understand the mind <strong>The</strong> working of the mind is nothing but repetition. What is your mind doing?<br />

What has it been doing for infinite lives? Merely repeating. What do you do every day? What you<br />

did yesterday you repeat today, and you will do it again tomorrow if you do not change. And the<br />

more you repeat, the more intense will the repetition be<strong>com</strong>e and you will get so involved that you<br />

will find it difficult to get out of it.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are people who <strong>com</strong>e to me and say, ”I cannot give up smoking.” Smoking has be<strong>com</strong>e a<br />

mantra, they have repeated it so many times. If they smoke two packs of cigarettes a day that<br />

means the person is repeating something forty times a day, and has been doing this for years. Now<br />

if he wants to stop he cannot. You may stop smoking, but the mind will keep craving for a smoke;<br />

then your body will demand: I want to smoke! I want a smoke!<br />

This is what we call addiction. Craving <strong>com</strong>es when you suddenly want to stop what you have been<br />

doing repeatedly. Now this addiction which has be<strong>com</strong>e a mantra has to be broken by an alternative<br />

mantra.<br />

Pavlov has done a great deal of research on this subject. He is perhaps the only person who has<br />

cured patients with addictions. If you were addicted to smoking and wanted to give it up, Pavlov<br />

would use this method of repetition. He would give you a cigarette. No sooner would you have it in<br />

your hand than you receive an electric shock. Your whole body feels the tremor and the cigarette<br />

falls out of your hands. For seven days you remain in his clinic. Ever time you smoke you feel the<br />

electric shock. In seven days the mantra would be stronger than the urge, so much so that the very<br />

mention of a cigarette makes you tremble. You develop an aversion to smoking.<br />

Pavlov cured thousands of patients in this matter. His argument was that unless a person be given<br />

an opposite habit, which is stronger than his addiction, he cannot be made to over<strong>com</strong>e his habit.<br />

<strong>The</strong> pattern of your life, whatever it is, is a result of your mind. You go on repeating. Every day<br />

you want to get rid of your anger, and every day you get angry. <strong>The</strong> more you repeat the anger,<br />

the stronger it be<strong>com</strong>es. How often you vow not to get angry, but your vows are always broken.<br />

Now the confusion deepens. It was better not to take any oaths, for now the mantra is reinforced; it<br />

has be<strong>com</strong>e doubly effective. Now you keep repeating, ”I shall not be angry. I shall not be angry...”<br />

knowing full well that your anger is much stronger than your vows. Vows have no value; they are not<br />

worth a penny no matter how many times you take them. Now this also be<strong>com</strong>es hypnosis. Now<br />

you will swear you will not be angry, knowing full well that it is not going to be effective.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 66 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

Never take any vows that you cannot fulfill. It is better to live with a habit than take a vow and<br />

break it. If it be<strong>com</strong>es a habit with you to take vows and break them, this will make you incapable<br />

of following any resolution in life. <strong>The</strong> so-called religious teachers have made you very irreligious.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y give you vows so cheaply. you go to the temple, to a holy man or sage, and he tells you, ”Take<br />

a vow.” Now you are in a fix. Sitting in the holy surroundings of a temple you cannot say to the sage,<br />

”I am incapable of taking any vows.” That would hurt your ego. Instead, you say, ”From today on I<br />

will never smoke again.”<br />

I have a friend who is slightly eccentric – but he is much better than you! He went to a monk – he is<br />

a Jaina – and the monk said, ”Take a vow!”<br />

”Very well, I shall,” he said.<br />

<strong>The</strong> monk asked, ”What have you vowed?”<br />

He said, ”I have vowed to smoke from today on.” He never smoked before. He was slightly eccentric<br />

but he kept the vow faithfully! And I tell you, this man has gained a lot more than the man who takes<br />

vows of not smoking and fails to keep them. He broke his vow, he was filled with self-condemnation.<br />

This man at least kept his word. He may be eccentric but he is better than you. He could, at least,<br />

stick to his resolution.<br />

Whenever you break a vow your self-esteem drops and you are filled with guilt. Each time you fail,<br />

your guilt increases ad you be<strong>com</strong>e more and more miserable. You will lose your soul in this state<br />

of wretchedness. To gain your soul you need the self-respect of a king; self-condemnation simply<br />

takes you further and further away from yourself.<br />

Understand the nature of your mind and you will understand this sutra. <strong>The</strong> whole art of the mind,<br />

its structure, is built on repetition. <strong>The</strong> mind is a mantra. Whatever you repeated has be<strong>com</strong>e your<br />

habit. All that you keep repeating be<strong>com</strong>es a part of your life. For lives on end you repeat the same<br />

things over and over again and you attain it in each life – and you are addicted to the repetition of all<br />

that is wrong and false!<br />

So what is to be done? One: do not be in a hurry to destroy the false. <strong>The</strong> best way to go about it<br />

is to start doing the right thing instead of fighting the wrong. Learn a new mantra! If you smoke, it<br />

is perfectly all right! Begin to meditate, and intensify the mantra of meditation every day. <strong>The</strong> day<br />

meditation pervades your being, you will be filled with self-respect. When this happens it will be<br />

child’s play to give up smoking, for you have now begun a positive mantra.<br />

Don’t be negative in your approach or you will find yourself in difficulty. You will be caught up in<br />

remorse and guilt; you will be lost in pain and sorrow and despair. All your holy men sitting in the<br />

temples – how sad they look! <strong>The</strong>re is no joy, no flowering in their lives; they use only negative<br />

mantras. <strong>The</strong>ir quest is centered around negation – to get rid of whatever is wrong, bit by bit.<br />

I tell you not to be in any hurry to get rid of your bad habits. Be quick to develop good ones. <strong>The</strong><br />

day that the good habits be<strong>com</strong>e powerful, the bad ones are easy to give up. Don’t fight with your<br />

illness; strive to attain health. That was what Coue used to tell his patients. He told them to practice<br />

auto-suggestion: ”I am getting better! I am getting better...”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 67 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

You can also do the opposite. You have a headache. You can repeat to yourself, ”I have no<br />

headache.” Now, as many times as you repeat this, you will be repeating the word ’headache’. If you<br />

have a headache, there is no sense in telling yourself there is no headache. <strong>The</strong> headache is! No<br />

matter how many times you repeat the contrary, you know that your repetition is a lie. Superficially<br />

you may go on saying that there is no headache but inwardly you know that your head is aching.<br />

You are repeating just for the sake of Coue. And the headache will be cured by an inner process –<br />

not by following the suggestions of Coue. Don’t use a negative word ’no’.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, I say, don’t be in a hurry to renounce the world; instead, strive to attain God! <strong>The</strong>refore,<br />

I say, don’t walk the path of renunciation; seek ultimate enjoyment! Don’t concentrate on that which<br />

is wrong because in order to give up the wrong you have to look at it again and again. And the more<br />

you look at it, the more the mantra is being repeated. And you are hypnotized by the thing you watch<br />

constantly.<br />

A great deal of research is going on about car accidents. Nowadays the number of people dying in<br />

car accidents is more than the number died in the world war. <strong>The</strong> number of people who die every<br />

year in car accidents is twice as high as the number of people who died in World War Two. It is not<br />

a small number. Something has to be done. In examining this phenomenon, it was discovered that<br />

fifty percent of accidents take place between midnight and three a.m. That is the period of sleep, and<br />

the mind is the most drowsy. When the mind is drowsy it gets hypnotized. <strong>The</strong> driver is hypnotized<br />

by the monotonous purring of the engine and the straight road without any curves for miles on end.<br />

And the psychologists say that thousands of people are dying because of the white line drawn in<br />

the middle of the road. <strong>The</strong> driver keeps on watching it and gets hypnotized. <strong>The</strong>n he is not in his<br />

senses, he is in a druggish state. <strong>The</strong> situation is: it is between midnight and three am; there is the<br />

monotonous sound of the engine; the long, empty road, everything enveloped in darkness; even the<br />

trees and shrubs are invisible; the driver sees only the road and the white centre-strip.<br />

You can try a small experiment. Draw a straight white line on a table. Get hold of a hen and press<br />

its head down for some time so that it can see the line. Now let go of the hen. It will not budge from<br />

that spot for hours. It is hypnotized by the line. It will sit there for hours.<br />

Psychologists say that drivers be<strong>com</strong>e hypnotized in the same way. <strong>The</strong>y say not to make the road<br />

too straight and regular; they suggest to change the sound of the engine from time to time. Any<br />

change decreases the drowsiness, and thus many accidents can be avoided.<br />

<strong>The</strong> number of accidents in your life can be decreased too. One: do not focus your gaze on things<br />

that are wrong, for what you see, slowly begins to penetrate you. You are addicted to fixing your eyes<br />

on the wrong; you pay attention only to what is wrong inside you. <strong>The</strong> angry man concentrates on his<br />

anger, and how to get rid of it. Though he wants to get rid of the anger, he is actually concentrating<br />

on that white line of anger within him; the more he concentrates the more he is hypnotized by it.<br />

Sexual people go on concentrating on the sex.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin reached the age of one hundred. Journalists rushed to interview him because he<br />

was the only centenarian in the town. Among the many questions they asked him was, ”What do<br />

you have to say about the fair sex?”<br />

Nasruddin said, ”Do not raise such a question. I stopped thinking about women three days ago.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 68 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

A hundred year old man, and it is only three days since he stopped thinking of women! Thoughts<br />

of women will grip your mind because you want to get rid of them. This has be<strong>com</strong>e your negative<br />

mantra. You will find that whatever you try to break away from, grips you even more because it<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es the object of your concentration. If you keep looking at the wrong you are meditating on<br />

them more.<br />

Mahavir said that there are four types of meditation; two are right and two are wrong. No person<br />

except Mahavir has suggested that the ’wrong’ be used as an object of meditation. Psychologists<br />

will agree with him. Mahavir says that wrong meditation is also meditation. For instance, an angry<br />

person be<strong>com</strong>es meditative, because when he is filled with anger, nothing exists for him at that<br />

moment except his anger. In anger the mind is focussed entirely on one point. That is why there is<br />

so much power in anger.<br />

Have you noticed? An angry person is able to lift someone twice his size. If he had been in his right<br />

senses, if he had not been consumed with anger, he would have thought many times before touching<br />

that person. Why invite trouble? A man can move a huge rock when he is enraged, something he<br />

couldn’t even imagine in his wildest dreams. If a man is sufficiently angry all his reserves of energy<br />

are awakened. How does this <strong>com</strong>e about? <strong>The</strong> energy which is dissipated all over the body<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es concentrated in one place. When the sunrays are concentrated on one point a flame is<br />

produced. In the same manner, when in the heat of anger all the mind’s attention is focussed on<br />

one point, an explosion occurs. Mahavir refers to this as ’meditation’.<br />

Mahavir says that there are two types of wrong meditations: one is full of sorrow, another is full of<br />

anger. In great sorrow a person also enters into meditation. If someone dies you weep and wail,<br />

and all your attention is concentrated on one point. Beware of the wrong kind of meditation. And<br />

you are totally engrossed in the wrong kind of meditation. This is the root cause of your troubles; the<br />

basic problem and disease is only one: you have fixed your attention on what is wrong. You have<br />

to drop it. You think you are doing it with the intention of avoiding them; but, because of this very<br />

concentrated effort, you are stuck with them.<br />

I say to you: Don’t be concerned with the world. Fix your attention on God! You are an angry man.<br />

Don’t worry! Everybody is! Don’t focus your eyes on the anger, but concentrate on <strong>com</strong>passion.<br />

Concentrate on what is right. As the right gets more and more energy, the strength of the wrong<br />

gets weaker and weaker. Ultimately it will disappear. This happens because energy is one; you<br />

cannot use it in two ways. If you have utilized your energy in be<strong>com</strong>ing peaceful, you would have no<br />

energy for restlessness. All your energy has moved towards peace, and if you have had a taste of<br />

peace and serenity, why bother to be<strong>com</strong>e restless? You can maintain your restlessness only if you<br />

have never known the flavor of serenity. You can dive into the pleasures of the world only if you have<br />

not tasted the divine.<br />

Understand this well. Avoid the negative; beware of saying ’no’. Do not be anxious to drop the evil,<br />

for then the evil will hypnotize you and you will never be able to get rid of it. Whatever you try to<br />

break away from, you find you are hooked to it all the more.<br />

I have heard: Once a man was refused ac<strong>com</strong>modation in a hotel even though there was a vacant<br />

room. <strong>The</strong> manager was apologetic but refused to give him the room. ”<strong>The</strong> thing is”, he explained,<br />

”the guest in the room below is a trouble maker. If there is the least sound he creates a fuss, so we<br />

decided never to rent this room when he is here.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 69 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

”You don’t have to worry,” said the traveller. ”I will be out all day and won’t be back until eleven at<br />

night, and then I have to catch a train at three in the morning. I will hardly be here for three hours.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re won’t be any chance to disturb your guest. <strong>The</strong>re will be no problem, I will keep in mind what<br />

you said and be very careful.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> man returned at midnight, tired after a day’s work. He sat on the bed and removed one shoe,<br />

which he let fall. When it hit the floor he suddenly remembered the finicky person in the room below,<br />

so he carefully placed the other shoe on the floor and went to sleep. After about fifteen minutes<br />

there was a knock at the door. He opened the door and saw a man standing there trembling with<br />

rage.<br />

<strong>The</strong> traveller was afraid. He didn’t know what to do. ”Have I done anything wrong?” he asked.<br />

”Wrong! I ask you! What happened to the other shoe! I have been waiting for fifteen minutes for you<br />

to drop it. You made it impossible for me to sleep. <strong>The</strong> other shoe is hanging on my head. I cannot<br />

be rest assured till I find out about the other shoe.”<br />

Everyone sits with the other shoe dangling – the shoe of negation. You have to drop this, drop that.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are so many evils that one lifetime is not enough to eradicate them all. Evil is hidden in every<br />

corner, in every nook and cranny. Your whole life is filled with guilt. Your holy men and priests stuff<br />

you with the sense of guilt. <strong>The</strong>y say to you, ”This is wrong! That is wrong! Everything is wrong!”<br />

<strong>The</strong>y give you no information about what is right. <strong>The</strong>y say, ”How can you attain the right before you<br />

get rid of the wrong!” <strong>The</strong>ir argument seems logical. <strong>The</strong>ir argument is that there can be no light as<br />

long as darkness exists.<br />

And I say to you, if you listen to them and believe them, no matter how logical their statements, you<br />

will be stuck for lifetimes to <strong>com</strong>e. It is they who have led you astray. It is not the devil who led<br />

you astray but the so-called saints because their argument is so logical: as long as the wrong isn’t<br />

dropped how can you achieve the right?<br />

Have you ever tried to get rid of darkness? If you wait for darkness to disperse before you light your<br />

lamp you will never light it. I say to you, light your lamp! Don’t worry about the darkness because<br />

no sooner is the lamp lit than darkness is gone. Bring in light and darkness vanishes. Nobody<br />

in the world has ever succeeded in dispelling darkness by removing it. Similarly, evil cannot be<br />

eradicated, but good can certainly be brought in. <strong>The</strong> world can never be renounced, but the soul<br />

can be attained, and as soon as the soul is attained the world drops.<br />

We hold on to the world simply because we have nothing better in view. And how can we leave the<br />

world unless we find something better than that? No matter how much you want to, you cannot leave<br />

it. You will fight. You will tire yourself out; you will even destroy yourself, but you will reach nowhere.<br />

Your life will be a senseless race that leads nowhere. <strong>The</strong>n you will return and take another body,<br />

and the vicious circle will continue. <strong>The</strong> only man who attains to the good is the man who gives up<br />

concentrating on evil.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mind is a mantra – whether you use it for good or for evil. Repetition be<strong>com</strong>es energy. If anger<br />

arises, accept it! No matter how many times it raises its ugly head, don’t feel repentant. Don’t fight<br />

it either. All that is needed is that you act <strong>com</strong>passionately as many times as you are angry. Let<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 70 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

others profit from you as much as they have suffered from you. Savor the taste of <strong>com</strong>passion. Do<br />

not punish yourself for your wrongdoings. Treat yourself to a good deed; do not reproach yourself<br />

for your misdeeds. If you have abused someone, go and sing somebody’s praises; make a list of his<br />

virtues. You have enjoyed cursing people, now enjoy appreciating the merits of others.<br />

Don’t get involved with the thorns; just let them be and concentrate on the flowers. If you are involved<br />

with the thorns you will never reach the flowers. <strong>The</strong>re are so many thorns and you will be so badly<br />

bruised that, when you find a flower it will not give you any pleasure. You will be so filled with wounds<br />

that even the caress of the flowers will not soothe you. It will hurt!<br />

Do not pay any attention to the thorns, focus on the flowers. Be drowned in the charm and the<br />

pleasure of the flowers, and you will find that the thorns no longer prick you. He who is overwhelmed<br />

by the beauty of the flower will not be affected by the thorns. <strong>The</strong> real thing is to drown in the<br />

essence of the flower. Be struck dumb by its beauty. Be enchanted by it. <strong>The</strong> real thing is to drink in<br />

the essence of God, and then the wines of the world will lose their charm; otherwise you will keep<br />

fighting worldly pleasures, and you will be defeated by the same pleasures.<br />

He who fights the evil is defeated by evil, for such a mind makes a mantra of the evil because mind<br />

is mantra. Try to understand the process of the mind: it repeats and repeats and repeats!<br />

Observe your mind for only seven days. Write down everything that the mind repeats. You will find it<br />

moving in a circle. If you observe carefully you will find that just as night follows day, just as mornings<br />

and afternoon and evening move in rotation, so also your anger, your love, your sex, your greed;<br />

they all have their allotted periods. Greed catches you exactly at its appointed hour, just as hunger<br />

grips you at the same time every day. You have never observed your mind closely. You can even<br />

make a calendar of your various moods; then you can warn your wife and children: ”Beware of me<br />

on Monday mornings!” <strong>The</strong>n they will know that they should stay out of your way during the difficult<br />

periods. If you begin to observe yourself during these particular periods you will be able to locate<br />

the points around which the changing moods of your mind revolve. Not only is the body circular, but<br />

the mind also moves in a circle.<br />

All movements in the world are circular. <strong>The</strong> moon and stars move in a circle; the earth moves in<br />

a circle and so do the seasons. Even the seasons of your mind go around in a circle. Scientists<br />

have discovered recently that there is a cycle of chemical reactions in the male body which is similar<br />

to the menstrual cycle in females. You must have noticed that women tend to be<strong>com</strong>e cross and<br />

irritable and restless during their menstrual periods. <strong>The</strong> Hindus were very clever. <strong>The</strong>y evolved<br />

the custom of segregating women form the rest of the household during this time. A great many<br />

chemical changes occur in a woman’s body at this time, and it is difficult for her to remain alert and<br />

aware of herself.<br />

Exactly the same things happen to men. <strong>The</strong>re is no outward flow of blood, but there is an internal<br />

flow from certain glands. If you observe carefully you will find that a man is also depressed, restless<br />

and in a black mood every twenty-eight days.<br />

Observe closely and you will see that your mind revolves in one <strong>com</strong>plete cycle every twenty-eight<br />

days. As you be<strong>com</strong>e more and more familiar with your cycle, you will be able to predict with great<br />

accuracy what moods you are going to have and when you are going to have them. You will be<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 71 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

shocked to discover that you get angry not because of any outside influence but because of what is<br />

going on inside you. <strong>The</strong> other person is merely an excuse. <strong>The</strong>n, if you lose your temper, you will<br />

not blame the other; on the contrary, you will ask his pardon. You will ask him to forgive you. You<br />

will explain that your outburst has nothing to do with him, that you always get angry at this time of<br />

the month. It was just accidental that he was there to provide an excuse for your rage. Anyone else<br />

would have done just as well.<br />

By self-observation you will discover the circular movement of the mind. It is a mantra that is<br />

repeated over and over again. If you fail to understand this you will be revolving round and round for<br />

endless births. <strong>The</strong>refore the Hindus have called the world samsara – the wheel that turns round<br />

and round. For endless lives you do the same things over and over again, and you are not the only<br />

one doing this. Everyone else also does it. When you fall in love for the first time you feel that such<br />

a wonderful thing has never happened before. But this happens every moment somewhere in the<br />

world, even in the world of animals and plants. It is not only to you that love is happening. It has<br />

been happening all along. And anger, too, is happening to everyone.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is only one thing that is outside of this circle, and that is meditation. It is the only happening<br />

that does not occur by itself. Other happenings occur all by themselves; you do not have to bring<br />

them about. All that you have to do is keep sitting on the wheel, it is moving of its own accord, you<br />

will keep on moving tied down to it. Only by jumping outside this wheel can you get rid of it. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

is only one thing which is out of this wheel and that is meditation! But this does not happen on its<br />

own. It happens to one in a million – to a rare Buddha!<br />

According to Arnold Toynbee, the great historian, only six people have managed to jump out of this<br />

circle from the whole history of mankind. If it is sixty and not six, even then the number is too small.<br />

It is an unusual – almost impossible – phenomenon. Anger, love, greed are <strong>com</strong>mon, ordinary<br />

happenings; they occur not only to men but even to animals. <strong>The</strong>se do not make you a human<br />

being. You will be truly human being the day you step out of this circle of the mind, you step out of<br />

the rotating movement of the mind. When the circle of the mind breaks and you stand outside of it –<br />

that is meditation!<br />

Meditation is not circular. Meditation is a state of being, the mind is a movement. Meditation is a<br />

condition of no movement. <strong>The</strong> mind is another name for a wandering, and the places it wanders in<br />

are not new. It is caught in a rut. It wanders in the same places again and again, like an ox at the oil<br />

mill. If you observe this phenomenon consciously you will know that it is not just a concept, but truly<br />

a fact of life. It is not a doctrine of philosophy. <strong>The</strong> circular movement of your mind, that your mind<br />

being a mantra is a fact of your life.<br />

Those of you who have tried to understand life have discovered this fact. It is not a principle, not a<br />

theory, but fact. A concept is only a circular movement in your mind. his is not a philosophic theory<br />

but a fact of life, and you can obtain it from your experience. don’t believe it just because I say so,<br />

or just because Shiva says so. You have eyes to see. Look within; observe your mind. View your<br />

mind from within for a few days and you will be surprised at what you discover. You will find yourself<br />

chained and shackled to this wheel; and not only you, all of creation is captive to the wheel. This is<br />

not the assertion of your humanness, there is no dignity in this state.<br />

<strong>The</strong> real dignity of your existence as a human being cannot be realized while you are captive to this<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 72 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

cycle of endless repetition; it is born only when you break away from the wheel and stand apart. It<br />

is then that you reach buddhahood; it is then that you attain shivahood.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mind is mantra. Repetition is the very nature of the mind; therefore, nothing new is ever born<br />

in the realm of the mind. Nothing is ever original in the mind. Everything is old and stale – just<br />

remnants and scraps. And you keep chewing this cud! You are like a cow. With your mind you take<br />

something in, forget about it, and then after a time, you bring it up and chew it over. You read a book<br />

and it keeps on revolving in your mind. You hear me, and my words keep turning over and over in<br />

your mind. Your mind will start a new circle, but nothing original ever happens in the mind, whereas<br />

the soul is an original entity. And God is the supreme originality. It is ever new; there is nothing<br />

fresher than that. It cannot be attained through the mind; you will have to break the mind’s circuit.<br />

Understand the sutra well:<br />

THE MIND IS THE MANTRA.<br />

EFFORT IS THE SEEKER.<br />

Effort, the next sutra, means an attempt to get out of the mind’s circle. He who steps out of this<br />

circle is a siddha, one who has arrived; he who is still trying to get out of the circle is the sadhak,<br />

the seeker. <strong>Great</strong> must be your effort – in fact, the very best you are capable of. Only then can you<br />

step out of it. You will have to work as hard to step out of the mind as you did to get chained by it<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a major obstacle in your way: you see everything through your mind and whatever you see<br />

is coloured by your mind. This makes things very difficult.<br />

I speak and you hear, but your mind stands in between. Whatever I say the mind will colour according<br />

to itself and give its own shade of meaning. <strong>The</strong> whole sense of my words is changed.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin had drunk one too many. He caught a bus to go home He was reeking of alcohol,<br />

and the old woman who sat next to him felt pity for him. She said, ”Son, do you realise what you are<br />

doing? You have embarked on a route that leads straight to hell!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> Mulla jumped up with a start. He called out to the conductor, ”Stop the bus! I have caught the<br />

wrong bus!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> Mulla’s alcohol soaked mind gave its own meaning to the old woman’s words. He was convinced<br />

that the bus was heading towards hell. This is what the mind does all the time; therefore, the most<br />

difficult and <strong>com</strong>plicated thing is to put the mind aside and listen. He who can do it is a Shravak the<br />

right listeners. This is right listening: Put the mind aside and listen directly.<br />

EFFORT IS THE SEEKER. You will have to try, and try hard! You will have to make a Herculean<br />

effort. Laziness will not help you get out of the circle. How can you get rid of a circle by just lying in<br />

it? <strong>The</strong> circle will keep turning and you will have to hold on even harder for fear of falling.<br />

If you have observed the bird catchers in the forest, you, will find that the method they use is very<br />

simple. <strong>The</strong> mind uses the same method to catch you. A string is tied across two branches. <strong>The</strong><br />

parrot <strong>com</strong>es and sits on it. Because of his weight he turns upside down. Now he won’t move,<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 73 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

because he is afraid of falling. He holds on tight to the string. Now he is in trouble. He feels, if he<br />

leaves the string he sure to fall down. You need not catch him, he himself gets caught. <strong>The</strong> bird<br />

catcher <strong>com</strong>e and catches him. <strong>The</strong> parrot is so frightened that he forgets that he has wings; he<br />

forgets that he can’t fall to the ground. If you hang upside down in a string, you will have the same<br />

fear You too are afraid, if you get off the circles you will be lost, that you will go astray.<br />

One of the characters in a novel written by Hemingway says, ”I would rather choose suffering than<br />

nothingness.” You do not prefer to be empty. You would rather choose hell, because then you have<br />

something to hang on to – even if it is hell. At least there something to cling to. You are used to it.<br />

Besides, you don’t have to do anything. To give up old habits requires great effort.<br />

If your fist has been closed for lives on you will find it impossible to open it, because your fingers<br />

have be<strong>com</strong>e stiff and frozen. If you want to open your first you will have to make an effort so that<br />

the muscles get stronger and the blood begins to flow again in the veins. One thing is certain: he<br />

who closes his fist can also open it. <strong>The</strong> very fact that the fist is closed proves that it was open at<br />

one time so it can be open again. But if it is closed for a longer period, it will be difficult to open it.<br />

This is the difficulty. Hence, the effort is necessary.<br />

Effort means: you will have to try hard to drop the mind. And the mind will whisper in your ear again<br />

and again: ”What foolishness is this! What madness!” <strong>The</strong> moment you leave the mind, it does.<br />

EFFORT IS THE SEEKER. Unless you be<strong>com</strong>e a seeker, you will not make an effort. You do make<br />

an effort, but it is half-hearted And half hearted effort carries no meaning. It is just as if you have<br />

gripped the wheel with one hand and let go with the other. This does not solve the problem. A<br />

lukewarm effort is meaningless.<br />

A businessman once told his wife that he was going to the Taj Mahal Hotel to entertain a very<br />

important client who was to give him a very big order. So he was gone. When he came home that<br />

night, well-stuffed with food and drink, his wife asked, ”Did you get the order?”<br />

”Fifty-fifty,” he answered.<br />

<strong>The</strong> wife said, ”At least you got something.”<br />

As they were preparing to go to sleep she suddenly asked, ”What do you mean by fifty-fifty?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> husband replied, ”I reached the hotel, but the client didn’t.”<br />

When you too are half-and-half, you are like this. Nothing will be gained, for the other half is always<br />

missing. You are always fragmented; you are never total. Whenever you are total a revolution takes<br />

place, a transformation begins in your life. It is then that you reach the boiling point; and only at the<br />

boiling point does the water turn into steam. <strong>The</strong>n you cannot flow downward like water; you can<br />

only rise upwards like vapour. <strong>The</strong>n your direction is not downwards, it is upwards.<br />

EFFORT IS THE SEEKER. You have to drop laziness.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and say that the morning meditation is a bit difficult. Six o’clock is too early. You<br />

do not understand what you are saying, If getting up at six in the morning is difficult, it will be much<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 74 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

more difficult and painful to step outside the mind. If getting up at six in the morning is so difficult,<br />

how will you jump out of the wheel of life? If you are not even prepared to drop the small habit of<br />

sleeping late... for a day or two you may fell lazy. But you allow laziness to win over you. It shows<br />

that you value your laziness more than meditation. If this were not so you would never have brought<br />

up the whole matter.<br />

Somebody <strong>com</strong>es and <strong>com</strong>plains that the four meditations you do during the camp are too tiring.<br />

”Why can’t we only do two each day?” But then, why do two? Forget about all four. If four meditations<br />

tire you, two will tire you half, but you are bound to get tired. And I know if I say that two will be all<br />

right, you will promptly return with the request to do only one, because it is the same mind up to its<br />

old tricks. Even two meditations will make you fell tired to some extent.<br />

If this is the way you approach things then you will eventually be<strong>com</strong>e more and more lazy. Effort<br />

is required for everything. Remember, life is effort; death is rest. If you want to be dead you need<br />

do nothing. If you want to live you will have to do something. If you want to live life to the fullest you<br />

will have to make a great effort. If you want to attain God such small bits of efforts will not do. Your<br />

whole life should turn into one gigantic effort. You must stake everything that you have. If you hold<br />

back even a little bit of yourself, then you will miss. You have to stake yourself totally; only then will<br />

you be saved. That is why so few attain. <strong>The</strong> reason is nothing but laziness.<br />

While doing the active meditations you are so very careful not to hurt yourself or fall on somebody<br />

or tire yourself. Why do it all? Who asked you to do it? You are not clear within yourself and that is<br />

the trouble. You live in a haze where everything is foggy and misty. You are not even clear as to how<br />

you came here and why? Somebody was <strong>com</strong>ing and you just came along with him – just to look at<br />

what was going on.<br />

You have been pushed and pulled about like this for infinite lives, but you will never reach your<br />

destination this way. You will never get there by blind chance. You will not reach the destination<br />

accidentally. It requires a well directed effort. You reach the destination when all the currents in<br />

your life flow in one direction. Destination is your concentrated will power. As soon as you are fully<br />

resolved, your energy accumulates at one point and your mind flows in a single stream. This energy<br />

within you is unbounded. So if you feel that you do not have sufficient energy, you will get tired very<br />

soon, you are mistaken.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are three layers of energy in your body. <strong>The</strong> uppermost layer is for day-to-day living; it is like<br />

the small change you carry in your pocket. It is not all the money you have. It is just the pocket<br />

money you use for minor expenses.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was going through a village when four men jumped on him. <strong>The</strong> night was dark but<br />

the Mulla fought them so ferociously that he outwitted all four of them. With great difficulty they could<br />

overpower him, but when they searched his pockets they found only seven paise! One of them said,<br />

”You are limit Nasruddin! ”I don’t know what made you fight so hard for only seven paise.”<br />

Nasruddin replied, ”I didn’t think that you were fighting for seven paise in my pocket. I have hidden<br />

five hundred rupees in my shoe!”<br />

But now the thieves would not dare to attack him. If he could fight so dangerously for only seven<br />

paise...!<strong>The</strong>y said, ”Good bye! maybe next time.....”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 75 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

<strong>The</strong> energy you use for your everyday living is no more than seven paise worth. You use this for<br />

sitting, standing, walking, eating, sleeping and other light jobs. This is your superficial energy, the<br />

small change in your purse. When you start meditating, this energy is used up in no time at all,<br />

because you are not accustomed to using it for meditation; this is a new activity. Now, if you let<br />

this exhaustion govern you and you stop meditating you will never be able to enter deeply into<br />

meditation. Take no notice of your fatigue. If you continue you will find that your persistence has<br />

tapped the energy that lies at the second level.<br />

You have often experienced this phenomenon. For example you are about to go to bed at night.<br />

You are over<strong>com</strong>e with weariness, so sleepy that you can barely keep your eyes open. Suddenly<br />

there is an alarm. Your house has caught fire! Can you sleep after that? do you say ”I am sleepy?”<br />

Your sleep vanishes totally. Sleep is the last thing on your mind. Where has all this energy <strong>com</strong>e<br />

from? Just now you were dozing. If someone had asked you to read the Gita you would have found<br />

it impossible; but now that the house is on fire you spring into action. You run here and there to put<br />

out the fire. And when all the fuss has died down you will still find it impossible to sleep, however<br />

hard you try. you will remain awake what happened? You have broken through to your second layer<br />

of energy. which is not a layer of your daily routine. That layer breaks down. Now this flood of newly<br />

released energy makes sleep impossible.<br />

If you persist in your meditation without giving up, you will discover a second source of energy<br />

available to you before very long. Once you have this energy at your disposal, then no matter how<br />

much you meditate your body will never be<strong>com</strong>e tired. You will have something inexhaustible. This<br />

is the second layer.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is also a third layer of energy. This second source of energy is your treasure It can be<br />

consumed, though not as easily as the first. If you keep on making effort, ceaselessly, this source<br />

of energy will also dry up, and the third layer will break loose. This third source does not belong to<br />

you. It belongs to God, and it never dries up. If you be<strong>com</strong>e lazy, however, you will not reach the<br />

second, let alone the third. GOD IS THE SUPREME ENERGY HIDDEN IN YOU.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first layer is that of your mind; the second is that of your soul; the third is of God. Exhaust the<br />

mind and you attain the energy of the soul. Exhaust the soul and you attain the energy of God,<br />

which is eternal and inexhaustible. <strong>The</strong>n you are one with the whole.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore Shiva says: EFFORT IS THE SEEKER. Continuous effort that be<strong>com</strong>es more and more<br />

intense is the seeker. You have to keep on trying until the third level of energy is reached, and you<br />

obtain the supreme power. <strong>The</strong>n you are a siddha, one who has arrived. <strong>The</strong>n you can relax. Before<br />

that, any relaxation is suicidal.<br />

<strong>The</strong> third sutra:<br />

THE GURU IS THE WAY.<br />

This quest for life cannot be carried out individually, because by yourself you are caught up in your<br />

own circle. You cannot see outside it. You don’t even know that there is anything beyond it. You live<br />

in a cocoon and for you that is the only life that there is. Only someone who has known the Absolute<br />

can bring you the news of the outside world. you are a prisoner inside your house, oblivious of the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 76 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

stars and the moon and the open skies. Someone from outside who has seen the moon and the<br />

stars will have to <strong>com</strong>e and knock at your door and tell you to <strong>com</strong>e out from behind your closed<br />

doors.<br />

But before you move an inch you will ask the question: Does the outside exist? That’s what people<br />

ask: Does god exist? Is there a soul? And you want that sitting inside the house someone should<br />

prove the existence of the sky. How can it be proved when you are sitting inside the four walls How<br />

can you be convinced of the vast space outside unless you are willing to step out of your house?<br />

You will have to step out. You will have to walk a few steps outside with him who says that the sky<br />

exists, because the sky can only be shown, it cannot be proved. If somebody wants to prove the<br />

existence of the sitting under the roof you can defeat him. You will say, ”what nonsense! there is<br />

only the roof and the walls. What is the proof that there is some vastness outside? Bring some sky<br />

inside and show me <strong>The</strong> sky is not a thing which can be brought inside. <strong>The</strong> sky cannot be broken<br />

into fragments, nor can God be broken into pieces and shown to you. you will have to step outside<br />

to see for yourself.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, THE GURU IS THE WAY. Guru only means the one who has had the experience, the<br />

one who has known, the one who has escaped from prison. Only he can make you aware of your<br />

imprisonment, he alone can tell you that you can escape from here, and only he can suggest the<br />

means to escape. And only he can guide you out of the prison, because he knows the door from<br />

which you can escape. <strong>The</strong>re are doors in this prison where the guards are asleep and there are<br />

doors in this prison where the guards are awake and alert, and if you try to escape through these<br />

doors you will find yourself in great trouble. Now, at least, you are free within your prison, but if you<br />

try to escape through the main entrance, where the guards are alert, you will be caught and thrown<br />

into a dark dungeon. <strong>The</strong>n the prison will be<strong>com</strong>e even more constricted. And remember if you try<br />

to get out by the method of negation you will fall into this dungeon.<br />

If you fight with evil you will be thrown into greater evil – that is the main door. No one can ever<br />

escape that way. No one has ever escape through that because there is a strong guarong at the<br />

main gate, and all steps are taken to maintain <strong>com</strong>plete security. But there are other openings in<br />

this prison which are hidden, where there is no guard; because these exists are unknown to the<br />

prisoners. <strong>The</strong>y have their eyes fixed on the main door.<br />

During the French Revolution the inmates of a prison rebelled. <strong>The</strong>re were two thousand prisoners<br />

and only twenty guards on hand to put them down. In fact, the prisoners could have gained their<br />

freedom at any time. What can the twenty guards do? <strong>The</strong> prisoners never rebelled, but of course,<br />

prisoners are never friends with each other. <strong>The</strong>y don’t unite. <strong>The</strong>y don’t have the simplicity which<br />

can bring there together. <strong>The</strong>y are inimical to each other. So twenty guards were enough. On this<br />

occasion however they united and rebelled.<br />

<strong>The</strong> head jailer was very perturbed what to do? He told the guards not to worry about the main gate<br />

but defend the smaller doors and windows. <strong>The</strong> guards says, ”This is not the right decision” <strong>The</strong><br />

jailor said,”Don’t worry Leave the main door unguarded.” but they did as they were told, and not a<br />

single prisoner escaped. <strong>The</strong> main gate was unguarded. <strong>The</strong>y could have broken it down and all<br />

of them marched out, but they ignored the main gate. they imagined it was heavily guarded since it<br />

had always been heavily guarded.<br />

When the guards asked him how he hit upon the idea, the head keeper explained it like this: ”<strong>The</strong>y<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 77 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

rebelled because someone from the outside got in among the prisoners and stirred them up to<br />

escape-a free person who knows. This someone, since he <strong>com</strong>es from the outside, knows that we<br />

have a heavy guarding around the main door, so he would advise them to use the smaller doors. So<br />

till yesterday we were guarding the main door because those who were inside were ignorant but it<br />

seems that some master, has got in among them.”<br />

In life, fighting against evil appears to be the main gate. Your mind tells you: Destroy evil and you<br />

will attain to saintliness. Leave the wrong path, then the right path will appear. Renounce the world<br />

to allow space for god to be enthroned within you.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se is the main gate. <strong>The</strong> master will never tell you to try it, because no one has ever been able<br />

to pass through it. This door is heavily guarded and he who tries to escape is thrown into deeper<br />

dungeons.<br />

According to me, all your saints and monks are locked in worse prisons than you are. You do not<br />

have the eyes to see, so you cannot see this. <strong>The</strong> worldly man is in great distress, but the so-called<br />

saints are in a worse plight. You at least have a little courtyard in front of you where you can feel a<br />

little free, but they are deprived of such courtyards. <strong>The</strong>y are inside the prison but they do not get<br />

the limited freedom that an average prisoner gets. <strong>The</strong>y are locked in dark, dismal cells twenty-four<br />

hours a day.<br />

Sadhus and sannyasins <strong>com</strong>e to me. I find their minds diseased and mad. one Jain sadhu told me,<br />

”I am sixty years old. I have been a saint for forty years, but one single thought haunts me always:<br />

could it be that I have made a mistake? Could it be that the <strong>com</strong>mon man enjoys the world while I<br />

undergo these tortures unnecessarily?”<br />

Such doubts are only natural for an intelligent person. This man is not a fool, he is wise and his<br />

doubts are natural. He sees that fighting desire for forty years has not led him anywhere. He has<br />

attained nothing, and his anger, lust and greed have not been destroyed. <strong>The</strong>y have only been<br />

further submerged and hidden.<br />

You can fool people in the outside world and hide your passions from them, but how can you hide<br />

them from your own self? You know you have them all inside you, repressed. You look like a good<br />

person, you do not <strong>com</strong>mit a crime, but the criminal is hiding inside and can appear any minute.<br />

Given the opportunity, he will <strong>com</strong>mit a crime.<br />

<strong>The</strong> prison walls have <strong>com</strong>e closer for this man. He has lost even the little freedom to walk about<br />

than an ordinary person has. It is a dungeon.<br />

He who tries to leave through the main door will be bound by even heavier chains; but there are<br />

secret doors that only the master can show to you. <strong>The</strong>re are keys to open the secret doors, but<br />

only he who has already escaped can lead you out.<br />

Scriptures can help you to some extent. You may remain in the prison and read them, but you<br />

cannot find your way out through them; because who is to find the meaning behind the words?<br />

None other than you. Who is it who will read the scripture to extract the meaning? It’s you! Who<br />

will understand? You will! And you will understand them according to your own understanding. And<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 78 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

if your understanding were the right understanding, you wouldn’t need the scriptures at all; but you<br />

are not wise, and that is a fact! <strong>The</strong> meanings that an ignorant person draws from the scriptures just<br />

cause him more trouble and difficulty. No! You need living scriptures. THE MASTER IS THE LIVE<br />

SCRIPTURE. Find a living guide to lead you on the right path.<br />

Shiva says: THE GURU IS THE WAY. <strong>The</strong>re is no other way. If you try to solve this problem yourself<br />

you will find yourself drawn deeper into the problem, for the mind is a very subtle mechanism. To<br />

avoid accepting anyone’s help we attempt to solve our problems by ourselves. If you discover that<br />

your watch has stopped your first impulse is to do something immediately to try to make it work<br />

again. <strong>The</strong> more stupid you are, the more strong impulse you have. A child doesn’t hesitate at all;<br />

he fell what’s the big problem? First it was working now it doesn’t. Let me find out for myself. It is<br />

not a very <strong>com</strong>plex machine.<br />

If you attempt to repair your own watch you will find yourself in the same state as Mulla Nasruddin.<br />

I have heard: One day Mulla Nasruddin went to a watch repair shop. He placed his watch on the<br />

counter. It was just a pile of little wheels and pieces. <strong>The</strong> watchmaker looked at the mess and then<br />

he looked at the Mulla.<br />

Nasruddin said, ”I dropped it. I can’t understand how it could have fallen.”<br />

”I don’t understand why you bothered to pick it up,” said the watchmaker. ”It is beyond repair. Anyway,<br />

a watch won’t fall into a million pieces just by dropping it.”<br />

”Well, the fact is,” confessed the Mulla, ”I tried to repair it by myself.”<br />

A watch is a simple mechanism <strong>com</strong>pared to the mind. <strong>The</strong>re is no mechanism on earth as<br />

<strong>com</strong>plicated as the brain. <strong>The</strong>re are seventy million cells in your brain, each capable of collecting<br />

ten million messages. Psychologists say that one brain can store all the written matter in the world.<br />

All the knowledge of the world can be stored in one small brain. And it is such a small thing. It hardly<br />

weighs one and a half kilos, yet it has seventy million tiny neurons, each invisible to the naked eye.<br />

Once you grasp the immense <strong>com</strong>plexity of the brain, you can understand why brain surgery is still<br />

in its infancy. You try to cut something and thousands of other neurons get destroyed. Everything is<br />

so delicate. Just a touch of a surgeon’s knife and big numbers of neurons are destroyed.<br />

Even the knife is not needed; you try standing on your head for half an hour everyday and your<br />

brain will be damaged. While standing on the head excess blood floods the brain and damages the<br />

delicate tissue. <strong>The</strong> people who practice this posture for a long time are never very intelligent.<br />

Man’s brain developed as it did because at some stage in his evolution he stood upright on his hind<br />

legs, and the flow of blood to his brain was thereby reduced. For this reason the brains of animals<br />

did not develop any further; because their brain and their bodies are on the same level. <strong>The</strong>ir nerve<br />

fibers are thicker, they are not thin. <strong>The</strong> whole dignity and speciality of man lies in the fact that he<br />

stood up. By standing on two legs the gravitational force causes his blood to flow downwards. His<br />

lungs and heart have to work harder to pump the blood upwards, only then the blood flows towards<br />

the brain. And thus a limited quantity reaches the brain. This has made it easier for the finer, more<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 79 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

delicate tissues and fibres to evolve. If there is a flood, the bigger trees will be swept away; what<br />

about the tiny bushes? So the tissues are so delicate that the slightest increase in blood pressure<br />

destroys them, as if they were hit by a flood.<br />

If you dismantle the delicate machinery of all these seventy million cells and tried to work things out<br />

for yourself, you would never meet with any success. Failure and great damage are certain. Yet this<br />

is what people do: they try to open their own brains! <strong>The</strong>y try to meditate on their own and practice<br />

their own yoga postures! <strong>The</strong>y pick up clues from books and from people that they meet. <strong>The</strong>y pick<br />

up ideas that are floating freely in the air and they begin to work with them. <strong>The</strong> only out<strong>com</strong>e is<br />

disaster!<br />

A Buddhist monk was brought to me. He had not been able to sleep for three years. He had been<br />

given extensive treatment but to no avail. His insomnia had defied all tranquillizers, and no treatment<br />

seemed to work on him. You can imagine his state – the man who has not slept for three years is<br />

almost insane!<br />

No doctor had asked him what I asked him, however. <strong>The</strong> doctors all carried out the usual tests;<br />

they checked his blood pressure and did a cardiogram and then began to treat him. But this was<br />

not his trouble. This man was engaged in practising a particular meditation technique used by the<br />

Buddhists, Vipassana. He himself had chosen this meditation from the scriptures and began to<br />

practise it. A guru will take care of each and every disciple. If he develops a group exercise he will<br />

take care of the group. <strong>The</strong> scriptures cannot take care of you in this way. Who is going to read<br />

them Scriptures can live for thousands of years, and anyone can read them his own way.<br />

<strong>The</strong> technique of vipassana is a very old technique. This man read about it and set out to practise<br />

it. <strong>The</strong>n he began to enjoy it. As a method it is a jewel. Buddha himself used it a great deal. Once<br />

you begin to enjoy it you won’t know when to stop. Enjoyment, once it be<strong>com</strong>e extreme, turns into<br />

poison. This man was so intoxicated by the vipassana that he began to practise it twenty-four hours<br />

a day.<br />

If you practise anything incessantly, day and night, sleep is bound to be destroyed. You have created<br />

a great flood of energy inside yourself, and its continuous motion won’t allow you to sleep. Besides,<br />

he had done this practice for so many years that all the brain tissues that brought on sleep had been<br />

destroyed. A doctor can help only if the brain tissue itself is still in order. Tranquillizers can cause<br />

the cells in question to relax, but if they are not there what can the doctor do?<br />

I suggested to him that he should forget the meditation <strong>com</strong>pletely and be<strong>com</strong>e a lazy person for a<br />

full year. He should forget all about meditation. He should encourage idleness-just eat, drink and<br />

sleep as much as he could for a year; be<strong>com</strong>e a <strong>com</strong>pletely worldly man for a full year.<br />

He was disappointed. He objected, ”I never expected to hear you say such a thing. Are you trying<br />

to ruin me?”<br />

I told him that he could think this if he chose, but this was my opinion. ”Do as I say for a year and<br />

then <strong>com</strong>e to me,” I told him.<br />

He returned in three months, beaming and happy. <strong>The</strong>n I had to give him a new technique. At such<br />

a point I have to judge what is suitable and how much a particular person can take. Gradually the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 80 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

duration is increased according to the seeker’s progress. I have to be aware of every aspect of the<br />

seeker’s state of mind. I have to watch the whole picture.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore Shiva says: THE GURU IS THE WAY. Do not be a way unto yourself or you will spoil<br />

everything. First of all, it is a difficult task to find a living person because to surrender to a living<br />

person is difficult; the ego gets hurt! So people take greater interest in the scriptures; scriptures<br />

don’t hurt the ego so much. You can throw them in the dustbin or keep them in a place of worship –<br />

scriptures won’t object. You cannot do that to a living guru. Your ego will have to bow down to him.<br />

You also bow down to the scriptures, but you are still your own master. At any time you can discard<br />

them; they can do nothing against your will. To bow at the feet of a living person is a crushing blow<br />

to the ego. That is why people first seek in books. <strong>The</strong>n, when they are tired, they look for a master;<br />

but by then the books have so much corrupted them by words they cannot recognize the master<br />

when he <strong>com</strong>es.<br />

When you finally approach the master you bring your bookish knowledge of master and try to judge<br />

him accordingly. No book can tell you what a master should be like. A book can talk about a guru.<br />

If there is a book about Kabir it will tell you all about how Kabir used to be, but Kabir is not going to<br />

be born again. Those are Kabir’s characteristics, but not those of a master. If you are a follower of<br />

Kabir and totally filled with him, and thus seek the same qualities in another person before accepting<br />

him as a master, you will never find a master for yourself. Kabir cannot be born again.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Digambara Jainas do not accept a master unless he is totally naked. It was Mahavira’s pleasure<br />

to take off his clothes; I do not enjoy doing that. If the seeker is looking for a Mahavir, Mahavir no<br />

longer exists. It s an irony of fate that during Mahavira’s lifetime it could be this very same nakedness<br />

that prevented people from accepting him, perhaps because nakedness was not mentioned as<br />

a necessary quality in the books that were circulating at that time. None of the Tirthankaras<br />

before Mahavir had renounced clothing, so the Jainas themselves were not prepared to accept<br />

him, because nakedness seemed uncivilized to them. <strong>The</strong>y rejected Mahavir, for nowhere in the<br />

scriptures is there any mention of naked gurus. <strong>The</strong>n Mahavir died and scriptures were created<br />

around him and the present day Jain carrying Mahavira’s burden. As a result, when Parshwanath<br />

appears wearing clothes he cannot be accepted as guru – he is not naked!<br />

Remember, whatever particular scripture that you read tells you about a particular master. He cannot<br />

<strong>com</strong>e again. A master is in<strong>com</strong>parable, unique! Thus if your eyes are filled with scriptures you will<br />

never be able to recognize a living master. <strong>The</strong> scriptures tell about those who have been and who<br />

will never be again. Those who believed in Mahavir will never accept Buddha. At best they may<br />

consider him a great soul, a Mahatma, but not Bhagwan.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a man I know, a Jain. He has written a book. He is really a good man, but that does<br />

not give him understanding. Bad people are generally foolish, but so are good people; foolishness<br />

is so deep rooted that the goodness makes no difference. He is a good man and he respects all<br />

religions equally. <strong>The</strong> book he wrote is called BHAGWAN MAHAVIR AND MAHATMA BUDDHA –<br />

GOD MAHAVIR AND GREAT SOUL BUDDHA. My friend is a writer. He is known to the people in<br />

Poona; in fact it was he who brought me to Poona for the first time. He is an old devotee of Gandhiji,<br />

from whom he acquired this felling that all human beings are one. So he wrote this book – but his<br />

Jain mind persisted. I was staying with him at the time. I asked him, ”Why did you differentiate<br />

between Mahavir and Buddha, calling one ’Bhagwan’ and the other only ’Mahatma’?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 81 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

He replied ”You see, Mahavir is in fact Bhagwan, but we can accept Buddha at most as a Mahatma,<br />

not as God, because God does not wear cloth. He is naked.”<br />

So this is the difficulty! It is not that only Jainas have this difficulty. everyone has it. This is why<br />

a Jain cannot accept Ram as God, because Sita stands by his side. A Jain cannot understand a<br />

woman present with God. When he has renounced everything how can a woman be there? So a<br />

priceless jewel like Sita is lost to the Jainas. <strong>The</strong>y cannot grasp her significance.<br />

And Krishna? <strong>The</strong>y put him down in hell, for he has not one but sixteen thousand women around<br />

him. No one is more eligible for hell than Krishna. Since the Jainas are traders and merchants by<br />

caste, they are afraid of starting any row with the Hindus. Perhaps this is the reason why they have<br />

advocated nonviolence.<br />

It is always a coward who advocates non-violence. Violence requires some guts, so cowards believe<br />

in not killing and not being killed As a principle it’s fine: Do not kill others-Live and let live! But it<br />

implies that they want to survive and they don’t care about the others at all so they use the idea of<br />

non-violence; there is no other meaning behind it. After having thrown Krishna into hell, they were<br />

afraid of the anger of the Hindus, so out of fear they have played another trick: <strong>The</strong>y declared that<br />

Krishna will be a Tirthankara in the <strong>com</strong>ing age. He does not fit anywhere in their doctrine however,<br />

if they have to live among the Hindus, they have to accept him. <strong>The</strong>y <strong>com</strong>promised – just like any<br />

business man will calculating mind! Now the Hindus won’t be angry it’s fine. And their own concept<br />

remains intact. <strong>The</strong>y have avoided the conflict.<br />

If you seek the master through scriptures, you will never find him, for by the time the scripture is<br />

<strong>com</strong>piled the person around whom it is written has already gone. And each master is in a class of<br />

his own kind. He is different and unique. You can’t find another like him. You can’t find Mahavir<br />

again, nor Buddha or Krishna. But in all your seeking you simply look for these very people and<br />

you wander around and around. When they were alive you were looking for someone else – again,<br />

someone who had long since gone. You go on missing every time.<br />

If you want to find a master put all scriptures aside. Try to <strong>com</strong>e close to someone. If you want to find<br />

a master, bathe yourself in his presence. Don’t take your concepts along and don’t try to judge him<br />

by your measurement. Let your heart beat with his heartbeats; don’t allow the intellect to interfere.<br />

If you allow the mind to interfere the hearts will not meet, and you will not be able to recognize the<br />

master.<br />

<strong>The</strong> master is recognized through the heart and not through the head. Whenever you set the intellect<br />

aside and see with the heart something happens immediately. If it is possible for you to connect with<br />

this master, it will happen immediately, without a moment’s delay. You will find yourself melting into<br />

him and him melting into you. From that day onwards you are an integral part of him. From that day<br />

onwards you be<strong>com</strong>e his shadow; you can flow him <strong>The</strong> master can be sought with the heart, and<br />

without the master there is no way.<br />

THE BODY IS THE OFFERING.<br />

Remember, that which you call the body and which you take to be your entire being – is no more<br />

than an offering. As you make offerings into the sacrificial fire as part of a ceremony, so also you<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 82 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

have to give up your body, bit by bit, in the course of meditation. All other offerings are useless. You<br />

can offer ghee and wheat to the sacred fire, but it will do you no good. You will have to throw yourself<br />

into the flames for the fire of life to be lighted. You have to stake your entire body. If you try to save a<br />

part, your fire will not ignite the sacrifice will not take place. Give all of yourself! THE BODY IS THE<br />

OFFERING!<br />

KNOWLEDGE IS THE FOOD.<br />

You live, now, on food. <strong>The</strong> food reaches your body. It is necessary. Realization, knowledge,<br />

meditation, awareness are food for the soul. Until now you have fed only the body and have left the<br />

soul hungry. Your body is well nourished, but your soul is starving.<br />

Knowledge is food for the soul, so the more you be<strong>com</strong>e awakened, conscious, the more you know,<br />

and by this I do not mean book knowledge. Knowledge means awareness. <strong>The</strong> more you are<br />

established in the fourth state, turiya, the more your soul will be filled with life energy,. Your soul is<br />

almost dried up; you have denied it all nourishment. You have virtually forgotten that it needs to be<br />

fed.<br />

Your body consumes food while your soul is fasting. This is the reason why many religions have<br />

used fasting. Reverse the process: Let the body fast a few days and let the soul be nourished. This<br />

does not mean that the body has to be starved. Give the body its normal requirements, but don’t let<br />

all your effort in life be exhausted in feeding it. Let a major part of your life’s work be the awakening<br />

of knowledge, for that is your soul’s food. Knowledge is the food.<br />

WHEN KNOWLEDGE IS DESTROYED, THE DREAM IS SEEN.<br />

If knowledge of the soul does not penetrate you, and if the flame within does not get its fuel, then<br />

dreams arise in your life; then desires arise, and your life loses its way and staggers there in the<br />

darkness. <strong>The</strong>n you live in illusion, in desires; then you merely keep thinking and weaving webs of<br />

fantasy.<br />

I asked Nasruddin, ”Mulla, where do you intend to go for your vacation this year?”<br />

”I only go on vacation every three years,” he replied.<br />

”What do you do in the remaining two years?”<br />

”One year we spend in musing over the previous vacation and reliving it in our minds, and one year<br />

we spend in planning the next vacation.”<br />

At least Nasruddin goes on a trip every three years, but you do not go at all! Half your life is spent<br />

in thinking of the past and the other half in thinking about the future. <strong>The</strong> journey never begins.<br />

Either you roam around the byways of your memory, which is a dead dream, or you wander in your<br />

imagination which is a dream of the future, which is still to <strong>com</strong>e. You are divided in these two. <strong>The</strong><br />

present is in the middle, and that is where life is – but you miss it!<br />

Knowledge, awareness, will awaken you, here and now, to this very moment. Knowledge will bring<br />

you into the present. <strong>The</strong> past will fade. It has in fact faded. It is you who senselessly persist in<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 83 Osho


CHAPTER 4. TO BE DEAD DO NOTHING<br />

carrying the ashes. <strong>The</strong> future is yet to be. You cannot make it happen. It <strong>com</strong>es when it <strong>com</strong>es, but<br />

the present is now. That which is present is reality, truth. To dream is to wander in that which is not<br />

present.<br />

Remember the sutra: WHEN KNOWLEDGE IS DESTROYED THE DREAM IS SEEN. When<br />

knowledge is absent, when the soul is not awakened, you are lost in dreams. <strong>The</strong> past and the<br />

future be<strong>com</strong>e everything for you, and the present has no meaning; but in fact it is the present that<br />

is everything. As you begin to awaken, the past and the future will get less and less and the present<br />

will begin to have more and more meaning for you. <strong>The</strong> day you are fully awakened there will be<br />

only the present. <strong>The</strong>n there is no past, no future. When there is no past and no future all diseases<br />

of the mind, all its repetitions and circles, are destroyed. <strong>The</strong>n you are here in the present, pure,<br />

immaculate, innocent, fresh like the morning dew. <strong>The</strong>n you are here in the present, like the lotus<br />

flower. If you are present in your entirety at any given moment, that moment you are God.<br />

Because you are not present in this moment you are the mind and the body but not the soul.<br />

Meditation is an effort to drag you from the past and future into the present. You have to go neither<br />

backward nor forward; you have only to be here. To be here and now totally peaceful and aware is<br />

meditation! Through this is born knowledge and through knowledge you reach the highest peak and<br />

attain the bliss of the final samadhi.<br />

He who loses this, loses all! He who attains this, attains all!<br />

Enough for today.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 84 Osho


15 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 5<br />

<strong>The</strong> Knowledge That Is Self Knowledge<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

ATMAN CHITTAM<br />

KALADINAM TATVANAMAVIVEKO MAYA<br />

MOHAVARNAT SIDDIH<br />

MOHAJAYADANATTABHOGATSAHAJA VIDYAJAYAH<br />

JAGRAD DVITIYA KARAH.<br />

THE SOUL IS THE MIND.<br />

LACKING DISCRIMINATION OF WHAT IS ESSENTIAL IS ILLUSION.<br />

THE YOGI CAUGHT IN ATTACHMENTS MAY ATTAIN POWERS BUT NOT SELF-KNOWLEDGE.<br />

AFTER CONQUERING ATTACHMENTS PERMANENTLY, SPONTANEOUS WISDOM IS<br />

ATTAINED.<br />

THE AWAKENED YOGI REALIZES THAT THE WHOLE UNIVERSE IS AN EMANATION OF HIS<br />

OWN ENERGY.<br />

85


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

THE SOUL IS MIND,<br />

This sutra is very significant. Waves are seen in the ocean, but the wave also is the ocean. However<br />

superficial, however agitated the wave is, it still contains the infinite ocean within itself. <strong>The</strong> most<br />

contemptible, the most insignificant thing, also contains the absolute within itself. God is hidden in<br />

each and every particle<br />

No matter how mad you are, no matter how distressed your mind is, no matter how many<br />

disturbances and diseases surround you – still you are God. It makes no difference that you are<br />

asleep, unconscious. In your unconsciousness it is God who lies unconscious within you. It does<br />

not matter that you have <strong>com</strong>mitted, or thought of <strong>com</strong>mitting, many sins. It is God who thinks within<br />

you. It is through God that the sins are <strong>com</strong>mitted.<br />

THE SOUL IS MIND means your mind is a form of your soul. It is important, very important, that you<br />

understand this; otherwise, you will begin to fight with your mind, and whoever fights with his mind<br />

ends up losing. <strong>The</strong> path of victory lies in the acceptance of the mind – that it too is God. Caught in<br />

the state of struggle – useless struggle – and duality, know that the wave is also the ocean. Once<br />

this is seen and accepted, the distortions and diseases of the mind begin to fade away.<br />

<strong>The</strong> day you begin to understand that the absolute lies hidden even within the most insignificant,<br />

you will no longer call it insignificant. It is you who has drawn its boundaries. <strong>The</strong> most minute grain<br />

has no boundaries; it is part of the boundless. <strong>The</strong> boundaries are created by your eyes. <strong>The</strong> day<br />

you begin to see the limitless in the limited, all limits and boundaries disappear.<br />

<strong>The</strong> most profound experience in a person’s life happens when he begins to see God in his own<br />

mind, when he begins to see Him in his own evil deeds, when he sees His footprints – and only His<br />

footprints – in all his wanderings. <strong>The</strong>n his wandering stops. To wander shows that you consider<br />

yourself separate and apart from God. In this separateness lies your disease; this separateness is<br />

the root cause of everything that disturbs your natural harmony. That you consider yourself aloof<br />

and separate – just that is your ego!<br />

Strange as it may seem, as far as the ego is concerned, there is no difference between a good man<br />

and a bad man. <strong>The</strong> sinner is as filled with ego as the so-called man of virtue. <strong>The</strong>ir actions may be<br />

different but the feeling is the same: both consider themselves apart from the rest. One considers<br />

himself evil, the other good. You stand apart from the rest as long as you consider yourself to be<br />

one or the other. You are not different from others. It is your own belief that has squeezed you into<br />

this cramped position. Your own concepts bind you; you are imprisoned within the cage of your own<br />

beliefs. Otherwise, there are no walls anywhere; all around you are open skies. No one is stopping<br />

you. No one obstructs your way.<br />

How can your ego melt? THE SOUL IS MIND means: you are not you! You are God! You are<br />

part and parcel of the whole. You are not a small wave; you are the whole ocean. If you encounter<br />

and experience this vastness – the whole – it will cause your ego to fall. And where there is no<br />

ego, there cannot be. any evil! <strong>The</strong>re is only one evil, only one sin: ”I am separate!” This feeling of<br />

separateness is also found in those whom we care our sadhus.<br />

It is said that once a yogi died. He reached heaven and knocked at the door, which was opened.<br />

<strong>The</strong> guard said, ”Wel<strong>com</strong>e! Please <strong>com</strong>e in. <strong>The</strong> hatha yogi stopped there, shocked. He said,<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 86 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

”What kind of heaven is this where you let anyone in without asking any questions at all? You never<br />

inquired who I was or what my actions were on earth, good or bad. I don’t want to be in a place that<br />

is open to all and sundry. No reservation, no inquiry – you wel<strong>com</strong>e just like that! This is not my idea<br />

of heaven.”<br />

His ego is filled with good deeds, not evil. This man has performed so many austerities, so many<br />

spiritual practices; perhaps he has attained siddhis, powers; but it is all in vain, for all the siddhis he<br />

has gained have only helped to swell his ego. His sadhanas (austerities or spiritual practices) have<br />

been a total failure.<br />

Bernard Shaw had received the Nobel Prize. He was invited to join an exclusive club in Europe that<br />

has only a hundred members in the world. Each member must be an outstanding world figure in<br />

his own field: Nobel laureates, celebrities, great sculptors, painters, writers. But only hundred, not<br />

more than that. Only when a member dies do they choose another in his place. People wait their<br />

whole lives to be invited. When Shaw got the Nobel prize, he received the invitation of that club.<br />

<strong>The</strong> invitation said: ”We shall feel honored to have you as a member of our club.” Shaw replied, ”Any<br />

organization that is honored by my membership is no organization for me. It is inferior to me. I only<br />

want to be<strong>com</strong>e a member of a club that is unwilling to admit me.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> ego always seeks the difficult, the unattainable; whereas life is very simple. <strong>The</strong>refore the ego<br />

always misses life. And there is nothing more simple than God. <strong>The</strong>refore the ego never seeks<br />

this door. This door is always open. You are always wel<strong>com</strong>e without any questions. If you are<br />

questioned at the entrance, that is not the gate to God; it is the gate to the market place. <strong>The</strong> fact<br />

is: you stand at this entrance. If you stand with your back towards it, it is entirely your own doing.<br />

<strong>The</strong> door has not rejected you. If you would only look! <strong>The</strong> door is always open and the sign says<br />

”Wel<strong>com</strong>e”!<br />

THE SOUL IS MIND means: do not ever consider yourself separate, no matter how evil you are.<br />

This does not give you licence to be bad. On the contrary. Once you see that you are not separate,<br />

evil will be impossible.<br />

Psychologists say that an individual be<strong>com</strong>es what he believes himself to be. Our belief be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

our very existence. <strong>The</strong>y say we should not call a bad man evil, because by constant repetition –<br />

”You are bad! You are bad!” – be<strong>com</strong>es a mantra. If a man is told constantly by everyone around<br />

him, ”You are evil”,it within himself that he is evil. Not only that, and then he tries to behave as others<br />

expect him to. Evil be<strong>com</strong>es his habit. People who explored the field of religion made this discovery<br />

long long ago. So they have asked the ultimate reality to make your mantra. THE SOUL IS MIND.<br />

You are God. Your very soul is your mantra. This is the greatest statement that can be made about<br />

you. If this be<strong>com</strong>es your mantra, if it mingles and mixes with every particle of your being, if its<br />

vibrations penetrate each pore of your body, you will gradually <strong>com</strong>e to feel that you are be<strong>com</strong>ing<br />

what you think you are. What you have chanted inside yourself be<strong>com</strong>es a reality in your life.<br />

<strong>The</strong> beginning of religion is: You are not, God is! It starts with this sutra. You are in deep slumber.<br />

Granted that you are a great wrong-doer, granted that you are guilty of a host of sins this makes<br />

no difference to your basic nature. Purity is your nature. No matter what sins you have <strong>com</strong>mitted,<br />

once this thought takes root within you – that you are God! – all evil is wiped away. You can destroy<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 87 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

your vices one by one, but it will be an arduous task, stretching over many, many lives because the<br />

vice are infinite.<br />

In your effort to destroy one evil you create ten more. When you eradicate one vice and replace it<br />

with virtue, ninety-nine vices still remain within you; they will quickly spoil your one virtue. <strong>The</strong>n all<br />

your good acts will also appear sinful. If you touch nectar it be<strong>com</strong>es poison, because the evil within<br />

you quickly contaminates it. Building a temple brings you no humility. On the contrary, it inflates your<br />

ego even further. <strong>The</strong> ways of the ego enters are very subtle; something useless can nourish it.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin owned a dog. Its pedigree was unknown. It was a thin, ugly, weak creature that<br />

went about with its tail between its legs always scared, always trembling but the Mulla never tired of<br />

praising him. He had named him Adolf Hitler. When I asked him about the dog the Mulla would say,<br />

”<strong>The</strong>re may be doubts about Hitler’s family background, but my dog is a very valuable thoroughbred.<br />

No stranger can pass my house without our knowing it. Hitler lets me know immediately.”<br />

”What does your do Hitler?” I asked. ”Does he bark or bite, what does he do?”<br />

”He rushes in and hides under my bed,” said the Mulla. not ones has it happened that a stranger<br />

has <strong>com</strong>e and i fail to notice it.” Even the cowardice is praised!<br />

Your ego is like Mulla Nasruddin’s Hitler. You don’t know its breed. Do you know from where your<br />

ego is born? How can that which does not exist be born? <strong>The</strong> ego is an illusion. Its breed is<br />

unknown. You are born of God. From where does your ego <strong>com</strong>e? Have you observed your ego<br />

closely? You may call it the Adolf Hitler, but its feet are made of clay. It is so torn and tattered!<br />

<strong>The</strong> biggest of egos is weak and miserable. Why? Because even the biggest ego is impotent; it has<br />

no power of its own. Power belongs to the soul. <strong>The</strong> source of power is different. <strong>The</strong>refore the ego<br />

has to be nursed twenty-four hours a day. It needs support. It has no legs to stand on. We have to<br />

prop it up with wealth or position – if nothing works we support it with sin!.<br />

You can visit the prison. Men who are shut up in jail tell stories about crimes they never <strong>com</strong>mitted.<br />

A man who has killed one person boasts that he has killed a hundred. This is the only way to inflate<br />

the ego in prison. <strong>The</strong>re the bigger the crime, the bigger is the criminal. <strong>The</strong> petty criminal has no<br />

prestige, so prisoners <strong>com</strong>pete to establish who is the greatest criminal. Those who are tried under<br />

one section are not respected. Those who are being tried for a number of crimes, are presented in<br />

the court every day are the bosses. <strong>The</strong>y magnify their real crimes and take credit for others that<br />

are wholly fictitious.<br />

<strong>The</strong> ego can be supported by good deeds, by evil deeds, by wealth, by position – and yet it is a<br />

cripple, death makes it fall. Death destroys that which is not; that which is cannot be destroyed. You<br />

will remain but remember, when I say you will remain, I am talking of that part of which you know<br />

nothing.<br />

That which you believe yourself to be will not remain, because it is nothing but your ego. Your name,<br />

your looks, your wealth, your honor, your abilities, whatever you have earned – nothing of these will<br />

remain. If you find the faintest trace of the connecting link between this and what you actually are –<br />

which you have not laboured for, which you are born with and which is beyond all your ability – you<br />

will find that, that which was with you before you were born will remain with you after death.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 88 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

THE SOUL IS MIND. That very soul is worth seeking. Your mind also bears a ray of the soul, or else<br />

it would no function. Even if you want to sin who will do it? You need energy to <strong>com</strong>mit sin. <strong>The</strong><br />

energy <strong>com</strong>es from the same source; you are simply misusing the energy, but cannot switch over<br />

from misuse to correct use, because at the root lies the ego.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is only one sin: to consider oneself apart from the existence. All other evil follows like a<br />

shadow. <strong>The</strong>re is only one virtue: to know oneself and be one with existence. When the wave<br />

merges with the ocean all virtues follow by themselves in its wake.<br />

THE SOUL IS MIND.<br />

ILLUSION IS LACKING DISCRIMINATION OF WHAT IS ESSENTIAL.<br />

What is this illusion, this maya? Why is the mind fogged with darkness if the soul itself is the mind?<br />

Why this inability to discriminate what reality is? You are unaware of the doer, the real artist within<br />

you. You are oblivious of the fundamental principle within you. That which you presume to be the<br />

doer is non-existent. You hold on to that which is not; hence the distress and confusion. All your<br />

life you slave and toil, and your troubles are not diminished; in fact they have increased. In spite<br />

of working hard all your life, in the end you find you have gained not a drop of joy; there are only<br />

mountains and mountains of sorrow and pain. Yet man runs in this meaningless rat race until his<br />

last breath.<br />

Why this infatuation for what is worthless and meaningless? Try to understand. All that is<br />

meaningless and worthless has one quality in <strong>com</strong>mon.<br />

A man bought a new bungalow. He laid out a garden and planted some seeds flowers. When they<br />

began to sprout he found that weeds had <strong>com</strong>e up mixed with the flowers. He was worried, so he<br />

went to his neighbor, Mulla Nasruddin, for advice.<br />

”How am I to know which plants are flowers and which are weeds?”<br />

”That is simple,” Nasruddin answered, ”Pull them all out! Those which <strong>com</strong>e up again are the weeds.”<br />

This is the quality of all that is worthless: pull it out and it is not destroyed. <strong>The</strong> meaningful, the<br />

purposeful, is destroyed if you pull it out; not so the meaningless, the purposeless. You sow the<br />

seeds of what is meaningful and you are not even sure if it will bear fruit, for there are thousands of<br />

obstacles ahead. This is the speciality of the useless. Uproot it, and it grows by itself. <strong>The</strong> useless<br />

and the ineffectual flower on their own. Uproot them a thousand times, and they will still persist.<br />

<strong>The</strong> meaningless grows effortlessly, but the meaningful requires great effort. That is why you have<br />

chosen the meaningless; it grows on its own. You don’t have to do anything to be<strong>com</strong>e a thief. <strong>The</strong><br />

habit of stealing grows like weeds. Do you have to work hard to be<strong>com</strong>e or to be<strong>com</strong>e sexual? You<br />

don’t have to go through any prayer, any sadhana, any yoga. <strong>The</strong>se things happen on their own. do<br />

you have to go somewhere to learn how to be angry, to some university?No it grows like weeds. But<br />

when it <strong>com</strong>es to meditation the difficulty starts. If you want to learn how to be truly loving there are<br />

many difficulties in the way, while attachments grow and flourish like weeds. You learn love only with<br />

great difficulty. Every moment you have to uproot all the weeds before you can plant the seedling of<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 89 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

love. If you want love to grow, the weeds must constantly be kept in check or the young plant will be<br />

smothered, as if covered by a heap of rubbish.<br />

<strong>The</strong> useless and meaningless have one outstanding quality: they demand no effort. You may laze<br />

around, they will take root and flourish on their own, and they will keep a tight grip on you until your<br />

last breath.<br />

A seeker is one who has begun his search for the meaningful. To attain to the meaningful is a<br />

journey, an uphill journey. Attaining the worthless is like rolling down the mountain; you don’t have<br />

to do anything, since the force of gravitation will do everything.<br />

Until now you have done nothing in your life, so you are useless. You may not agree. You may claim,”I<br />

have worked hard and made a success of my life. I have wealth and prestige. I have obtained these<br />

degrees, and these titles...” Still, I will say, you have not done anything to attain this. Your successes<br />

have <strong>com</strong>e up like weeds, and if you take a good look at yourself you will find that you have done<br />

nothing to earn your wealth and position. You allowed ambition to grow in you, and these are simply<br />

the fruits of ambition. Ambition and desires were already there. <strong>The</strong>y have grown in your mind like<br />

weeds, and cling to you until you die.<br />

A seeker is one who has realized that that which grows on its own is useless, and that he has to<br />

plant something.<br />

A woman went to a psychiatrist and said, ”Now I need some help. I kept postponing it but it’s high<br />

time now. I will have to speak. He asked what her problem was. She said, ”It is not me but my<br />

husband. He is not as loving as he used to be when we first married, nor is his desire for me what it<br />

used to be. He used to be overwhelming like a flood, but now he is like a river that has dried up.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> psychiatrist was highly amused, but he kept a straight face. After all, business is business. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

he asked her, ”How old are you?”<br />

”Only seventy-two,” she answered.<br />

”And what is your husband’s age?”<br />

”He is only eighty-six.”<br />

Everybody thinks this way. <strong>The</strong> word ‘only’ – ”only eighty-six”, ”only seventy-two” – this ’only’ is used<br />

against death. <strong>The</strong>y feel that they are still very young, they have barely started living.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n the psychiatrist asked the lady, ”And when did you begin to notice that his sex drive was getting<br />

less?”<br />

She replied, ”Last night and again this morning.”<br />

Till the very last, man holds on to what is worthless. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing he has to do about it; it grows<br />

on its own.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 90 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and say,”We try to meditate but slip up again and again. We meditate for two<br />

days, but then it stops. <strong>The</strong>n after a few days we remember again, then again it stops.<br />

This is not the case with your desires and passions. You have never forgotten to be angry and you<br />

have never forgotten to be greedy, but you have to remind yourself to meditate. Try to understand<br />

this fact, because meditation has to be actively practiced. It slips away again and again. It is a seed<br />

that has to be sown and taken care of. Rubbish grows by itself; weeds <strong>com</strong>e up by themselves.<br />

Know that whatever happens by itself is worthless. As long as you live that way you will attain<br />

nothing. At the time of death you will find yourself leaving empty-handed, just as you came in<br />

empty-handed. And it is this blindness, this lack of discrimination that is maya, illusion. This is<br />

the state of unconsciousness where you cannot discriminate between what is useful and what is<br />

useless.<br />

Shankara has defined knowledge as the discrimination between the meaningful and the<br />

meaningless. In life both exist – the flowering shrubs as well as the weeds. You will have to<br />

distinguish one from the other by your own experience. If your attention gets fixed not on the<br />

meaningful but on the worthless, you wander in illusion.<br />

You do not know who you are, nor where you are going, nor do you know where you <strong>com</strong>e from.<br />

You have got yourself entangled with the rubbish by the side of the road. You have made a home by<br />

the side of the road, and you are so filled with worries and anxieties-just because of this worthless<br />

trash, which is there whether you take care of it or not. You have no cause to worry about it.<br />

Indiscrimination is maya. Indiscrimination means the inability to distinguish the diamond from the<br />

pebble. You have to be<strong>com</strong>e the jeweller of life because that alone leads to the birth of discrimination.<br />

You possess life. Now look inside it. <strong>The</strong> test of your search is to know all that happens by itself is<br />

worthless, and that which refuses to happen in spite of your efforts, is worth attaining. This is the<br />

test. <strong>The</strong> day you find that that which was so difficult to bring about has begun to happen, then know<br />

the flowers are about to bloom. And the day all that used to grow by itself stops growing, know that<br />

maya has ended.<br />

THE YOGI CAUGHT IN ATTACHMENTS MAY ATTAIN OCCULT POWERS BUT NOT SELF-<br />

KNOWLEDGE.<br />

<strong>The</strong> meaningless rubbish has be<strong>com</strong>e so significant for us that when we set out to ac<strong>com</strong>plish the<br />

meaningful we end up ac<strong>com</strong>plishing only the worthless.<br />

I am astonished by the motives of the people who <strong>com</strong>e here to meditate. <strong>The</strong>y desire only the<br />

worthless even through meditation. <strong>The</strong>y <strong>com</strong>e to me and say, I want to meditate to get rid of<br />

physical ailments. Can you assure me that they will disappear by meditation? It would be better<br />

for them to go to a doctor. When they <strong>com</strong>e to a spiritual physician it is only to cure their physical<br />

disorders. Meditation is no more than medicine to them, just medicine for the body.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and say: My financial condition is very bad. Will meditation improve things? This<br />

cover of attachments is so dense and thick that even when you seek nectar it is only for the poison.<br />

Isn’t this amazing? You <strong>com</strong>e for the elixir – but only want to <strong>com</strong>mit suicide by drinking it! But you<br />

cannot <strong>com</strong>mit suicide with the elixir of life. Once you drink it you be<strong>com</strong>e immortal, but when you<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 91 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

set out to find the elixir, the nectar, your goal is suicide. You want to fulfill some earthly desire or<br />

other, even through religion.<br />

Go to the temples and listen to the prayers of people. You will find that their demands are all<br />

worldly: someone’s son needs a wife, another person’s son needs a job, someone wants peace in<br />

his household. Even in the temple you ask for worldly objects. One would think your temples were<br />

supermarkets where everything is sold. You have no idea what a temple should be. Your priests are<br />

no more than shopkeepers. <strong>The</strong> people who go to the temples are buyers of worldly goods. You will<br />

always avoid the real temple.<br />

Once I was a guest at the house of a dentist friend. One day, while I was sitting in his drawing<br />

room, a small boy who looked scared, entered. He looked around furtively. I could almost see him<br />

trembling inside. <strong>The</strong>n he asked me, ”Could you tell me if the doctor is in?” I told him that he had<br />

just gone out. <strong>The</strong> child’s eyes lit up with joy.<br />

”My mother sent me to have my teeth checked,” he said. ”may I ask when he will be out again?”<br />

Such is your condition. If you <strong>com</strong>e across a genuine temple you will run away as fast as you can.<br />

You can bear the toothache, but you are not ready to bear the pain that the dentist gives you. We<br />

are all like small children.<br />

You can bear all the pain the world inflicts on you, but you are not prepared to undergo any pain for<br />

religion. And religion is bound to give you pain. Actually it is not the religion that gives you pain.<br />

Your teeth have decayed so badly that the pain is inevitable.<br />

Religion causes no pain. Religion is the supreme bliss. But you have always lived in pain. You have<br />

accumulated so much pain around you that all your teeth are filled with pain and suffering. Truly you<br />

will have trouble pulling them out, so you would rather live with this pain and suffer. <strong>The</strong> poison is<br />

spreading all over of your body. Your life is going topsy turvy but this pain is familiar to you. these<br />

pains are familiar to you.<br />

Man is ready to bear the familiar suffering. Ready to go through the unfamiliar suffering. <strong>The</strong>se teeth<br />

are yours and the pain is yours. You have known them for millions of lives, but you are unaware of<br />

the fact that once these teeth are removed, this pain disappears, the doors of bliss will open for the<br />

first time in your in your life.<br />

Even if you go to the temple you ask the priest when God will next go out? – when can I <strong>com</strong>e? You<br />

go and you do not want to go. It is difficult to assess the games you play with yourself.<br />

Observing you and your problems over a period of time, I have <strong>com</strong>e to the conclusion that your<br />

problem is only one. You do not know exactly what it is that you want. You are not sure that you<br />

want to meditate, but you are upset if you cannot meditate. Now if your mind is not entirely made up<br />

whatever you do, will be half-hearted. Nothing is ever attained in a half-hearted way. <strong>The</strong> worthless<br />

needs no effort; it continues by its own momentum. That which is meaningful in life demands that<br />

you stake your life on it.<br />

This sutra says: THE YOGI CAUGHT IN ATTACHMENTS MAY ATTAIN OCCULT POWERS BUT<br />

NOT SELF-KNOWLEDGE.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 92 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

<strong>The</strong> curtain of attachments is so dense and thick that even if you go towards religion you look for<br />

miracles. If you find Buddha standing before you, you will not recognize him. If Buddha and Satya<br />

Sai Baba are both present you will definitely move towards Satya Sai Baba, and not towards Buddha,<br />

because Buddha is not so stupid as to conjures things out of the air! You are in search of magicians.<br />

You are impressed by miracles, because your deepest desire is for the world and not for God.<br />

When you see a miracle you are impressed. You think that you have found a guru. Now you<br />

hope to have your desires fulfilled. A guru who can produce an amulet from nowhere must surely<br />

also produce the Kohinoor Diamond, so you wait patiently and serve the guru. for You never know<br />

when his <strong>com</strong>passion might fulfill your desire. What difference does it make to the guru whether he<br />

produces an amulet of the Kohinoor. You desire the Kohinoor, and even a great man will be<strong>com</strong>e a<br />

thief for the Kohinoor. Today he showers ashes from his hands, tomorrow he may shower the elixir<br />

of life; nothing is impossible for such a guru. You only need to serve him!<br />

No, you will never go to Buddha, because no miracles occur around him. When all your desires have<br />

ended, there is no question of satisfying them. <strong>The</strong> greatest miracle that takes place with Buddha is<br />

the light of desirelessness; but your desire-ridden eyes cannot see this. You can only see Buddha,<br />

you can only understand him, you can only bow down to him when the world’s meaninglessness has<br />

really and truly dawned on you, and the curtain of attachments and cravings has really fallen away.<br />

Attachment is an intoxication.. Just as an intoxicated man addicted to drugs does not know where<br />

he is going, what he is doing, so also you move about in this almost dazed condition. No matter how<br />

hard you try to watch your step, it makes no difference. All drunkards try to take hold of themselves;<br />

they try to prove to themselves that they are not intoxicated. <strong>The</strong>y only deceive themselves! <strong>The</strong><br />

more they try to cover it up, the more obvious it is. Attachment is an intoxication.<br />

When I say that attachment is an intoxication I am speaking in chemical terms. In the state of<br />

attachment your whole body is filled with intoxicant chemicals- even in the scientific sense. When<br />

you fall in love with a woman your blood be<strong>com</strong>es filled with certain chemical substances. <strong>The</strong>se<br />

chemicals are the same as are found in L.S.D., hashish and marijuana. This is why the woman<br />

involved begins to look so wonderful; she never appears dull or ordinary. Similarly, the woman who<br />

falls in love sees her man as something out of this world. When the intoxication fades, he does not<br />

seem to be worth a penny.<br />

This is why your love affairs cannot be permanent – they are all conducted in a state of intoxication; it<br />

is a form of attachment. it has not happened consciously. You were unconscious when it happened.<br />

This is why we say, ”Love is blind.” Actually love is not blind it is attachment that is blind. We mistake<br />

attachment for love. Love is ‘the eye’. No eye is sharper than the eye of love. It is the eye of love<br />

that sees God hidden in all His creation.<br />

Attachment is blind. It sees things where they are not. Attachment is a dream; and those whom we<br />

call yogis are also prey to it. <strong>The</strong>y acquire certain occult powers; that is not difficult at all.<br />

You can read another person’s thoughts with a little practice. You can influence others thoughts<br />

with a little practice. You can implant your thoughts into another – again, with a little effort. This is<br />

science, and religion has nothing to do with it. just as reading a book is a science. When an illiterate<br />

person sees you reading a book, it is nothing less than a miracle to him. He only sees a few blotches<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 93 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

on the piece of paper and you are getting great pleasure of reading poetry Vedas Upanishads. You<br />

are being mesmerized by them. An illiterate man is amazed to see this.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was the only one in his village who could read and write. When there is only one<br />

literate person it is difficult to judge whether he is really literate. Who can tell? One day an old<br />

woman came to him and asked him to write a letter for her.<br />

”I am sorry. I shall not be able to write it,” said Nasruddin. ”My foot is aching.”<br />

”But how can your foot prevent you from writing?” the old woman demanded.<br />

”Don worry about the detail. I say, my foot hurts and I cannot write your letter.”<br />

But the woman was obstinate. ”I will not leave unless I know the truth. I may be illiterate, but I have<br />

never heard that the pain in the foot has anything to do with writing a letter.”<br />

”If you insist I will tell you,” said Nasruddin. ”Who will go to the next village to read the letter? It’s me!<br />

I can write, but I am the only one who can read my writing. now my foot is hurting. I am not going to<br />

write it!”<br />

An uneducated person is amazed to see someone lost in the book. But anyone can be taught to<br />

read; there is a method to it. You see your thoughts moving inside you, and another person can also<br />

learn to see them. <strong>The</strong>re is a method, an art but this art has nothing to do with religion. Just as<br />

reading a book has nothing to do with religion, reading another person’s thoughts has nothing to do<br />

with religion. <strong>The</strong>se are the tricks of a juggler, a magician, and those who can perform them are not<br />

those who have attained.<br />

But you are bound to be impressed. You go to a monk and he calls you by your name. He says, ”You<br />

<strong>com</strong>e from such-and-such village, and there is a neem tree on the right corner of your yard.” You go<br />

crazy! But what does the true saint have to do with knowing your name, your village, your house,<br />

and even a neem tree? He is a saint who has realized that no one has a name, no one belongs to<br />

a village. This name, this family, this village, all belong to the mundane world.<br />

You are a worldly person, so the monk impresses you because he himself is more deeply involved<br />

in the world. He has learned a greater art. He speaks without your asking. He wants to impress<br />

you. Remember, as long as you want to impress someone, you are possessed by the ego. <strong>The</strong> soul<br />

never wants to impress anybody; what is the point? It is like drawing a line on water.<br />

What difference does it make to me whether ten thousand people are impressed by me or twenty<br />

billion? What will I gain out of it? <strong>The</strong> desire to impress crowd of ignorant people only shows your<br />

own ignorance. It only betrays my own ignorance. When a politician tries to impress people one can<br />

understand it, but why should a religious person do this?<br />

Know one thing for sure: whenever you try to impress others it shows that you are not established<br />

within your soul; it shows that you are very much centered in the ego. Ego is nourished by influencing<br />

others; it works like food for the ego. <strong>The</strong> more I am known, the greater is my ego. If the whole world<br />

recognizes me, my ego be<strong>com</strong>es invincible. If I pass through a village and no one recognize me, no<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 94 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

one even looks at me, there is no flicker in anybody’s eyes, as if I don’t exist, then my ego receives<br />

a blow.<br />

<strong>The</strong> ego desires attention from others. Now this is very interesting. <strong>The</strong> ego has no desire to pay<br />

any attention to others, but it certainly wants the attention itself. It wants to be the center of the<br />

world.<br />

A religious person is not worried whether others look at him or not. He is more concerned about<br />

looking into himself because it is that self that will ultimately remain with him. It is childish! It is<br />

natural for children to be eager to impress their elders; they bring a certificate home from school and<br />

show it off to everyone. But if you are still seeking certificates in the old age, then you have missed<br />

life altogether.<br />

<strong>The</strong> desire for occult powers is part of the desire to impress others. It has nothing to do with the<br />

religious quest. It is essentially worldly.<br />

This sutra says, the yogi who is caught up in his attachments, attains occult powers but is devoid of<br />

any self-knowledge. No matter how great his attainment is – he may raise the dead, he may cure<br />

illnesses, he may turn water into wine – but this has nothing to do with self-knowledge. In fact, the<br />

truth is that the more power he acquires, the further he drifts away from self-realization, because<br />

as the ego be<strong>com</strong>es larger and larger, the soul be<strong>com</strong>es more and more empty. And as the ego<br />

is emptied, the soul be<strong>com</strong>es richer and richer. You cannot enhance both ego and the soul at the<br />

same time.<br />

Give up the desire to impress and influence others or your yoga will be corrupted. In that case, even<br />

if you practise yoga, it will have a political, not a religious motivation. And politics is tricky. In politics<br />

you want to influence other by hook or by crook. You don’t mind using right or wrong methods in<br />

doing that. And the reason why you want to influence others is that you want to exploit them.<br />

I have heard: Elections were in progress and, three people were taken to jail. It was quite dark<br />

inside when the three introduced themselves to one another.<br />

One of them said, ”I am Sardar Sant Singh. I work for Sardar Sirfod Singh.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> second said, ”That is strange! I am Sardar Shaitan Singh, and I work against Sardar Sirfod<br />

Singh.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> third said, ”Amazing! I am Sardar Sirfod Singh!”<br />

Leaders and followers of ruling party or the opposition, all – are fit only for jails. That is the right place<br />

for them. <strong>The</strong> roots of sin lie in the desire to influence others. Ego knows neither good nor bad; it<br />

only knows how to fulfill itself. How it fulfills itself is secondary. <strong>The</strong> ego’s only aim is to nourish itself<br />

and grow strong; but, since the ego is emptiness, it always remains empty in spite of everything. As<br />

life advances, a man’s ego turns more and more insane. He realizes that life is passing by, most of<br />

it is gone, and yet the ego is unfulfilled.<br />

This is the reason why the old people are so irritable. This irritability is not because they have been<br />

unsuccessful in their lives. <strong>The</strong>y be<strong>com</strong>e irritable because they could not fill what they wanted to.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 95 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir irritability be<strong>com</strong>es more and more because as they get older people stop noticing them. In<br />

fact they are simply waiting for his departure.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was a hundred years old. I asked him if he could tell me why God had granted<br />

him such a long life. Without batting an eyelash the Mulla replied, ”He is only testing the family’s<br />

patience.”<br />

All old people are testing the patience of their family <strong>The</strong>y are watching all the time that the relatives<br />

are paying less and less attention to them. <strong>The</strong> death will destroy them. <strong>The</strong> death will destroy them<br />

much later, the inattention of the relatives kills them much earlier. Hence the irritability.<br />

You cannot imagine how irritable Richard Nixon must right now. All those people who wanted nothing<br />

more than a glance from him have now turned their backs on him. Those who were nears and dears<br />

have be<strong>com</strong>e strangers. Friends are be<strong>com</strong>e enemies. <strong>The</strong>se who supported him, withdrew their<br />

support. Nixon is perturbed, perplexed, restless. <strong>The</strong> first question he asks of anyone is, ”Wasn’t<br />

what I did right? What are people saying about me?”<br />

Just recently he was at the height of his power, and suddenly he was thrown deep into oblivion. He<br />

is the same man before. <strong>The</strong> only difference is: he was at the peak of his ego’s glory, now he is<br />

thrown into the ditch but the soul remains untouched. If he could remember that which has neither<br />

peak nor valley; for which there is no victory or defeat, which is not bothered whether people look at<br />

him or turn away, which is devoid of all change and is uniform.<br />

You will experience this uniformity only when you stop looking to others for recognition. Drop this<br />

beggar-like attitude. What will you gain by attaining powers? People will call you a miraculous man<br />

millions of people will <strong>com</strong>e to you. By attracting a millions of idiots you will prove that you are the<br />

center of attention of millions of idiots: you are super idiots!<br />

What will you gain from the praises of the ignorant? In what way you are benefit by the appreciation<br />

of the ignorant? What is their praise worth? What is the advantage in being the leader of those who<br />

have already gone astray?<br />

I have heard: <strong>The</strong>re was a Sufi saint, Farid. If people clapped when he spoke he would cry. One day<br />

hid disciples asked him the significance of his tears. Farid said, ”When they clap I know at once that<br />

I have made some mistake, otherwise they would never clap. <strong>The</strong>n, when they do not clap I know<br />

that they have not understood me. <strong>The</strong>n I know that whatever I said was right.”<br />

What is the applause of misguided people worth? Before whom do you want to prove yourself? If you<br />

want to be acclaimed as one who has arrived by the world, you are still looking for the recognition of<br />

fools. You yourself are a fool. If you want to prove yours powers in front of god and be recognized by<br />

Him, you are a greater fool, because the ego has no place before God. You have to be exceedingly<br />

humble. You will be accepted there only if you have <strong>com</strong>pletely annihilated the ego. If you reach<br />

there with your arrogance, it in itself is a great obstacle.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore the so-called siddhas, those who possess the powers, never reached God. <strong>The</strong>y acquire<br />

many powers but they miss the real power. Self-realization is the genuine power. Why do they<br />

miss? Because occult powers are also oriented towards the other. Would you crave these powers if<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 96 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

there would be nobody is the existence, if you would be all alone? Would you like to turn water into<br />

medicine? Would you like to touch a dead man and bring him back to life? If there were no one else<br />

in the world you still want to acquire such powers? You will say, ”what’s the use of these powers?<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are no spectators. <strong>The</strong> powers are for the spectators.<br />

As long as your attention is directed towards others you cannot direct it towards yourself. Selfknowledge<br />

is attained only by him who turns his eyes away from others and into himself.<br />

AFTER CONQUERING ATTACHMENTS PERMANENTLY, SPONTANEOUS WISDOM IS<br />

ATTAINED.<br />

Only when attachments are <strong>com</strong>pletely conquered is the victory <strong>com</strong>plete. What is the meaning of<br />

attachment? It is the attitude, ”I cannot live without others. <strong>The</strong> other is the center of my life.”<br />

You must have read the children’s stories in which there is a king whose life force is encaged in a<br />

bird maybe a parrot or a mynah. It is impossible to kill the king. <strong>The</strong> bullet will pass through his body,<br />

the king will remain alive. <strong>The</strong> arrow will pierce his heart, the king will not die. You may poison him,<br />

he will not be killed. You will have to find the bird in which his life force is hidden. Kill the bird and<br />

the king dies. <strong>The</strong>se stories, are very meaningful. <strong>The</strong> adults would do well to understand them.<br />

Attachment means: you do not live within yourself; you live for something else. For example,<br />

someone’s life revolves around his cash-box. You wring his neck and he will not die, but steal<br />

his treasure and he will drop dead. This man’s life lies in his wealth. His bank balance falls and it<br />

is a death-blow to him. You kill him but he is not going to die. Try to poison him and he will remain<br />

alive.<br />

Attachment means you have removed your life-force from within yourself and placed it elsewhere.<br />

somebody puts it in his son, another in his wife, a third in his wealth or his position-but always<br />

somewhere else. <strong>The</strong> life force is not vibrating within you. It is not where it should be, and then you<br />

will be in a trouble.<br />

This very attachment is a samsara, worldliness. Wherever you place your life-force, you be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

slave to it. <strong>The</strong> king whose life force is in the parrot is slave to that parrot. His very life depends on<br />

the parrot. If the parrot dies he dies, so he guards the parrot with his life.<br />

I have heard that once a king was very displeased with his astrologer. <strong>The</strong> astrologer had predicted<br />

the death of the prime minister the next day, and he died! <strong>The</strong> king was very worried. He suspected<br />

that his prime minister had died because of his prediction. He had died as a result of a spell cast<br />

upon him by the astrologer’s prediction. <strong>The</strong> king thought, ”If he says the same thing about me then<br />

I will surely die.” It will be influenced by his words.<br />

He had the astrologer thrown into prison. When the astrologer asked the king why he was being<br />

imprisoned the king said, ”You are a dangerous man. I do not think that the prime minister dies<br />

a natural death. What you said influenced him deeply. Your words hypnotized him. You are<br />

dangerous!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> astrologer said, ”Before you throw me into the dungeon hear what I have to say about your<br />

future, I have figured it out too.” <strong>The</strong> king refused to listen to him, but he called out, ”You will die<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 97 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

three days after my death.” Now the king was really in a dilemma. He kept the astrologer in the<br />

palace and had him looked after day and night. He himself took care of his body because his death<br />

meant the death of the king.<br />

Wherever you place your very being, there are you enslaved. Watch people approaching their<br />

strong-box, with folded hands, as if they are going to the temple. All sorts of holy inscriptions are<br />

written on it as if it is the very place where God resides. <strong>The</strong>y worship it.<br />

On the festival of diwali you should see these mad people worshipping their wealth, with such feeling!<br />

<strong>The</strong>ir attitude is worth watching. Every year on this day the shopkeeper starts his new account book.<br />

On the first page he draws a swastika, the symbol of Ganesh, and he writes, ”I bow to Ganesh.”<br />

This Ganesh is an old trouble-maker. <strong>The</strong> ancient story tells us that Ganesh is the Lord of all<br />

obstacles, and he looks like a mischief-making sort of God. First of all, he doesn’t have a head of<br />

his own, and anyone who doesn’t have a head of his own is really crazy! He can do the impossible.<br />

Everything about him is ambiguous and confused. He sits astride a mouse that he rides. And the<br />

mouse is the symbol of reasoning and logic. And logic is as sharp as the teeth of a mouse; it bites<br />

and chews things into pieces. You can never depend on logic, for wherever there is logic it creates a<br />

great deal of obstacles. If a person’s life is pervaded with logic it will be full of confusion and chaos;<br />

he will lose all peace and tranquillity.<br />

It is an ancient story that ganesh is a God who creates trouble. Whenever there is an auspicious<br />

occasion he presents himself. People were afraid of him. <strong>The</strong>y stood before him with folded hands<br />

and begged him to create no trouble for them in their affairs. Gradually people began to look upon<br />

the God Who was a trouble maker, as a trouble-shooter but they have forgotten the real story. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are right when they fold their hands and beg him to have mercy on them.<br />

<strong>The</strong> curtain of attachments means that your soul is prisoner elsewhere. Whether it is locked up in<br />

your son or your wife or your wealth makes no difference. What matters is the fact that your soul is<br />

not within you; that’s what attachment means. A permanent conquest of attachment means that you<br />

have given up all dependence on others. Now you no longer depend on someone else in order to<br />

live. Your life depends entirely on you. You are centered within your own self. You have made your<br />

own existence your center. Now if your wife dies or your wealth disappears, it does not matter at<br />

all. For these are just superficial waves. <strong>The</strong>n, whether you succeed or fail, whether happiness or<br />

sorrow, it makes no difference, for the difference was caused by your dependence.<br />

Victory over attachment means to be<strong>com</strong>e <strong>com</strong>pletely independent. It means the feeling and the<br />

knowledge that ”I depend on no one. I am enough for myself, alone!” Such satisfaction! Such<br />

contentment! That I exist is enough. Such an attitude is victory over attachments. As long as your<br />

being depends on another attachment holds you captive. Until then you will grab on to others so<br />

tightly for fear of losing them, for you cannot live without them.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin’s wife died. <strong>The</strong> Mulla cried dutifully, but one of his friends could not contain his<br />

grief. He cried and howled he beat his breast and refused to be consoled. <strong>The</strong> Mulla could not<br />

endure it. He put his hand on his friend’s shoulder and said, ”Don’t grieve my friend, I shall marry<br />

again.” Now this man had been in love with the Mulla’s wife; his life-force was invested in her, so it<br />

was only natural that he should be so distressed, but not so the Mulla!<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 98 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

What is it that makes you cry? It is only your attachments. What is it that you miss when it is lost? It<br />

is the object of your attachment. Ponder over this. Find out what it is that grips your very life, without<br />

which you feel miserable and destitute; that is the center of your attachment. Before it is taken away<br />

from you, abandon your hold on it, because you are sure to lose it one day.<br />

Nothing is stable in this life, neither love nor friendship. Constant change is the very nature of this<br />

world. <strong>The</strong> world is like a river... constantly flowing. Nothing is enduring, nothing is constant; and<br />

nothing can be made to endure, no matter how hard you try. You cannot hold that which is forever<br />

moving, forever flowing. You want to hold it, to freeze it. You will have no success, for you are going<br />

against the very nature of things. It is because of the effort that you put into this futile endeavor that<br />

you find yourself so disturbed.<br />

Change is the other name for the world; yet you attempt to find in it some permanent support on<br />

which your life can depend. This cannot be! Every moment of your life is filled with sorrow, for every<br />

moment further erodes the support on which you stand.<br />

Here is what you should do: make an effort to find out what things it would hurt you to lose. <strong>The</strong>n,<br />

before they are lost, open your hands little by little, relax your grip on them. This is the method for<br />

conquering attachment. <strong>The</strong>re is bound to be pain, but you must bear it; this is your penance. It is<br />

not necessary to renounce anything. It is not that you should leave your wife and run away to the<br />

Himalayas. Remain there, where you are, but gradually stop depending on her. <strong>The</strong>re is no need to<br />

cause any pain; your wife need not even know it. <strong>The</strong>re is no deed to tell her.<br />

Jesus said, ”Only when your right hand does not know what your left hand is doing, are you a true<br />

seeker.” <strong>The</strong> desire to let others know what you are doing is again a desire of the ego. You want<br />

the world to know, ”Look at that man! He has left his wife and is going to the Himalayas. Isn’t that<br />

wonderful!” It is not the least great. Ask any husband. He is only too happy to go to the Himalayas.<br />

Maybe he is unable to go, but that is a different matter.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin ran to the local lunatic asylum and knocked at the door. When the superintendent<br />

asked him what the matter was he said, ”Has any lunatic escaped from your asylum!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> superintendent wondered, ”Why do you ask? Have you seen someone running?”<br />

”Someone has run off with my wife,” said the Mulla. ”He must be some crazy man who has escaped<br />

from here.”<br />

Ask any husband. Whoever lives in the world has no end and to his tales of woe. He cannot escape<br />

for he can see no joy anywhere. Where is he to go? Wherever he goes, the world follows him like<br />

a shadow. Besides, with great expectations he has made a place for himself in the world now it is<br />

difficult tom destroy it, for then life be<strong>com</strong>es meaningless.<br />

Seek out the attachments. Try gradually to live without the things that you now think you cannot live<br />

without. Create such a state within yourself that if and when these things are lost, there is not the<br />

slightest tremor within you. <strong>The</strong>n you will have attained victory over these attachments. This can be<br />

possible. It has been possible. And if it has happened to even one, it can happen to all.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 99 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

This sutra of Shiva says: AFTER CONQUERING ATTACHMENTS, SPONTANEOUS WISDOM IS<br />

ATTAINED. <strong>The</strong> day you over<strong>com</strong>e your attachments for good, you will begin to experience that<br />

knowledge – the knowledge that is not learned from others, but is innate and natural. That very<br />

knowledge is self-knowledge. <strong>The</strong>re is no way to learn knowledge of the self from others. It springs<br />

naturally from within.<br />

As flowers grow on trees, as streams flow down the mountains, so this knowledge gurgles within<br />

you; and it is your very own innate knowledge. You don’t have to get it from any other person. No<br />

guru can give it to you; all gurus only point towards it. When it is attained you will find that it was<br />

already within you. It is your own wealth, and therefore it is called innate, natural knowledge.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are two types of knowledge. <strong>The</strong> knowledge of the world has to be learned from the other.<br />

It is not innate, not spontaneous. No matter how intelligent a person is, he acquires worldly<br />

knowledge only through others. No matter how dull and stupid a person may be, even he cannot<br />

attain knowledge of himself from others. It is within you. <strong>The</strong> only obstacle is attachment. When<br />

attachments are cut away, when the clouds disperse, the sun shines through.<br />

THE AWAKENED YOGI REALIZES THAT THE WHOLE UNIVERSE IS AN EMANATION ON HIS<br />

OWN ENERGY.<br />

<strong>The</strong> day the natural knowledge unfolds within a person he be<strong>com</strong>es awakened and he can see that<br />

everything in this world emanates from his pulsations. He be<strong>com</strong>es the center. You wanted very<br />

much to be the center of the whole world, but because of the ego you could not succeed. Every<br />

attempt ended in defeat. How as soon as the ego falls, you be<strong>com</strong>e the center.<br />

What you wish to attain you will attain. Only now you are looking in the wrong direction. You are<br />

following the wrong path; you have fallen into error. What you desire you shall attain – only you have<br />

chosen the wrong support, the wrong charioteer, the wring vehicle. You can never be the center of<br />

the universe along with your ego. <strong>The</strong> egoless person be<strong>com</strong>es the center of the universe at once.<br />

Buddhahood is attained only under the bodhi tree. <strong>The</strong>n all the world be<strong>com</strong>es the circumference<br />

and buddhahood be<strong>com</strong>es the focal point. <strong>The</strong>n all the world is only my expansion. <strong>The</strong>n all the<br />

rays are mine. All life is mine, but this only happens when the ‘I’, the ego, is no more. This is the<br />

<strong>com</strong>plication, as long as the ‘I’ exists, no matter how much you expand yourself, no matter how great<br />

your empire is, you are only deceiving yourself.<br />

You have traveled a great deal. Lives upon lives have you wandered and yet you have not be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

aware.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin once boarded a plane. Before he settled in to his seat he called the stewardess<br />

and said, ”Look here! Has the oil and gas and water been properly checked?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> stewardess assured him, ”Just relax, sir. That is our worry, not yours.”<br />

”<strong>The</strong>n don’t ask me halfway to get out and push!” said the Mulla.<br />

I happened to hear of this incident, so I asked the Mulla, ”Did you have any trouble? Did you have<br />

to push the plane?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 100 Osho


CHAPTER 5. THE KNOWLEDGE THAT IS SELF KNOWLEDGE<br />

He answered with the proverb: ”He who has been scalded by hot milk never forgets to blow, even on<br />

his buttermilk. If you had ever been made to push a bus you would also have been about the plane.”<br />

You have been scalded so very many times, and you haven’t even learned to cool the milk, let alone<br />

the buttermilk. <strong>The</strong> greatest problem in life is that we fail to learn from experience. People say that<br />

they learn by experience, but there is no evidence of it, for time and again the same mistakes are<br />

repeated. If you were to <strong>com</strong>mit some new errors that would show some ability, some skill, and it<br />

would bring some momentum and maturity to your life.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mind is a circle. You keep revolving round and round in the wheel of the ind, and this wheel is<br />

given energy by your attachments. Break your attachments and the wheel stops, and as soon as<br />

the wheel <strong>com</strong>es to a halt you realize you are the center. You need not be<strong>com</strong>e the center, there is<br />

no need to be<strong>com</strong>e God; you already are! <strong>The</strong>refore this knowledge is innate.<br />

Such an awakened yogi realizes this world to be the result of the rays that emanate from his own<br />

self. Such is the experience, and it gives supreme bliss. <strong>The</strong>re is supreme nectar in the feeling. All<br />

darkness flees from your life as soon as this knowledge <strong>com</strong>es to you; all suffering, pain and anxiety<br />

vanish into thin air. You are filled with a joy, an ecstasy. You are drunk, intoxicated with it, and it<br />

awakens the song within you. You throb with every breath; you are filled with a fragrance that <strong>com</strong>es<br />

from an unknown source.<br />

This is natural knowledge which no scripture can teach, nor any guru, but the guru can help you to<br />

remove the hurdles. Keep this well in mind. <strong>The</strong>re is no way to ‘learn’ this supreme knowledge. You<br />

have to learn to remove the obstacles in its way. Meditation will not give you that supreme treasure;<br />

you only get the key to the door. With this key the door can be opened. <strong>The</strong> treasure lies within you.<br />

Thou art that! Tat-tvam-si! You are the brahma!<br />

All methods serve to remove the hurdles along the way. All your rocks must be removed. <strong>The</strong><br />

destination you carry with you. <strong>The</strong>re is no difficulty in attaining Brahma. <strong>The</strong> difficulty is in your<br />

holding on to your attachments. You cling so hard to the world, and as long as you hold on to the<br />

world, you are merely postponing the meeting with God. It depends on you. Leave this very moment<br />

and you attain this very moment. If you wish to delay, if you wish to linger, you may do so for many<br />

more births. You have seen lingering since time immemorial. You have lingered enough, and you<br />

can linger for many more lives, but I feel that it is not meaningful to wait any longer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> time is ripe for you to drop off the tree of the world. Don’t be afraid that you will disappear.<br />

You will be lost, but only the you that is useless will be lost. What is meaningful will be multiplied<br />

endlessly.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 101 Osho


16 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 6<br />

<strong>The</strong> Mad Projectionist<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

NARTAKAH ATMA<br />

RANGOANTARATMA<br />

DHIVASHAT SATVASIDDHIH<br />

SIDDHAH SWATANTRA BHAVAH<br />

VISARGASWABHAVYADABAHIH STHITESTATSTHITI.<br />

THE SOUL IS A DANCER.<br />

THE INNER SOUL IS THE STAGE.<br />

THROUGH CONTROL OF THE MIND REALITY IS ATTAINED,<br />

AND A FREEDOM FLOWS OUT FROM THAT ATTAINMENT.<br />

AND BECAUSE OF THIS SENSE OF FREEDOM, HE FREELY MOVES WITHIN AND WITHOUT.<br />

102


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

Before entering into the sutras let us understand a few things, Friedrich Nietzsche has said<br />

somewhere , ”I only believe in a God who can dance. Believing in a sad God is a sign of a sick<br />

man.”<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is truth in this statement. You mold your God in your own image. You are sad - your God<br />

will be sad. You are happy - your God will be happy. If you can dance then your God will also be<br />

able to dance. Existence appears to you just as you are yourself. CREATION IS AN EXTENSION<br />

OF YOUR OWN VISION. As long as you cannot believe in a dancing God, you are not healthy. <strong>The</strong><br />

concept of a sad, weeping, sick God speaks of your own sick state.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first sutra of today is:<br />

THE SOUL IS A DANCER<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are some things that need to be understood about a dancer. Dance is the only activity in which<br />

the act and actor be<strong>com</strong>e one. When someone draws a picture, the picture and the person who<br />

draws it be<strong>com</strong>e separate; when a poet writes a poem, the poem and the poet be<strong>com</strong>e separate;<br />

when a sculptor makes a statue, the sculptor and the statue be<strong>com</strong>e separate. Dance is the only<br />

activity in which the dancer and the dance are one; the two cannot be separated. If the dancer goes<br />

away then the dance will be no more. If the dance is lost then that man cannot be called a dancer.<br />

<strong>The</strong> dancer and the dance are one.<br />

That is why it is very meaningful to call God, a dancer. This world is not apart from him. It is his<br />

dance; it is not his deed. It is not a sculpture that God has created and finished with. He is present<br />

within his creation every moment. <strong>The</strong> moment He steps aside the dance will stop. And remember,<br />

the moment the dance stops, God will also disappear. He cannot exist without the dance. He is<br />

manifest in every flower, every leaf, every grain and particle. It is not that the work of creation took<br />

place in some ancient past and stopped. <strong>The</strong> act of creation is happening every moment; therefore<br />

everything is new. God is dancing – inside and outside too.<br />

THE SOUL IS A DANCER. This means that whatever you have done, whatever you are doing,<br />

whatever you will do, is not separate and apart from you. It is your own game. If you are suffering, it<br />

is your own choice. If you are blissful, it is your own choice. No one else is responsible.<br />

I was a newly appointed professor in a college. As the college was a good distance away from<br />

the town the professors used to bring their lunch with them and sit together at one table during<br />

lunchtime. It was by chance that when the person sitting next to me opened his box and looked in,<br />

he said, ”Again it is potatoes and chapatis!” I thought maybe he doesn’t like potatoes and chapatis.<br />

But as I was new there, I didn’t say anything. Next day the same thing happened. He opened his<br />

lunch box, looked in and sighed, ”<strong>The</strong> same potatoes, the same chapatis!” So I said to him, ”If you<br />

don’t like potatoes why don’t you tell your wife to make something else?” He said,”Wife! What wife?<br />

I make my lunch myself?”<br />

This is your life. <strong>The</strong>re is nobody else. If you laugh, you laugh; if you cry, you cry. No one else is<br />

responsible. It could be, however, that you have cried for so long that it has be<strong>com</strong>e a habit and<br />

you have forgotten how to laugh. It could also be that you have cried so much that you cannot do<br />

anything else! You have had a lot of practice. It is also possible that you have been crying for so<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 103 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

many lives that you have now forgotten that it was you yourself who had chosen to cry, but your lack<br />

of memory does not turn truth into a lie. You have chosen it; you are the master, and therefore the<br />

moment you make up your mind and decide, this crying will stop.<br />

To be filled with the knowledge that I am the master. I am the creator and responsible for all<br />

my actions, brings about a transformation in your life. As long as you hold others responsible,<br />

transformation is not possible because till then you will be dependent. You think that others are<br />

making you unhappy so how can you ever be happy? It is impossible, it is not in your hands to<br />

change others. Only the power to change your own self lies in your hands.<br />

If you think it is your fate to be unhappy then the matter is not in your hands any more. How can you<br />

change your destiny? Destiny is above you. And if you feel that whatever is happening has been<br />

destined to happen to you by God, you will just be a machine, dependent on outside factors and<br />

without any soul of your own.<br />

<strong>The</strong> very meaning of soul is that you are independent. No matter how great your suffering, it is of<br />

your own making. <strong>The</strong> day you decide otherwise, your life will change. Everything depends on your<br />

outlook towards life.<br />

I was a guest at Mulla Nasruddin’s house. In the morning while taking a walk in the garden, I<br />

happened to see Mulla’s wife throwing a cup at his head. It missed his head and crashed against<br />

the wall. Nasruddin also became aware that I had seen it. So he came out and said,”Forgive me!<br />

But don’t think otherwise. We are very happy. Sometimes the wife throws some things but that does<br />

not make any difference in our happiness.”<br />

I was a little surprised. I asked him, ”Mulla, would you mind explaining that in more detail.”<br />

He said, ”You see, if she hits the target then she feels happy and if she misses then I feel happy. But<br />

it doesn’t affect our happiness. And sometimes the aim connects and sometimes it misses. So we<br />

both are happy.<br />

Everything depends on how you view life. It is you who makes it, it is you who experiences it and it is<br />

you who interprets it. You are absolutely alone. Nobody ever enters into your life. Nobody ever can.<br />

If anyone does, it is because you give him permission. Now this understanding brings up a problem,<br />

and because of this problem you have chosen to forget your understanding.<br />

<strong>The</strong> problem is: if you realize that you alone are responsible, then you cannot suffer. And still if you<br />

choose to suffer then you cannot <strong>com</strong>plain. You enjoy both the suffering and the <strong>com</strong>plaining.<br />

You enjoy pain and suffering because then you feel like a martyr. <strong>The</strong>re is great pleasure in<br />

martyrdom. When you are unhappy, you ask for sympathy, and sympathy is very pleasant. That<br />

is why people exaggerate their suffering tenfold, while telling it to other people. What could be the<br />

reason that people go on telling their tales of suffering when nobody wants to listen.<br />

Who is interested in your suffering? Your tales of woe only make others sad; they can’t possibly<br />

make flowers bloom in their lives, yet you insist on telling them. And the other listens only till he is<br />

hopeful that you will also listen to his woes. If he doesn’t think that will happen then he slips away.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 104 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

You call only those people bores who don’t allow you to speak. So there is a kind of contract: you<br />

bore us and we bore you. You bore me with your tales of suffering, I will bore you with mine and<br />

then we will be even.<br />

Why do people talk so much about suffering? <strong>The</strong> reason is that man seeks sympathy. If you<br />

broadcast your woes someone will caress you and soothe you. Someone will say,”O! you are<br />

suffering so much. You are asking for love from the other in this manner. That is why you have<br />

a large investment in your suffering. You have invested a lot in your suffering.<br />

Whenever you are unhappy only then you see a little hope around you. People seem to offer you<br />

help and support. <strong>The</strong>y are sympathetic. You have never received any love in your life and sympathy<br />

is rubbish, but it is the next best thing to love. One who has never had real gold starts making do<br />

with unreal gold.<br />

Sympathy is false love. What you really wanted was love, but love has to be earned, because only a<br />

person capable of giving love can get it. Love is a reflection of what you give away. You are incapable<br />

of giving; you are only begging. You are a beggar, not a king! It is much easier to beg when you are<br />

suffering.<br />

Look at the beggar along the road. He has made artificial wounds on his body. Those wounds are<br />

not real. But he seems in so much pain that you find it very difficult to say ’no’; you feel guilty, it hurts<br />

your ego that how can you say ’no’ to a person who is in so much pain. If he looks healthy then you<br />

will also say,”You are healthy; do something, earn something; you can earn something! But seeing<br />

a suffering man you can not say anything. You have to show sympathy even if it is false.<br />

You hold on to suffering because you did not receive love. One who has received love in life will<br />

be filled with joy and bliss; he will hold on to joy and bliss and not suffering. Suffering is not worth<br />

holding on to. But then you have the advantage in <strong>com</strong>plaining; because whenever you say that<br />

others are making you suffer, the burden of responsibility is no more on you. And when I say to<br />

you, all the scriptures say to you and all the wise men have said only one thing that you alone are<br />

responsible and nobody else, it be<strong>com</strong>es quite a burden for you. <strong>The</strong> most burdensome thought is<br />

that you can no longer shift the blame onto someone else. Even more burdensome is the fact that<br />

if you alone are responsible then who will you ask for sympathy. And deep inside another difficulty<br />

arises that if you are responsible then change is possible. And change is a revolution, it is to undergo<br />

a transformation.<br />

You have to break all your old habits. You have an old framework, that is all wrong. <strong>The</strong> house that<br />

you have built till now is a <strong>com</strong>plete hell. But you have created it; no matter how big it is, it has to<br />

<strong>com</strong>e down. Your whole life’s work seems to be going down the drain. That is why you try to avoid<br />

the truth, but the more you evade, the more lost you will be.<br />

Understand this first and foremost that you are the center of your existence; nobody else is<br />

responsible. No matter how burdensome it feels, but you alone are responsible. If you accept<br />

this truth all sorrow will soon disappear. Because once it is clear that I am making this game, how<br />

long will it take you to destroy it? <strong>The</strong>n there is no one else involved. And still if you want to enjoy<br />

suffering then it is your decision, but then there is no reason to <strong>com</strong>plain. If you want to wander<br />

aimlessly in the world, it is your own sweet will. If you want to descend into hell, it is entirely your<br />

own choice. But then don’t <strong>com</strong>plain! <strong>The</strong>n be happy in your suffering!<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 105 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

<strong>The</strong>se sutras are very valuable in this context.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first sutra is: THE SOUL IS A DANCER. Your actions and your being are not two different<br />

things. Your actions <strong>com</strong>e out of your own being, just as the dance <strong>com</strong>es out of the dancer. And<br />

if the dancer starts <strong>com</strong>plaining, ”I am tired of this dance. I don’t want to do it !” what would you<br />

say? You would say, ”Stop! Don’t dance then. Who is asking you to dance? You are the one who is<br />

dancing. Stop! if it is all useless and you find no pleasure in it. If you find it painful then stop! <strong>The</strong><br />

dance will disappear”<br />

THE SOUL IS THE DANCER. This means that whatever you do, it is you who is doing it. It has<br />

<strong>com</strong>e out of your own self. Just as leaves <strong>com</strong>e out of the tree, your actions <strong>com</strong>e out of your being.<br />

Stop! And the actions are no more!<br />

Another thing to understand about this sutra - soul is the dancer - is: if you stop your dance of<br />

suffering, if you bring a halt to your life of misery and pain, the dance will not stop- it will change its<br />

form. <strong>The</strong> dance cannot stop; it is a part of your existence. It is your very nature. You will go on<br />

dancing; but then there will be no tears only laughter. <strong>The</strong>n your dance will have a rhythm, a melody.<br />

It will be pulsation of joy, of intense pleasure, an intoxication. Right now your dance is the dance of<br />

hell, then it will be a divine dance.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re has been a Mohammedan fakir - Ibrahim. He was a king who later became a fakir. He came<br />

to India during his travels. He saw a sadhu looking sad and depressed. Sadhus are often sad and<br />

depressed because their life was full of pleasure when they were in the family life. <strong>The</strong>y don’t know<br />

any pleasure other than that. <strong>The</strong>y renounce the world and the family life and all pleasure is lost.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y might not be suffering but they are sad and joyless.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a slight difference between sorrow and sadness. Sorrow means that there is a sharpness,<br />

a tang, in the sadness. Sadness also has an ardor, a passion. <strong>The</strong>re are two types of ardors: one<br />

is of sorrow, one is of happiness. One, when you are so filled with sadness that tears begin to flow<br />

and one, when you are so filled with happiness that tears begin to flow - both are a kind of flood.<br />

When a man runs away from the world because it is full of sorrow, he also leaves the joys behind.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n he is filled with sadness; there is no flood, neither of joy nor of sorrow.<br />

Look at your sadhus and sannyasins. <strong>The</strong>y are dead; as if they are ghosts, as if the dance has<br />

stopped. <strong>The</strong>y ran away from sorrow, but the joys were also lost. <strong>The</strong>ir idea was that if they left<br />

sorrow behind there would be only joy left. This was their mistake.<br />

In this world, where there is joy, there is sorrow too. You desire to keep the joys and get rid of the<br />

sorrows. So you run away from sorrow; but in the process the joys are also lost.<br />

<strong>The</strong> sadhu was sad. He must have been an ordinary sadhu. A true sadhu lets go of both happiness<br />

and unhappiness. He does not want to keep happiness, he simply drops both of them. And the<br />

moment he drops them, all sadness disappears, for sadness is the mid-point between the two.<br />

When you drop both of them, the mid-point also gets lost. <strong>The</strong>n an entirely new dimensional journey<br />

begins, you may call it bliss, tranquility, nirvana- whatever you please.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 106 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no ardor in bliss; it is a cold ray, a cold light; there is no passion. Bliss is like sadness in a<br />

way. Sadness is in the middle of joy and sorrow. Bliss is beyond joy and sorrow. Sadness is a state<br />

of darkness where everything has be<strong>com</strong>e motionless, a state of death where everything languishes<br />

in inertia. Bliss is a radiant state of awareness – where there is neither joy nor sorrow. In this respect<br />

bliss is also like sadness, where there is no joy or sorrow. <strong>The</strong>re is light there but the light is not that<br />

of joy, because the light of joy also has an edge to it, an intensity which makes you perspire.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, people get tired of happiness. You cannot remain happy for a long time. Happiness is<br />

tiring because there is a fever, an intensity to it. If you were to win a lottery every day, you will die,<br />

you will not live. It is all right if you win it once in a while. If you get it everyday, the tension would<br />

be so much that you will not be able to sleep. Your heart will beat so hard that you will not be able<br />

to rest. <strong>The</strong> excitement would be so great that it would kill you. So happiness can only be taken in<br />

homeopathic doses. You will not be able to bear an allopathic dose. A lot of unhappiness along with<br />

just a little joy is about all you can bear, for it is also a tension. It also has a heat and intensity to it.<br />

Sorrow is tension, as is joy.. <strong>The</strong>re is an excitement in both. Bliss is the state of a non-excited,<br />

non-stimulated mind; there is light but no heat. <strong>The</strong>re is dance but no excitement. <strong>The</strong>re is a silent,<br />

serene dance where there is no sound. It is a dance in emptiness, which does not bring any fatigue.<br />

It is not of the body. Joy and sorrow are of the body, and bliss is of the soul. It is a different dance<br />

altogether.<br />

That sadhu was an ordinary sadhu – the kind found everywhere. Ibrahim was surprised to see him<br />

sad, for his idea of a sadhu was that he should be blissful. So he asked the sadhu, ”What are the<br />

characteristics of a sadhu?”<br />

That sadhu said, ”If he gets food he accepts; if he does not he is content.” Ibrahim said, ”Those<br />

are the qualities of a dog. What is so saintlike in it? This is exactly what a dog does. If he gets<br />

something he is happy, if he does not, he is contented.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> sadhu was shocked. He asked, ”<strong>The</strong>n how do you define a sadhu?” Ibrahim answered, ”If he<br />

gets something, he shares it and if he does not then he dances and thanks God that you gave me<br />

an opportunity to practice austerity. <strong>The</strong> definition of sadhu is: one who shares with others when<br />

he gets something. One who shares whatever he gets is a true sadhu. If he holds on to it, he is a<br />

householder, a family man. If he hoards it he is a householder, if shares it he is a sadhu; whatever<br />

it may be-it may be bliss or knowledge or even meditation-he shares them all.<br />

It is an interesting fact that worldly things, if you share them, be<strong>com</strong>e less and less; therefore we<br />

hold on to them. If you start sharing from your vault then your vault won’t remain a vault for long.<br />

Because everything in the world is limited-the moment you start sharing it is gone. That is why you<br />

have to hold on to what is limited in the world. But we need not apply this to the soul – for that<br />

treasure is boundless; the more you give away, the more it be<strong>com</strong>es. <strong>The</strong> more you draw out, the<br />

more new <strong>com</strong>es out. It is a boundless ocean.<br />

Ibrahim is right; if he gets, he shares it; doesn’t eat alone. If he does not get, then he dances and<br />

thanks God. To be contented is not enough, for there is still sadness in contentment.<br />

People usually say, ”A contented man is a happy man.” It is not true. A contented man is not happy.<br />

He just thinks he is happy. Deep within he is unhappy, but there is nothing he can do about it. He is<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 107 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

helpless so he wears the garb of contentment. No! being contented will not do. Contentment is a<br />

part of sadness. When you bear it without raising a fuss, when you do not <strong>com</strong>plain; these are signs<br />

of a dead consciousness.<br />

Ibrahim said, ”If he does not get anything, then he dances and thanks that you gave me an<br />

opportunity to practice austerity; today there will be fasting. If you receive, then gratitude because<br />

then you were able to share it, to spread it! If you do not receive, even then gratitude!”<br />

You cannot destroy the bliss of a sadhu. On the other hand, if your sorrows are destroyed the result<br />

will be nothing more than sadness. Even when you somehow manage to drop your sorrow, you<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e sad. Sorrow keeps you occupied, busy. You may not have realized it, but if all your sorrows<br />

are taken away from you, you will <strong>com</strong>mit suicide; for what will you do then? <strong>The</strong>re will be nothing<br />

left for you to do.<br />

<strong>The</strong> father is busy working because he has to educate his sons, to get them married. If all them<br />

get married and settled right now, what will the father do? Life will seem useless. You are occupied<br />

with such meaningless things. It makes you feel that you are doing something, you are important,<br />

needed. <strong>The</strong> world cannot go on without you; what will happen to your son, to your wife! It gives<br />

strength and support to your ego, that you are indispensable; everything is happening because of<br />

you. Whereas the simple fact is that things can go along just as well without you. When you were<br />

not there, things were still going on; and after you have gone things will continue. But just for a while<br />

in between you dream, the dream of your indispensability.<br />

So even if you drop sorrow, the best you can do is to be<strong>com</strong>e contented. But there is sorrow hidden<br />

beneath contentment. Contentment is only on the surface; deep inside there is a wound of sorrow.<br />

Contentment is just like a bandage, it is not a remedy.<br />

No! A true sadhu is not contented; he is blissful! Whatever the circumstances, if he gets something,<br />

he will share it and be blissful; even if he does not get anything then too he will dance and be happy.<br />

<strong>The</strong> nature of the soul is to dance, and it can dance in two ways. It can dance in a way that there<br />

is sorrow and suffering all around, that there is darkness and gloom all around; or it can dance in a<br />

way that everything starts dancing with it and flowers bloom all around.<br />

Sannyas is the dance of bliss; the worldly life is the dance of sorrow. <strong>The</strong>re is no hell anywhere<br />

else! Don’t sit there in the hope that there is hell somewhere else. Hell is your wrong way of dancing<br />

which creates sorrow and suffering. Heaven is also nowhere else. It is your right way of dancing,<br />

which creates heaven wherever you are. Heaven and hell both are qualities of your dance.<br />

You don’t know how to dance but you go on thinking that the fault lies in the dance floor. <strong>The</strong>re is<br />

nothing wrong with the dance floor. For one who knows how to dance, the floor does not matter.<br />

And for one who does not know how to dance, a floor made exactly at an angle of 90 degree does<br />

not help. He will not <strong>com</strong>e to know how to dance because of that.<br />

I have heard that a man went for an eye operation. Before the operation he asked the doctor, ”I<br />

cannot see at all. Will I be able to see after the operation?” <strong>The</strong> doctor examined him and said, ”Of<br />

course you will.” <strong>The</strong> man said, ”And will I be able to read also?” <strong>The</strong> doctor said, ”Certainly.” <strong>The</strong><br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 108 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

operation was a success and the man was able to see. But he was very annoyed with the doctor.<br />

He went to his house and said, ” You lied to me. I still cannot read.” ”How is that possible?” asked<br />

the doctor. ” You are able to see everything, then why can’t you read?” ”I never learned how to read,”<br />

replied the man.<br />

Even if you recover your eyesight, it does not make you able to read when you have never learned<br />

how to. No matter how smooth the floor, if you don’t know dancing.....; dancing does not depend<br />

on the smoothness of the floor, it has to be learned. And remember there is no one else who can<br />

teach you! You are all alone! <strong>The</strong> enlightened ones can give you hints, but it is you alone who will<br />

have to learn. Nobody can hold your hand and teach you. <strong>The</strong> dance of life is so within, so deep<br />

that outside hands cannot reach there. Nobody else except you can enter there. You are <strong>com</strong>pletely<br />

alone there. Everybody else is outside.<br />

<strong>The</strong> soul is a dancer. Sorrow and joy are the two ways in which it can dance. If you are unhappy<br />

then you have chosen the wrong way to dance. Change your way. Don’t blame anybody. Do not<br />

<strong>com</strong>plain. As long as you <strong>com</strong>plain, you will go on dancing in the wrong way; because you will never<br />

realize that the mistake is mine....; it is always the other that you try to blame.<br />

Stop <strong>com</strong>plaining. Look at yourself and wherever you find sorrow arising, look closely, you will find<br />

the cause within you. Drop those causes! What is the purpose of doing things which bring only<br />

sorrow and pain? Why do you go on sowing seeds which yield only poisonous fruits? Why do you<br />

go on gathering their crop every year? It would be best not to sow the crop at all. Even if it stays<br />

empty, it is not bad. In fact, it is best that the field stays unsown for a while, so that all the old seeds<br />

have time to die away; and you are able to sow new ones.<br />

Why are you so afraid of being empty? Meditation is this empty state. It is like a farmer leaving<br />

the land empty for a year or two, doesn’t sow anything; meditation is such a state in between; it<br />

is the empty space between heaven and hell. Leave it alone for a few days. Don’t sow anything.<br />

Remember one thing: rather than doing something wrong, it is better not to do anything at all. Just<br />

stop for a while and don’t do anything. Till you know how to do it right, it is better not to do at all; for<br />

each action, each wrong action gives rise to a chain of actions. One wrong action sets off a chain<br />

of wrong actions. This is what we call karma, a net of our actions.<br />

You are always doing something. You cannot sit idle, you will go on doing something. Sitting idle,<br />

doing nothing – in itself is meditation. Sit and do nothing, so that the old habit drops away and<br />

gradually you begin to see things clearly. But you are so busy that you do not have the time or the<br />

convenience to see.<br />

<strong>The</strong> only meaning of meditation is that you sit silently and do nothing for one or two or three hourswhatever<br />

time you have. Just watch, observe so that by and by your vision be<strong>com</strong>es sharp and<br />

penetrating, and you begin to realize that whatever has happened in my life up to now, I was the<br />

cause. As soon as this realization dawns on you, you will stop sowing worthless seeds. A meaningful<br />

dance will be born within you.<br />

Religion is supreme bliss; it is not the sadness of renunciation but the enjoyment of existence. It is to<br />

be merged with the supreme enjoyment. It is to be<strong>com</strong>e one with the dance of existence. Don’t ever<br />

think of religion in terms of sadness and renunciation. <strong>The</strong> religion that thinks in terms of sadness<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 109 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

and renunciation is wrong. True religion is always a dance. It is always bliss. True religion is always<br />

a playing flute.<br />

THE SOUL IS A DANCER.<br />

THE INNER SOUL IS THE STAGE.<br />

And this dance, which is happening, is not happening anywhere outside; it is going on within you.<br />

This world is not a stage; it is the soul within that is the stage. However much you may think that<br />

you have gone outside, you cannot; how will you go outside? You will always remain within yourself.<br />

Everything is happening in there only. <strong>The</strong> play goes on in there, then the results be<strong>com</strong>e visible<br />

outside. It is just like when you go to a cinema hall and you see the drama on the screen, but actually<br />

it is all happening in the projector behind your back, what we see on the screen is only the reflection.<br />

<strong>The</strong> screen is not the genuine stage, but your eyes are so glued to it that you forget that the actual<br />

picture is behind you in the projector. <strong>The</strong> real picture is behind your back, what you see on the<br />

screen is only a reflection.<br />

<strong>The</strong> inner soul is the stage; the projector is within. All the seeds of the drama <strong>com</strong>e from within;<br />

outside you only get news; you just hear the echoes. And if there is sorrow outside, know that<br />

you have the wrong film within. And if whatever you do outside seems to go wrong, it means that<br />

whatever you bring out of you is wrong.<br />

A change of screen will make no difference. Whatever you do to improve the screen will not make<br />

any difference. If your film is <strong>com</strong>ing wrong from within you, the screen will go on repeating the<br />

same story. And then you are not only a film but a broken record too which goes on repeating the<br />

same line.<br />

Have you ever tried to find out what there is inside your skull? You will find that things are being<br />

repeated again and again-like a broken record. You go on repeating the same thing again and again.<br />

Nothing new ever happens there, and whatever you repeat there, its echoes are heard all around<br />

you, it is reflected on the screens of the world.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin went to see a movie with his wife and child – and you can imagine Nasruddin’s<br />

child, he cannot be an orderly child because when everything is disorderly inside then whatever<br />

<strong>com</strong>es out is also disorderly. <strong>The</strong> child was crying, howling and making a lot of noise. <strong>The</strong> manager<br />

had to <strong>com</strong>e and ask Mulla at least seven times that either you take your money back and leave, or<br />

keep the child quiet. But why would he keep the child quiet. <strong>The</strong> manager had to <strong>com</strong>e again and<br />

again. Mulla would nod his head and go on silently watching the movie. And then, when the picture<br />

was almost over, Mulla asked his wife, ”What do you think? Did you like the movie?” She said, ”It is<br />

absolutely hopeless. So he said, ”<strong>The</strong>n don’t waste any more time. ”Give the kid a hard pinch; so<br />

that we get our money back and go home.”<br />

You have been watching for a long time. You have been watching for many lives that it is all wrong.<br />

When will you pinch? You will have to do it yourself; there is nobody else here. When will you<br />

wake up and <strong>com</strong>e back? What is the purpose of watching this wrong show which is filling you with<br />

such pain and distress; which does not give birth to anything except sorrow and nightmares-you can<br />

leave this house. You are in this house only because of yourself. Why are you delaying it? Haven’t<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 110 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

you had enough? If you haven’t had enough then why listen to the ravings of people like Buddha,<br />

Mahavir, Krishna, Shiva and Jesus? Don’t listen to them. Stay away from them, because their words<br />

are meaningful only for those who are fed up with the movie, who feel that they have seen enough;<br />

for those who are bored and restless and uneasy in this hell; for those in whom the desire for the<br />

heavenly dance has arisen; for those whose desires have turned to God.<br />

Your mental state is such that you want to travel on two boats. This adds to your troubles. No matter<br />

how much pain it gives you, you still want to continue chasing after the pleasures of the world. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

is always a slight ray of hope that you will find happiness. Happiness always seems to be so close!<br />

And you are sustained by this hope, that the goal is almost within your reach; but your experience<br />

tells you that nothing is going to happen. Experience is on the side of the Buddhas; hope is opposed<br />

to them. And you support them both. You have a foot in each boat.<br />

One foot is in the boat of hope. You always say that all will be well in a little while. One woman fails to<br />

give you happiness, you change to another. One son disappoints you, perhaps the other won’t. One<br />

business is not profitable, perhaps another will be. You are forever changing things around you. If<br />

one house has not brought you happiness, perhaps another might. Your strong-box small; a bigger<br />

one would do better. You keep doing this everything around you – you are keep only changing the<br />

screen! <strong>The</strong> story within you is just the same, so the same story is projected on the screen outside<br />

again and again.<br />

Everywhere you meet sorrow. Your experience is of sorrow; your hope is for happiness. <strong>The</strong>se are<br />

the two boats. If you hear Buddha or Mahavir or Krishna, they talk of experience. <strong>The</strong>y urge you to<br />

get off the boat of hope and climb aboard the boat of experience. And you listen to them. You cannot<br />

deny them <strong>com</strong>pletely. In their presence you feel that they have attained something which you have<br />

not. It seems that the rat-race has ended for them, but you are not one hundred percent sure; they<br />

might be frauds. Who knows whether they have really attained. <strong>The</strong>y might only be pretending. And,<br />

who knows? – We too might attain! <strong>The</strong> wise ones might just be saying that the grapes are sour<br />

and not worth having; perhaps they were unable to reach. Perhaps in our own way we can reach.<br />

So you are in a dilemma. Certainly, you cannot deny your experience, but still hope persists. This<br />

dilemma is your madness.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se two boats go in different directions, so board whichever one you choose. It does not matter<br />

if you decide to board the boat of hope, but at least get into one boat and leave the other. Step<br />

totally into the boat of the word and very soon you will get bored. This half-half business gets you<br />

nowhere. Keeping one foot in the boat of the Buddhas prevents you from having a full experience<br />

of the world. You remain half-half; you go to the temple as well as the shop. This way neither is<br />

the temple properly looked after, nor the stop; they cannot both be managed together. Look after<br />

your shop whole-heartedly. Forget that there ever was anyone like Mahavir or Buddha or Krishna or<br />

Shiva. Forget that there are any scriptures. Let ledgers in your shop be everything from you. Jump<br />

into it with all your heart and very soon you will emerge from it. Your experience itself will show you<br />

the uselessness of it all.<br />

But you find that you cannot do it; one foot is still stuck in the other boat. Again the problem: you<br />

are not wholly in the second boat. <strong>The</strong> reason you haven’t left the first is that your mind keeps<br />

whispering: ’<strong>The</strong>re is no hurry. You are still young. <strong>The</strong>se are things for old people to concern<br />

themselves with. When you have one foot in the grave then put the other foot in Buddha’s boat.’<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 111 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

People think that religion is for the old; they will require the water from the Ganges only when they<br />

are about to die. Only then will they need someone to recite the prayers. When you are at the point<br />

of death, when there is no energy or power left in you, then you begin to prepare for the journey. You<br />

are bound to fall back into samsara, back into the world again; you will get back into the same boat,<br />

just as you have for innumerable lives.<br />

THE SOUL IS THE DANCER.<br />

THE INNER SOUL IS THE STAGE.<br />

Remember, whatever you see without is what projected from within. In life the only things that you<br />

see are things that you are projecting, and life presents you with so many situations that demonstrate<br />

that this is so.<br />

I have heard: Once three travellers were together in a waiting room. One was an old man of sixty,<br />

another a middle-aged fellow about fort-five, and the third a young man of thirty. <strong>The</strong> young man<br />

was telling the others, ”I spent last night with the most beautiful woman in world; the pleasure of<br />

having her beyond description.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> forty-five year old said, ”Nonsense! I have known many women in my lifetime. At the time I<br />

thought they were in<strong>com</strong>parable, but now I see that the pleasure they gave me was not as great as<br />

I imagined then; in fact, it was no pleasure at all. Now I know the real meaning of joy. Last night I<br />

was invited to the king’s place and Oh! what a glorious banquet! Never have I tasted such wonderful<br />

food.”<br />

”That’s all nonsense,” said the old man. ”Ask me what is the real pleasure. This morning my bowels<br />

emptied so <strong>com</strong>pletely. <strong>The</strong> pleasure of an empty stomach is beyond description. I have never<br />

known such bliss.”<br />

Such is earthly joy: it changes with the years. <strong>The</strong> trouble is you, who forgets. At the age of thirty<br />

the sex urge seems to give the greatest pleasure. At forty-five food seems to give more pleasure,<br />

therefore people tend to put on weight at about this age. At sixty the interest in food is gone;<br />

the remaining interest is in keeping the bowels empty. <strong>The</strong> pleasure of samadhi <strong>com</strong>es from an<br />

altogether different dimension.<br />

<strong>The</strong> soul within is the stage. Whatever you have put inside. Sex desires flow out from young man’s<br />

eyes. his whole body is filled with aspects of sexual desire; wherever he looks he sees woman.<br />

Sexual desire grips him from all sides.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was a young man. He went to see an art exhibition with his wife. <strong>The</strong>y were newly<br />

married, so they were going places together. <strong>The</strong>re were many masterpieces in the exhibition. <strong>The</strong><br />

Mulla stopped before a particular picture. He was transfixed. He would not budge. It was a picture<br />

of a nude covered only by a few leaves. <strong>The</strong> caption read; Spring. He was transfixed. <strong>The</strong> Mulla’s<br />

wife shook his arm and said, ”Are you waiting for Autumn?”<br />

Such is man’s mind. his wife guessed right. Wives usually guess right. <strong>The</strong>y know.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 112 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

Whatever force has <strong>com</strong>e to the forefront in you be<strong>com</strong>es the whole world that surrounds you. You<br />

color the world with your own brush. We have a previous word in our language, raga. No other<br />

language has a word like it. It means both fascination and color. All your fascination is the result<br />

of the color which are projected by your own eyes. You color everything, and the fascination of<br />

whatever you have colored is what catches hold of you.<br />

Raga means: you have colored. A woman is not beautiful. <strong>The</strong> color off your sexual desire paints<br />

her beautiful. A child is not bothered with a woman’s looks, for the color of his sexual desire has not<br />

yet developed. <strong>The</strong> old man has long passed this stage. He laughs at your foolishness, even though<br />

he did the same thing himself when he was young. You will also laugh when your turn <strong>com</strong>es, but he<br />

who be<strong>com</strong>es alert realizes at the time it is happening that this is foolishness; and awakens. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

is not much sense in laughing later on; anyone can do that; But when the foolishness has caught<br />

hold of you and the color is in full force, then you should be<strong>com</strong>e aware that this is all a play from<br />

within, and the outside is a mere screen.<br />

THE INNER SOUL IS THE STAGE. It is the projector by means of which the outer world be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

an extension of the inner drama.<br />

THROUGH CONTROL OF THE MIND, REALITY IS ATTAINED.<br />

This play is going on, and you shall keep wandering in it as long as the mind is not within your<br />

control. Through control of the mind reality is attained. As soon as you realize that the entire drama<br />

is projected from within, you forget all about conquering the world, it is only a screen.<br />

Bring your mind within your control and the whole world is yours to control. When you <strong>com</strong>e to know<br />

that you are the producer, the actor, the writer, and also the stage of the play – everything will stop<br />

taking any interest in any external changes. <strong>The</strong>n you will busy yourself with the integral possession<br />

– that is, to take possession of your mind, to be its master.<br />

You are not master of your mind. Your thoughts are not your slaves; rather, you are slave of your<br />

mind. You meekly follow whatever your thoughts take you; they never go where you want them to.<br />

Try to give a slight turn to even a very insignificant thought and it resists you. Tell a small thought to<br />

be quiet, and it immediately rebels.<br />

You never consider this situation, for it is too painful. <strong>The</strong> very thought ’I am not my master’ is killing,<br />

because you have set out to be master of the whole world! How can you be the master of anything<br />

when you are not even the master of your own self?<br />

Take a good look at your mind. Examine it closely. <strong>The</strong> first thing you will <strong>com</strong>e to know is that the<br />

mind has be<strong>com</strong>e the master – not you and not your soul! <strong>The</strong> mind says: Do this”! And you do<br />

it! If you don’t the mind creates problems. It be<strong>com</strong>e sad, and the sadness of the mind be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

your sadness. If you do as it says you get nowhere, for the mind is blind. Where can you reach by<br />

obeying the mind! <strong>The</strong> is unconsciousness. If you listen to it you reach nowhere.<br />

You must have heart that if one bind man follows another bind man they are both bound to end up<br />

in a ditch, but that is what each of us is doing. Your mind is absolutely bind; it knows nothing, and<br />

yet you follow it as blindly as your shadow follows you. You have forgotten that you are the master.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 113 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

Association with slaves brings this about. Gradually the slaves be<strong>com</strong>e the master, for as you begin<br />

to depend more and more on them their ownership begins to be established.<br />

All sadhanas, all spiritual practices, aim at only one thing: to break and destroy the domination of<br />

the mind. What will you do to destroy this domination? First: if you want to overthrow the mind’s<br />

domination, destroy all identifications with it. A thought arises inside you – don’t be one with it!<br />

You be<strong>com</strong>ing one with it gives it strength; stand far away. Stand as if you are just standing by the<br />

roadside watching people pass by. Look at it as you would look at a cloud in the faraway skies while<br />

you stand on the earth below. Don’t identify. Don’t unite with your thoughts. Don’t say, ’This is my<br />

thought.’ As soon as you say ’my’, you are identified; as soon as you are identified with it, all your<br />

energy flows into that thought. It is this energy that makes a slave of you – and it is your own energy!<br />

Don’t be identified. As you begin to stand apart from your thoughts, they begin to lose strength and<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e lifeless, for they get no energy. Your trouble is: you want to extinguish the lamp, but you<br />

yourself also keep on adding oil to it. On the one hand you blow at the lamp to snuff it out; and on<br />

the other hand you pour in more oil. Stop replenishing the oil. <strong>The</strong> old stock won’t last very long.<br />

What is the oil? Whenever a thought gets hold of you – for instance, whenever anger takes hold<br />

of you – you immediately be<strong>com</strong>e one with it. You say, ”I am angry.” Now the truth is: you have<br />

identified yourself so much with the anger that all your energy flows into it. You have be<strong>com</strong>e the<br />

shadow and your anger is the master. When anger <strong>com</strong>es, stand away form it and observe. Let the<br />

anger arise; let it permeate your body. It will envelop you from all sides. Let it! You only have to<br />

remember one small fact – that you are not your anger! Don’t be in too great a hurry to dive in, for<br />

then it will be difficult to <strong>com</strong>e out of it.<br />

Watch your anger, but be firm on one point: if you really must reply to the man who has insulted you,<br />

do so when the anger is gone. Under no circumstances reply before then. in the beginning this is<br />

going to be difficult, very difficult. You will have to be very alert and on your guard, but gradually it<br />

will be<strong>com</strong>e easy. Just keep your mouth shut as long as the anger lasts; answer only after the anger<br />

has long been gone! This is only proper. <strong>The</strong> right answer can only <strong>com</strong>e in serene moments. To<br />

answer in anger is as good as answering under the influence of alcohol.<br />

When sex desire takes hold of you, stand apart and watch. <strong>The</strong> greater the distance you create<br />

between yourself and your thoughts, the more you establish your control: but you stand so close, so<br />

very close to your desires that you have even forgotten that there is any distance between them and<br />

you – that there is any gap between the two.<br />

Start today. <strong>The</strong> results will not <strong>com</strong>e immediately, because your closeness, your association, has<br />

existed for countless births. Such old associations cannot be broken in a day; it will take time,<br />

but slight effort on your part will bear results, for this is a false identification. Were it genuine, you<br />

would never be able to break it. But this identification with your thoughts is nothing more than your<br />

conception, and still it creates all your problems.<br />

When hungry don’t say, ”I am hungry.” Say, rather, ”I see that the body feels hungry.” This is the fact.<br />

You are the observer. It is the body that feels hunger. Consciousness is never hungry. Food goes<br />

only into the body. It is the body, the flesh and blood, that has needs. It is the body that gets tired;<br />

never the consciousness. Consciousness is a lamp that burns without wick and oil. It demands no<br />

food or fuel. None is ever needed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 114 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

<strong>The</strong> body needs fuel and water. <strong>The</strong> body is a machine; the soul is not. Feed the body when it is<br />

hungry, but keep one thing in mind: the body is hungry and I am observing it. If it is thirsty give it<br />

water. It is necessary, for the body is an instrument that depends on food and water. He is a fool<br />

who says, ”I am not the body and therefore I will not give it food and water.” If you don’t put petrol<br />

in your car how will you make it go? <strong>The</strong>n you can sit in it, but it won’t move. You have to give the<br />

car its fuel. Only then will it run. Only, don’t be<strong>com</strong>e one with the car. Be the master and meets its<br />

needs.<br />

<strong>The</strong> needs of the body have to be me; it is a machine that you have to use. It is very useful<br />

instrument, because it is the ladder that leads to bliss; but the steps can also lead to sorrow. <strong>The</strong><br />

body is a ladder. <strong>The</strong> characteristics of a ladder are that one of its ends always rests on the ground,<br />

and the other always touches the skies. You can ascend as well as descend with the same ladder.<br />

It is through the medium of the body that you have descended into hell; it is through the medium of<br />

the body that you can blimp to heaven. And it is the body through which you will reach liberation. It<br />

is your medium. You have to take care of it. You have to provide for all of its needs, but there is no<br />

need to be<strong>com</strong>e one with the medium! Let the instrument remain an instrument. You write with your<br />

pen, but you are not the pen. You walk with your feet, but you are not the feet.<br />

<strong>The</strong> body is the machine, a valuable machine. Take care of it and don’t spoil it. It can be spoilt in two<br />

ways: there are people who spoil it by overindulgence; there are others who spoil it by renunciation.<br />

Both are enemies of the body and both are foolish, ignorant. One goes toward prostitution or<br />

overeating to spoil it; the other does the damage with fasting. Either you flood it with petrol or<br />

you don’t put in a drop. <strong>The</strong>se are the two extremes. You have to give the body enough to meet its<br />

needs. You have to provide for your servant’s upkeep, but that doesn’t make him into a master.<br />

THROUGH CONTROL OF THE MIND, REALITY IS ATTAINED. As your mind begins to <strong>com</strong>e within<br />

your control, as you gradually start be<strong>com</strong>ing the witness, you will find that reality; your soul, your<br />

actual existence, begins to be<strong>com</strong>e awakened.<br />

It is misuse and failure of the mind that leads to samsara, the world. Control of the mind leads to the<br />

soul. Where mind is the master, is the world; where mind is the slave, is God.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mind is a ladder. You need not use it for descending; you have to climb up and up. But only<br />

he who is master can go up; the one who is slave descends further and further down. Slavery of<br />

the mind is very dangerous, for the mind is not one. It is a crowd. One minute it orders you to be<br />

angry, the next moment it orders you to repent. One thought tells you: Enjoy the world! Another<br />

says: You must gather wealth! even if you have to steal! Another thought says: That is a sin! <strong>The</strong>re<br />

are countless other thoughts and their sum total is the mind.<br />

If your mind were just one thought that would be sufficient to allow you a peaceful life, but it is not<br />

just one. Your mind is a crowd, a marketplace. <strong>The</strong> mind is like this: in a classroom, as long as the<br />

teacher is present, the children sit quietly and study. As soon as the teacher leaves, the classroom<br />

turns into bedlam. <strong>The</strong> children start shouting, throwing books, overturning the desks, and fighting<br />

amongst themselves. <strong>The</strong>re is no one to control them. As soon as the teacher <strong>com</strong>es back, all is<br />

silent; the books are in their place and so are the boys.<br />

As soon as you gain mastery over yourself, the mind begins to work in a more orderly fashion. As<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 115 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

soon as you lose your hold on the mind, there is chaos and confusion. It is very difficult to obey this<br />

chaos, for it takes you nowhere. It is not just one note, but a discord of so many different notes.<br />

Mahavir has said that man has many minds. Man has not one mind but many. Modern psychology<br />

supports Mahavira’s view. <strong>The</strong>y say that man is ’polypsychic’. It is just as if there is one servant and<br />

thousands of masters, and each master orders the poor servant about. Whom is he to obey? He is<br />

bound to go mad. This is exactly the state of your mind.<br />

Seek the one, so that the teacher <strong>com</strong>es back into the classroom. Seek the one so that the slaves<br />

may go and work at their appropriate places. If the owner is one it will give a direction to your life,<br />

and reality will assert itself. You will then be able to know yourself. <strong>The</strong>n this assertion of existence<br />

will bring a natural freedom in its wake. As long as your mind is your master, you will remain a slave.<br />

<strong>The</strong> moment you realize reality, natural freedom happens.<br />

It is necessary to understand what is meant by ’natural freedom’. Why is it not just called ’freedom’?<br />

Why ’natural’? <strong>The</strong> answer is very subtle. <strong>The</strong>re are two types of freedom. One freedom is directed<br />

against somebody. In that case it is self-willed and headstrong. This is not real freedom, for in it you<br />

are obliged to take the opposite direction.<br />

For example, the mind says, ’Be angry.’ Now if you want to do just the opposite of what the mind<br />

tells you, you will say, ’No, I shall not be angry; rather, I shall be forgiving.’ <strong>The</strong> mind says, ’Kill!’ and<br />

you will say, ’No! On the contrary, I will offer him my head to chop off.’<br />

We do exactly the opposite of what the mind tells us – just as our sadhus generally do. <strong>The</strong> mind<br />

says, ’Go and look for a woman.’ <strong>The</strong> sadhu runs away to the jungle. <strong>The</strong> mind says, ’Pursue wealth.’<br />

<strong>The</strong> sadhu refuses to touch money. <strong>The</strong> mind says, ’Rest.’ <strong>The</strong> sadhu stands in the burning sun or<br />

sleeps on a bed of nails. This is not true freedom, for you are still listening to the master, even if you<br />

are going contrary to his directions. You do the opposite of what he says, which still leaves him the<br />

master.<br />

Understand this. It is a little <strong>com</strong>plicated. <strong>The</strong> fight is still going on; it has not ended. Once you<br />

are the true master, all fighting ends, for the slave is a slave and he is not worth fighting any more.<br />

Imagine that a slave in your house be<strong>com</strong>es the master, and you sit or stand as he order you to. If<br />

you decide not to obey him and to do just the opposite of what he says, he is still the master; for it<br />

is he who motivates you. And if he is clever he might tell you to sit when he wants you to stand! You<br />

cannot escape him.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin had guests in his house and his little son was making a lot of noise. <strong>The</strong> Mulla told<br />

him to keep quiet, but the more he told him, the more rowdy he became. Normally children tend to<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e noisy in the presence of strangers in order to make their presence felt. It is a battle of the<br />

egos – the parent versus the child.<br />

At last the Mulla said, ”Look here! Do whatever you like. Now we shall see if you can disobey me!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> child must have been puzzled.<br />

If you go against the mind the natural freedom will not result. It is not freedom. <strong>The</strong> result is rebellion.<br />

We are always tied to those we rebel against. We have relationship with the person we fight. We<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 116 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

are not yet masters, for initiative still <strong>com</strong>es from the opposite camp. When the signal <strong>com</strong>es we do<br />

the opposite.<br />

If you then practice celibacy, it will make no difference, because your celibacy will be a revolt; it will<br />

not be natural. <strong>The</strong> mind is filled with sexual desire and you set out to fight it. This is war! And who<br />

goes to war with his own slaves? He who fights his slave counts him his equal, and not his servant.<br />

This is why your sadhus may be the opposite of you, but they are no different from you. <strong>The</strong>y do the<br />

reverse of what you do, but as far as ownership of the mind is concerned, the sadhu is not an iota<br />

different form you.<br />

Natural freedom is something quite different. Natural freedom means: I am the master. Now the<br />

question of obeying or disobeying the mind does not arise. It is no longer a question of being for or<br />

against. Now I give orders to the mind. I do not take orders from t. <strong>The</strong>re are two ways of obeying<br />

the mind – to accept its orders or to go against them. In both cases you are in bondage to the mind.<br />

When the mind be<strong>com</strong>es the master its ownership can be of two kinds: positive or negative. If you<br />

want you can be a householder, a worldly man; if you want you can be<strong>com</strong>e a sadhu. It makes no<br />

difference. Your sadhus are just the opposite of you. You stand on your feet; they stand on their<br />

heads. <strong>The</strong>y are in greater difficulty, for it is easier to stand on your legs than on your head. Sadhus<br />

do exactly the opposite of what the household does: you amass wealth, he renounces it; you care<br />

for your body, he neglects it; you life on a soft bed, he lies on rocks; you enjoy good food, he fasts;<br />

you wear fine clothes, he goes naked. This is not natural freedom. It is a state of tension.<br />

That is why the sutra says: THROUGH CONTROL OF THE MIND, REALITY IS ATTAINED. This<br />

leads to natural freedom. <strong>The</strong>n you are free. <strong>The</strong>n you do no look to the mind for guidance. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

you actions be<strong>com</strong>e natural. <strong>The</strong>n it is you who decides, and the mind merely follows. But this only<br />

happens when you be<strong>com</strong>e the master, and you can only be<strong>com</strong>e the master if you have be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

the witness.<br />

Do not fight the mind. Fight – and the natural freedom will not result. If you fight you give the mind<br />

an equal status. You fight a person only when you consider him your equal. He was a friend before,<br />

now he is an enemy. <strong>The</strong> master is not an equal; the master is always above – in the skies, and<br />

the servant is always below – on the ground. When you are master you acquire the freedom that is<br />

natural, and this freedom is unique.<br />

I have heard: <strong>The</strong>re was a Muslim fakir, Bayazid, who set out on the holy pilgrimage to Mecca with a<br />

hundred of his disciples. <strong>The</strong>y were fasting along the way. He was a very well-know and respected<br />

sage. On his way he stopped at a village. All the people came running to receive him. <strong>The</strong>y informed<br />

him that a devotee of his who lived in the village had invited the whole village to a feast in honor of<br />

his arrival. This man was very poor. He had sold his hut, his cattle and his land in order to celebrate<br />

Bayazid’s visit to the village.<br />

Bayazid and his disciples had decided to fast for forty days, of which only five days had passed. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

decided not to break the fast until the <strong>com</strong>pletion of the journey. Bayazid appeared undisturbed, but<br />

all the disciples became very tense. Bayazid went and sat down to the fast, so the disciples also<br />

had to sit. <strong>The</strong>y were horrified by his behavior. Had Bayazid forgotten that they were fasting? Or<br />

had he succumbed to the savoury smells of the food?<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 117 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

<strong>The</strong>y had to sit down and eat, since they had to follow their master, but they were very much upset.<br />

And there was Bayazid, eating heartily without a trace of guilt or tension. When everybody else left<br />

to retire for the night, the disciples cornered him and demanded an explanation. <strong>The</strong>y expressed<br />

their displeasure at having broken the fast.<br />

Bayazid said to them, ”Why are you so upset? Did you not see with what love the poor man laid out<br />

the feast? For that love it was good to break your fast. Besides, fasts can be broken and resumed<br />

again, but a loving heart should not be so easily broken. Had I broken his heart there was no way<br />

to make amends. And what does it matter that we broke the fast? We had decided to fast for forty<br />

days. We shall start a new and fast for forty-five days!<br />

This is the difference. <strong>The</strong> disciple’s freedom was not natural. <strong>The</strong>y were troubled that Bayazid had<br />

given in to the mind, and they had been taught to obey the mind. This was slavery to the mind!<br />

Bayazid was his own master. It was his very own decision whether to break the fast or keep it; the<br />

mind had no hand in it. Also, there was no hostility or opposition toward his mind, nor vice versa.<br />

his attitude was: ’I am the master. If I wish to keep the fast, I shall; if not, I shall not. <strong>The</strong> decision is<br />

entirely my own.’<br />

Both the master and the disciples were on a fast, but there was a world of difference in their attitudes.<br />

Bayazid’s freedom is natural. He can stay in a place and be <strong>com</strong>pletely relaxed, or he can stay in a<br />

hut and <strong>com</strong>pletely at ease. But his disciples would be<strong>com</strong>e restless if they had to sty in a palace,<br />

for that would be gratification of the senses.<br />

This is very interesting. Sometimes you are caught by a palace, and sometimes by a hut; but you<br />

are always in the grip of one or the other; but nothing can obstruct Bayazid’s way, for his decision<br />

<strong>com</strong>es from his own soul. His freedom is natural. <strong>The</strong> soul is the criterion.<br />

Natural freedom arises only when reality is the result within. All other freedoms before this are false<br />

freedoms.<br />

AND A SPONTANEOUS FREEDOM FLOWS FROM IT.<br />

BECAUSE OF THIS FREEDOM, HE MOVES FREELY WITHIN AND WITHOUT.<br />

This is an invaluable sutra: BECAUSE OF THIS FREEDOM, HE FREELY MOVES WITHIN AND<br />

WITHOUT.<br />

Kabir never gave up his occupation of weaving. It does not suit you now. You are no longer a<br />

householder. It no longer befits you to weave cloth and go and sell it in the market.”<br />

Kabir would laugh and say, ”It is all His play. Within and without are one.”<br />

We cannot understand this, for we are so caught in the grip of the outside world that within and<br />

without can never be one for us.<br />

Zen master have said: ”Samsara and moksha are one – the world and liberation are one and the<br />

same. This shocks us. How can that be? We are caught in the grips of the world, we are plagued<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 118 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

by the world. Liberation is exactly the opposite: it is where we shall be free, tranquil, blissful, where<br />

there is no pain. In our minds liberation stands in opposition to the world, but when a person is<br />

liberated he finds nothing opposing or conflicting in this world. All conflicts and opposition cease, all<br />

distances between the within and the without fade away, because all distances are created by the<br />

ego.<br />

What within and what without? All is one! But the ego stands as a wall between them and creates<br />

the differences. If we were to step into the river with a pot and fill the pot with the river water we<br />

could say that there is water inside the pot and water outside of it; but what is the difference? Merely<br />

a wall of clay! What happens when this wall breaks? <strong>The</strong>n what is outside and what is inside? What<br />

is within is without; what is without is within.<br />

That is why Kabir says, ”When I sit and when I stand that is my worship. When I walk it is my prayer.”<br />

Now Kabir no longer goes to the temple, for there is no distance between shop and temple; they are<br />

one and the same. Now Kabir does not run to the Himalayas for there is no difference between the<br />

marketplace and the mountains. Kabir does not even renounce the house, for he sees no difference<br />

between ’mine’ and ’your’. What is the person to run away form then?<br />

All distances fall when the ego falls. <strong>The</strong>n there is nothing within and nothing without. <strong>The</strong>n there<br />

is neither matter nor God; then both are one. That is non-duality, the indivisible – where all is one<br />

and all boundaries fall, but this can only happen when natural freedom enters one’s life. <strong>The</strong>n such<br />

a person, because of his independent nature, can go out into the world and, remaining in the world,<br />

he can also live within his own self. For him there are no obstructions. Inside a palace he is as<br />

much a sannyasin as he is outside on the road. If he has a million rupees he is still not possessive,<br />

not an owner; and if he has nothing he is still the greatest of possessors, for all the world is at his<br />

<strong>com</strong>mand.<br />

It is however very difficult for us to recognize, for we are familiar with only one side of existence. You<br />

assert the difference between the water outside and the water inside the vessel. What is hidden<br />

within you is what is outside of you. <strong>The</strong> space within is the space without. Your body is the vessel<br />

of clay that creates this slight difference.<br />

Samsara, the world, and sannyas are not two things. <strong>The</strong>y seem to be two, for you know only one of<br />

them – the world; you do not know sannyas. <strong>The</strong>refore you think of sannyas in terms of the world.<br />

Your concept of sannyas springs from your concept of the world; therefore you call him a sannyasin<br />

who is <strong>com</strong>pletely the opposite of a worldly man. You say: See! What a great sannyasin. He walks<br />

barefooted! He remains naked, stand in the sun and rain, and sleeps in the grass.<br />

You can never think of a sannyasin in any other terms. King Janak can never be a sannyasin to you.<br />

How can he be? He lives in a place. Krishna cannot be a sannyasin to you. How can he be? He<br />

wears his peacock crown and plays his flute. No! For you they cannot be sannyasins.<br />

When your slavery to your mind ends and the essence within you is liberated, you will <strong>com</strong>e to know<br />

that liberation is everywhere. <strong>The</strong>n the shop is no longer a hindrance nor the palace an obstacle.<br />

For liberation is the state of your experience. When you reach salvation the world is no mere; then<br />

there is no within and without. All is one! <strong>The</strong>n worship and work are the same. <strong>The</strong>n a person<br />

accepts life as it <strong>com</strong>es, as it is. <strong>The</strong>re is no need to make the slightest change. Thus even butchers<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 119 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

have attained the supreme knowledge. It has also happened that the sannyasin who flees from the<br />

world nothing.<br />

This sutra has an intrinsic meaning: BECAUSE OF THIS FREEDOM, HE FREELY MOVES WITHIN<br />

AND WITHOUT. He is now free. He is beyond all definitions. If you try to define him you will never<br />

know him. Now he is beyond all explanations, he has no goals. It is difficult to tell where you will find<br />

him; he can be anywhere.<br />

Once it happened that one of Buddha’s monks was passing through a village. <strong>The</strong> village courtesan<br />

happened to see him and immediately fell in love with him. <strong>The</strong> monk was young and handsome;<br />

besides he had the unique beauty which only a monk can have, which cannot belong to the ordinary<br />

man. He who gives up all is filled with a certain light within. He who has dropped all that is<br />

meaningless, finds flowers of meaningfulness blooming within him. him life is filled with a grandeur,<br />

a dignity, which is not seen in ordinary life.<br />

It was only natural for the courtesan to fall in love with such a blissful dancing monk. <strong>The</strong> woman<br />

was very beautiful and many had tried to win her favours; even the kings knocked at her door. She<br />

was not available to everyone. She came running to the monk and said, ”Please, sir, I beg you to be<br />

my guest during this rainy season.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> monk said,” I shall ask my guru and do as he orders.” Note that he said neither yes nor no,<br />

but promised to ask his guru. <strong>The</strong> next morning the monk went to Buddha and said, ”I received an<br />

invitation to stay with a prostitute. What shall I do?”<br />

Buddha replied, ”If the prostitute was not afraid of you why should you be afraid of her? Is my<br />

sannyasin so weak that a prostitute can frighten him? Go! Accept the invitation. Stay with her<br />

during the rainy season.”<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was great <strong>com</strong>motion among the rest of the monks. Many of them had notice the beautiful<br />

courtesan. Many of them were filled with desire for her. How they wished that she had invited them<br />

instead!<br />

One monk stood up and said, ”This is not proper. A sannyasin staying in a harlot’s house? This is<br />

not right. <strong>The</strong>re is every possibility of his falling.”<br />

Buddha replied, ”Had you received the invitation you would not have got my permission, for there is<br />

the possibility of your being defiled; you still differentiate between within and without. <strong>The</strong> one I am<br />

sending out, I know him well. Whether he stays within or without makes no difference to him.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> monks were not convinced. <strong>The</strong>y told Buddha, ”You are making a mistake. You are setting a<br />

wrong precedent. All the rules of propriety are at stake.”<br />

Every day the monks brought some alarming news of his activities.<br />

Some said that they saw him watching her dance. Some said that he sat on velvet cushions. Some<br />

others said he was all dressed up in beautiful clothes. Others swore that they saw him embracing<br />

the prostitute.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 120 Osho


CHAPTER 6. THE MAD PROJECTIONIST<br />

To all of this Buddha would say, ”What until the rains are ended. What is the hurry? Why do you<br />

bring these rum ours? What have you to do with them? It is not you who is getting defiled. <strong>The</strong> one<br />

who is will return after the rains.”<br />

After the rains the monk returned with the courtesan walking behind him. She bowed before Buddha<br />

and said, ”Please make me a sannyasin. <strong>The</strong> monk has won. I have lost. I did everything that I<br />

could. He objected to nothing. He did not move when I embraced him. When I made him sit on<br />

a velvet cushion he did not object, saying that is was forbidden for a monk. I gave him the best of<br />

foods, and he never <strong>com</strong>plained that it was against his principles, that it might arouse desires in him.<br />

I offered him all kinds of invitations and he never said no; he just sat silent and unperturbed in all<br />

situations, as if nothing had happened. I am immensely moved by his behavior. I want to acquire the<br />

same bliss that he enjoys. I want to be in the same state he is in, where the within and the without<br />

do not matter – such bliss that nothing can destroy.”<br />

Buddha addressed the other monks thus: ”Look! He whose within and without are no more, makes<br />

a sannyasin out of a prostitute. Had you stayed with her you would have be<strong>com</strong>e her shadow.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> good that is afraid of evil is of no value. <strong>The</strong> sadhu is afraid of the sinner; the true saint is not.<br />

<strong>The</strong> saint is beyond both. <strong>The</strong> saint is one whom no circumstances can change. Staying in the world<br />

outside, he is firmly established within himself. <strong>The</strong> world cannot penetrate within him, even if he<br />

choose to remain in the world.<br />

Buddha said, ”<strong>The</strong> highest state of sannyas is when you go through a river but the waters do not<br />

touch your feet.” If you are afraid of the river for fear of getting your feet wet, that is not the highest<br />

state; it is a state of fear.<br />

You must keep these sutras in mind. You have to break the mastery of the mind. This happens with<br />

the witness state, which creates the difference between you and the mind.<br />

You have to assert your own mastery, not by hostility but by rising above the mind. Independence<br />

will <strong>com</strong>e. If it <strong>com</strong>es through opposition it is a false freedom; there will be tension and distress. It<br />

will not be saree, nor will it be spontaneous. In religion there is no place for a warrior. In religion<br />

you have only to rise above. Do not fight, for you will stagnate at that level. Don’t make an enemy of<br />

your mind; you have to go beyond it – transcend it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> key to going beyond the mind is the ability to witness. As you rise above, spontaneous freedom<br />

results. This freedom is not against anybody or anything. In such freedom you reach a state where,<br />

whether you live within yourself or without, it makes no difference, for the distances have fallen; there<br />

is no within, no without. Samsara and moksha, the world and liberation, are one. All dualities have<br />

ended. All dichotomy is lost. You have reached the non-dual, non-dichotomous state.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 121 Osho


17 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 7<br />

Meditation is the Seed<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

BIJAVDHANAM<br />

ASNASTHAH SUKHAM HRIDAE NIMAJJATI<br />

SVAMATRA NIRMANAPADAYATI<br />

VIDYA-AVINASHE JANMAVINASHAH.<br />

MEDITATION IS THE SEED.<br />

JUST SITTING, RELAXED WITHIN HIMSELF,<br />

HE ENTERS SPONTANEOUSLY INTO THE LAKE OF<br />

SUPREME BEING.<br />

HE ATTAINS TO SELF-CREATION OR BECOMES<br />

’TWICE-BORN’.<br />

ETERNAL KNOWLEDGE LEADS TO CESSATION<br />

122


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

OF BIRTH AND DEATH.<br />

Jesus’ disciples said to him, ”Tell us about the Kingdom of God.” And Jesus replied, ”<strong>The</strong> Kingdom<br />

of God is like a seed.” In our discussion today we shall talk about this very seed that Jesus speaks<br />

of.<br />

Meditation is that seed. <strong>The</strong> seed in itself has no meaning. <strong>The</strong> seed is only a means; it is a potential<br />

tree. <strong>The</strong> seed is not a state of being; it is a stage on the journey. When a seed grows and be<strong>com</strong>es<br />

a tree, it reaches the goal. It flowers and bears fruit. This is its success. In a like manner, when the<br />

seed of meditation be<strong>com</strong>es a tree, it also flowers and bears fruit, and that blossoming is God.<br />

It is necessary to understand the state of the seed. You constantly ask about God, but this is a futile<br />

enquiry. Why ask about the tree when you haven’t cared for the seed? Without sowing the seed,<br />

how do you expect to see the tree? And God is not an external happening that you can see with<br />

your eyes. God is your own purified state; God is your own development. You will not be able to see<br />

God in others until the seed hidden inside you sprouts and be<strong>com</strong>es the tree.<br />

No matter how hard they try, no Mahavir, Buddha, Shiva or Krishna can reveal God to you, for your<br />

God is hidden within yourself. At present He is in seed form; He is not yet a tree. You can see<br />

nothing in a seed. When the seed bursts and the tree sprouts, when it develops, you will manifest<br />

yourself. <strong>The</strong> flame within you will be kindled, and then you will know that God is.<br />

It is difficult to defeat an atheist for this very reason. He always asks, ”Where is your God. Show<br />

Him to me.” His very question is wrong, so whatever answer is given will also be wrong. God is<br />

hidden with you. He hides within the questioner. And you cannot see the other man’s God, for it is<br />

an internal happening. When your own seed sprouts you will know.<br />

Right now you are like the seed, but you do not understand this seed, so you seek outside. As<br />

long as you seek without, your seed will lie dormant; it will not sprout, for it needs water and soil.<br />

It needs light and love, just like a small child. When you turn your eyes within, when your attention<br />

flows inward and your life-energy turns within, the seed will get that energy; it will be<strong>com</strong>e alive, it<br />

will sprout. MEDITATION IS THE SEED.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and say: ”We are restless, how can we be<strong>com</strong>e tranquil?”<br />

Mulla Nasruddin came to me early one morning. I was about to say something when he rattled off a<br />

question. ”You have got to help me,” said the Mulla.<br />

”What is the problem?” I asked.<br />

”It is a very <strong>com</strong>plex problem,” said the Mulla. ”I get a strong desire to take a bath about ten to twenty<br />

times a day. This obsession is driving me mad. I can think of nothing else. Please help me.”<br />

”When did you last have a bath?” I asked.<br />

”As far as I can remember, I have never given in to this troublesome practice,” said the Mulla.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 123 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

If you refuse to bathe and if the desire for a bath catches hold of you, then the desire is not the<br />

problem; the problem is you. You are restless. You do not know. You have never meditated. You<br />

have never indulged in this troublesome practice, and you want to eradicate your restlessness? It<br />

can never be eradicated without bathing in meditation.<br />

Meditation is an internal bath. As the body is rid of dust and dirt, and be<strong>com</strong>es clean and fresh after<br />

a bath, so is meditation a bath of the inner soul; and when everything be<strong>com</strong>es fresh within, then<br />

where is the turmoil? Where is the sorrow and worry? <strong>The</strong>n you are thrilled. You are cheerful and<br />

blooming. <strong>The</strong>re are bells on your ankles and your life be<strong>com</strong>es a dance. Before that you are sad,<br />

tired and distressed. And if you think that the cause of your distress is outside you are mistaken.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is only one cause for your restlessness: you have not let your seed of meditation develop into<br />

a tree. Try as hard as you will, you will remain restless. Perhaps you imagine that peace will <strong>com</strong>e<br />

if you accumulate the right things – wealth, status, honor, health, sons and daughters... but there is<br />

no end to your restlessness. <strong>The</strong> more of these things you gather, the more your life will be filled<br />

with restlessness, and the more intense it will be.<br />

A poor man is restless, a rich man more! Why is this so? Why does restlessness increase with<br />

wealth? It doesn’t! <strong>The</strong> poor man is also restless, but he doesn’t have enough time to know it. <strong>The</strong><br />

rich man has the time to notice it; it pricks him like a thorn, and he sees it all around him.<br />

When you have gratified all your needs, you will suddenly realize that the actual need is for<br />

meditation. All other needs were for the body, not for your self.<br />

This sutra says: MEDITATION IS THE SEED.<br />

On your great journey, your quest for life, your pilgrimage to the temple of truth, meditation is the<br />

seed. What is meditation? Why is it so valuable – so valuable that if it flowers you will be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

God, and if it rots you will rot in hell? What is meditation? Meditation is the state of no-thought<br />

consciousness, where you are fully conscious but thoughts are absent. You are, but the mind is not.<br />

<strong>The</strong> death of the mind is meditation.<br />

At present, you are not. <strong>The</strong>re is the mind and mind alone. It should be just the opposite: there<br />

should be only you, without any mind. Right now the mind consumes all your energy. All your<br />

life-energy is being sucked by the mind.<br />

Have you ever seen the air plant? the amar-bel? It is a parasite that attaches itself to a tree and<br />

lives off of it, sucking its energy. <strong>The</strong> tree ultimately dries up and dies. It is called amar-bel, the<br />

immortal creeper. It is just like the mind. It has no roots. It needs no roots, for it lives off the parent<br />

plant. It sucks the tree dry as it nourishes itself. <strong>The</strong> Hindus have given it an apt name, the immortal<br />

creeper.<br />

Your mind is also an immortal creeper. It does not die. It lives on indefinitely. It follows you for<br />

countless lives. What is interesting is that it has no roots, no seeds. Its existence is rootless. It<br />

should be dead, but it lives on you.<br />

Your mind envelops you. You are <strong>com</strong>pletely smothered by it. All your life-energy is sapped by the<br />

mind. You are almost dried-up. Your mind lets you have just enough to keep you alive. <strong>The</strong> parasite<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 124 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

does not kill its host tree outright; the host is allowed to retain enough for its most basic needs. A<br />

master treats his slave similarly: the slave is given just enough to stay alive.<br />

Your mind gives you just enough to permit your survival. It gobbles up ninety-nine percent of your<br />

energy and allows you just one percent so that you can maintain the body. In a non-meditating state,<br />

the mind is ninety-nine percent and you are one percent; in a meditative individual the individual is<br />

ninety-nine percent and the mind only one percent. If you be<strong>com</strong>e one hundred percent and the<br />

mind is zero, that is the state of samadhi.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n you are <strong>com</strong>pletely liberated; the seed has developed into a full-grown tree. <strong>The</strong>re is nothing<br />

left to be achieved now. All that was to be attained is already attained. All potentiality has turned<br />

into reality; all that was hidden is now manifest. <strong>The</strong>n existence be<strong>com</strong>es filled with your fragrance;<br />

then the music of your dance is heard in all corners of the earth, and even far away in the moon and<br />

the stars. It is not that you alone are thrilled – the life-stream of all existence throbs within you. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

existence be<strong>com</strong>es filled with celebration. Whenever a Buddha is born all of existence celebrates.<br />

All of existence yearns to see your seed turn into a spreading tree.<br />

Meditation means: where the mind is as good as gone. Samadhi means: where the mind is<br />

<strong>com</strong>pletely void and only you remain.<br />

This sutra of Shiva says: MEDITATION IS THE SEED.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore we have to start with meditation. Right now, in sleeping and in wakefulness, in<br />

consciousness and unconsciousness, the mind has you in its grip. Thoughts invade you in the<br />

day and dreams in the night. All the twenty-four hours the mind argues and debates and the most<br />

amazing thing is: it all leads to nothing. What have you attained by all your reasoning and thinking?<br />

Where has it taken you? What goals have you reached?<br />

<strong>The</strong> great philosopher, Immanuel Kant, was returning home one evening when a small boy stopped<br />

him on the road and said, ”Good evening, uncle. I have just been to your house. Tomorrow a few<br />

boys are going for a picnic, and I came to borrow your camera. You were out so I asked your servant.<br />

He refused me flatly. Is it right, uncle, that a servant should say no like that?” <strong>The</strong> child was boiling<br />

with anger.<br />

Kant said, ”<strong>The</strong> servant was certainly not right. Who is he to refuse when I am here? Come along<br />

with me.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> child was pleased. <strong>The</strong>y reached Kant’s home. <strong>The</strong> servant was called and reprimanded<br />

before the child. <strong>The</strong>n Kant turned to the child and said, ”Now I shall tell you. <strong>The</strong> fact is, I don’t<br />

own a camera.” All the joy, the thrill, the hope that the child was nourishing of getting the camera, all<br />

vanished into thin air when he learned that his uncle didn’t even own one.<br />

This is the state of your mind. All your life you toil, you slave, you groan with the load that you carry<br />

because you still hope. In the end the mind will admit that it does not possess what you seek. This<br />

has always been the story. It does not have what you are actually seeking, but it keeps hoping:<br />

”Maybe today, or tomorrow... tomorrow.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 125 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

No one can give you such seductive sweet-talk as the mind. And you are a fool. If the mind had<br />

anything to give, it would have given it by now. <strong>The</strong> very fact is that it keeps putting you off again<br />

and again and you still believe it. How many times have you believed the mind? Every day it says,<br />

”Tomorrow”, and when tomorrow <strong>com</strong>es the mind again says, ”Tomorrow”. Now it has be<strong>com</strong>e your<br />

unconscious habit, and the habit is so deep-seated that you hardly think about it. Even in your sleep<br />

the mind beguiles you with fresh assurances about the future.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was in bed with a very high fever. I went to see him. I asked his wife how long he<br />

had been in that condition. <strong>The</strong> wife said, ”For an hour he has been running a fever of 105 degrees.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> Mulla was unconscious. I put a thermometer in his mouth to see what the temperature was. At<br />

once he spoke, ”A match, please!” He was a chain-smoker and the habit was so deep-rooted that<br />

even in that unconscious state the thermometer reminded him of a cigarette.<br />

And when you die your condition will be exactly like the Mulla’s. ”A match, please!” Your mind keeps<br />

weaving its webs even in your unconsciousness. At the moment of death you will be filled with the<br />

mind. Whether you perform worship or pray or go to the temple or to the holy places... the mind is<br />

with you and whenever the mind is with you, you cannot establish contact with religion.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re lived a Moslem fakir by the name of Haji Mohammed. He was a sadhu. One night he dreamed<br />

that he had died and was standing at the crossroads between heaven and hell. One road led to the<br />

world and the other to moksha. An angel stood at the crossroads, guiding and directing people<br />

according to their actions.<br />

Haji Mohammed had nothing to fear. All his life he had been a good and pious man. He offered his<br />

prayer five times a day, and he had been on the holy pilgrimage, the Haj, sixty times. In fact, that is<br />

how he came to be known as ’Haji’ Mohammed. When his turn came he stood with his chest out<br />

before the angel.<br />

”Haji Mohammed!” the angel called.<br />

”Yes,” said Haji.<br />

”This is the way to hell.” said the angel, pointing at a road.<br />

”<strong>The</strong>re is surely some mistake,” said Haji. ”Perhaps your ledgers are mixed up. I have been to Haj<br />

sixty times during my life on earth.”<br />

”That has all gone to waste,” said the angel, ”for you made it a matter of prestige and began calling<br />

yourself ’haji’. You have reaped the benefits of your Haj already. What else did you do?”<br />

Now the Haji was not so sure of himself. When sixty pilgrimages counted as nothing, what else had<br />

he to show? Yet he persisted, ”I have said my prayers religiously five times a day.”<br />

”That too was fruitless,” said the angel, ”for you; you prayed louder and longer when people were<br />

around and made a short job of it when there was no one around. Your attention was on people,<br />

not on God. You wanted to be known as a religious man, a pious man. Have you anything else to<br />

show?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 126 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

<strong>The</strong> Haji was now so terrified that he woke up! This dream changed his life. He became plain<br />

Mohammed from Haji Mohammed; he also began to pray in secret so that no one would know.<br />

Word went around the village that the Haji was no longer religious. Why, he had even stopped his<br />

prayers! So he reached his dotage. <strong>The</strong> Haji never refuted what people said. His prayers began to<br />

be meaningful and sincere. It is said that he had no trouble reaching heaven.<br />

If your mind prays it will not allow prayer to happen. It will make prayer yet another way of filling its<br />

ego. Don’t talk about your meditation. Hide your meditation as you would hide your precious jewels.<br />

You always protect your valuables from the gaze of others: do the same with meditation. Don’t talk<br />

about it, don’t fill your ego with it, or the creeper of the mind will reach there also and suck it away.<br />

Whenever the mind reaches, religion is not. Where the mind is not, religion is. <strong>The</strong> mind is always<br />

outgoing, extraverted; its attention is on the other, and not on itself. Meditation is in-going. It is<br />

introverted.<br />

Meditation means: the focus is on one’s own self and not on the other. Mind means the focus is on<br />

the other. Observe yourself: when you give a two paise coin to a beggar you look around to see<br />

if people are looking at you or not. When you build a temple you take care to inscribe your name<br />

in bold letters on a marble slab right at the entrance. You give to charity, but you see to it that it is<br />

mentioned in the newspapers. Everything you do is in vain. You cannot reach by be<strong>com</strong>ing ’Haji’<br />

Mohammed. Don’t keep an account of your fasts and austerities. God’s realm is not a place of<br />

business. God is not impressed by your balance sheet.<br />

Now look at the Jain munis. Every year they announce in writing how many vows they have<br />

undertaken, how many fasts they have observed in the rainy season. <strong>The</strong>y keep a ledger of all<br />

of this.” <strong>The</strong>y are shopkeepers who just happen to be occupying our temples; they are still not rid of<br />

the habit of keeping accounts. All their fasts and meditations go to waste; they are be<strong>com</strong>ing ’Haji’<br />

Mohammeds.<br />

Don’t worry about the outside world; don’t worry whether people know you are religious or not. What<br />

others say is of no consequence and not worth giving a thought to, for it is your mind that relates<br />

to other people, not you. <strong>The</strong> day the mind is no more, you shall be<strong>com</strong>e disassociated from every<br />

one. It is the mind that binds you together. As long as the mind ties you to the world, you will remain<br />

torn away from God. <strong>The</strong> day you are divorced from your mind, the mind annihilated, you will be<br />

united with God. You disassociate on one side, while you begin to associate on the other. You break<br />

relations here, you establish relations there. Once the eyes close here they open there.<br />

MEDITATION IS THE SEED, and meditation means: the thoughtless consciousness.<br />

Now the second sutra:<br />

JUST SITTING, RELAXED WITHIN HIMSELF, HE ENTERS SPONTANEOUSLY INTO THE LAKE<br />

OF THE SUPREME BEING.<br />

This sutra is very revolutionary. It is easy and also difficult. <strong>The</strong> individual, once truly established<br />

within himself, drowns in the lake of the supreme being.<br />

If you were to ask the Zen Buddhists in Japan what you should do in order to meditate, they would<br />

say: ”Do nothing! Just sit!” Now remember, when they say to do nothing it means you have to do<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 127 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

absolutely nothing – simply sit – for if you do anything, the mind immediately be<strong>com</strong>es active. On<br />

the face of it this seems very easy, but in fact it is very very difficult to just sit. <strong>The</strong>re is the trouble:<br />

you sit with the eyes closed and the mind begins to race. Your body looks still enough sitting there<br />

unmoving, but in your mind there is great <strong>com</strong>motion.<br />

If you just sit and do nothing that is meditation. If you just sit doing nothing – there is no Ram-Ram,<br />

no Krishna-Krishna, no ripple of thought – for that too is an activity. If you are simply doing nothing;<br />

if there is no attempt even to stop the thoughts – for you can only do that with another thought – if<br />

you neither repeat God’s name nor remember the world; if you are not saying ’I am the soul’ nor ’I<br />

am Brahma’, for such repetitions are also useless, they are mere thoughts; if you sit, just like a rock,<br />

nothing happening within, nothing happening without, then you are ’JUST SITTING’. This state is<br />

called ’zazen’ in Japan – just sitting. Zen masters use this method. <strong>The</strong> disciple requires twenty<br />

years, thirty years, to reach this state of just sitting.<br />

This apparently easy sutra is very difficult. <strong>The</strong> easiest things are the most difficult things in the<br />

world. If you are told to climb the Himalayas you will not find it that difficult. You may be<strong>com</strong>e weary,<br />

you may face the difficulties, but still you will climb; but as soon as you attempt to do nothing it will<br />

seem that a great calamity has befallen you.<br />

What happens when you sit quietly? You find that as soon as you sit all kinds of movements occur<br />

in different parts of your body. You feel needles pricking your feet, you feel itchy somewhere else;<br />

suddenly you feel a pain in the neck or the back. A moment before you felt none of this, you were<br />

absolutely all right. Suddenly your body revolts and tells you to do something; even if you were able<br />

to ignore everything else, you will feel <strong>com</strong>pelled to change your position.<br />

Life is supported by action in this mundane world. As you begin to empty yourself of action, the<br />

world is lost. As soon as you try to be still, the body urges you into one activity or other.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and <strong>com</strong>plain: ”We suffer from no aches and pains, but as soon as we begin to<br />

meditate all kinds of troubles start.” You feel like coughing when there is no reason to do so. You are<br />

the master, and if you do not listen to the body it will quiet down, for how long can it remain agitated?<br />

It is the attention that you give it that acts as its nourishment. You must firmly tell the body: Whatever<br />

happens I am not going to do anything for this one hour. You feel itchy? What of it? How is it going<br />

to harm you?<br />

Have you noticed that if you do not scratch for a minute or two, the itching stops on its own? <strong>The</strong><br />

itching sensation is never removed by scratching; rather, it increases. If you have made a firm<br />

resolution that you are the master and not the body, you will find the throat has settled down – there<br />

is no cough. You will have to assert your domination for a few days though. Too long have you<br />

allowed the slave to lord it over you, so when you begin to steal its power it is sure to rebel and defy<br />

you.<br />

You have decided to sit still for an hour. What is the worst that can happen? <strong>The</strong> feet turn numb...<br />

All right, let them! <strong>The</strong>y feel itchy... So what! It is not a matter of life and death. You will find that<br />

if you remain firm in your resolve, the feet will stop being numb. This was only a ruse of the body<br />

to defeat your purpose. Had you listened to the feet your hands would have clamored for attention,<br />

then your neck and so on; but if you ignore the feet the itch will subside once and for all. A beggar<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 128 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

does not beg for long before an empty house, but if you make the mistake of saying, ”<strong>The</strong>re is no<br />

one here. Go elsewhere,” he will not budge from your door. Once you responded he is sure to say<br />

something.<br />

A beggar called out for alms before the house of a miserly Marwari. What a wrong place to go! He<br />

called out and begged for a loaf of bread.<br />

”<strong>The</strong>re is no bread here,” the Marwari called back.<br />

”<strong>The</strong>n give me a paisa or two,” cried the beggar.<br />

”<strong>The</strong>re is no money here.”<br />

”<strong>The</strong>n some old clothes!”<br />

”Did I not say that there is nothing here?” shouted the Marwari.<br />

”<strong>The</strong>n why stay here?” answered the beggar. ”Why don’t you join me and we can go begging<br />

together!”<br />

One reply – and you are caught. Your reply means that you are, and you are willing. At least you<br />

are responding. That is enough. You feel itchy! Just observe it and do nothing, do not react. In<br />

a short while you will be surprised to find that the sensation has gone. When there is a pain just<br />

observe it; it will go away. It takes about six months to make the body ’just sit’ like this. Choose any<br />

posture in which you can be <strong>com</strong>fortable. Don’t choose an unsuitable posture which might give you<br />

trouble. <strong>The</strong>refore I say choose a <strong>com</strong>fortable, easy position. Don’t take an un<strong>com</strong>fortable position<br />

that tortures the body unnecessarily. You don’t have to sit on pebbles or thorns. As it is, the body<br />

will give enough trouble: don’t increase your pains.<br />

Sit in an easy posture and resolve to sit like this for an hour. <strong>The</strong>n don’t listen to the body at all. If<br />

you stick zealously to your resolve and do not give in to the body, within three weeks you will find<br />

that the body will stop agitating. <strong>The</strong>n when the body stops disturbing you, turn to the mind.<br />

Don’t worry at all about the mind in the beginning. You have to make the body toe the line before<br />

grappling with the mind. <strong>The</strong> day you discover that the body has be<strong>com</strong>e passive and no longer<br />

give you trouble, that it is now prepared to sit still, know that half the journey is over. In fact, more<br />

than half the journey is over, because the mind is also a part of the body, and if the body has been<br />

subdued the mind cannot hold out for long. If the whole body has been trained into acceptance of a<br />

particular posture, this part of the body cannot wander for long; it too will have to settle down.<br />

To stabilize the body, to subject it to a particular posture, means to stop all the turbulence and<br />

disturbances of the body. Now you sit as if you have no body, as if you are bodiless. You are now<br />

aware of the body: you are just siting.<br />

Next concentrate on the mind. <strong>The</strong> method is the same: don’t do a single thing that the mind says.<br />

Don’t react to it. Watch the thoughts with an indifferent attitude, as if you have nothing to do with<br />

them, as if you are witnessing the thoughts of another person while you are standing apart, as if<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 129 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

you are watching a rowdy mob on the road, as if you are seeing the clouds passing by in the sky.<br />

Observe indifferently. Be absolutely neutral.<br />

First let the body be<strong>com</strong>e tranquil. This state <strong>com</strong>es gradually in the course of three weeks. <strong>The</strong><br />

mind takes about three months. It may be a little more or a little less. All depends on your<br />

seriousness and sincerity of purpose, but within a period of six months this state of ’just sitting’<br />

can be achieved. Now neither the body indulges in activities nor the mind.<br />

Do not fight the mind. Do not suppress it. Do not order it not to think, for remember, this too is<br />

thinking. Even this much of a thought can keep the mind going. <strong>The</strong> mind will stir up a great deal of<br />

chaos, but don’t fight it. Your reactions will show that you are still willing to give in to it, that you have<br />

failed to ignore it.<br />

Indifference is the key. Just watch. Say nothing. It is going to be difficult, for the habits are old and<br />

deep-seated. It has always been your habit to talk with the mind, to answer it back. Gradually, by<br />

and by, if you persist you will reach a stage when by constant observation there is only you, and<br />

nothing is happening – neither in the body nor in the mind. When all activities of the mind and body<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e quiet, that state is called the state of ’just sitting’.<br />

Here the word ’posture’ does not mean some intricate yoga posture. If you do yoga asanas it will be<br />

helpful, for it will give you the power to sit longer, but this is not necessary. If you learn merely to sit,<br />

that is the supreme asana. Also, it is not necessary that you should sit on the floor; you can even<br />

sit on a chair. Only one thing must be remembered: you have to keep the same posture through the<br />

given period.<br />

Sit <strong>com</strong>fortably so that the body has no cause for <strong>com</strong>plaint. Make all arrangements for the body’s<br />

<strong>com</strong>fort: if it is cold take a blanket, if it is hot switch on the fan. Arrange for the body’s <strong>com</strong>fort. Don’t<br />

take pleasure in torturing the body, for that is just cruelty Whether you torture another body or your<br />

own, both are acts of violence, and nobody has ever attained God through violence. This body is<br />

also His there is no need to torture it. When once you have settled down, don’t listen to the body’s<br />

demands. Keep sitting! Ignore the mind, be indifferent toward it. It will create chaos, it will indulge in<br />

all kinds of rowdiness, perhaps more than ever before.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and say: ”When I was not meditating my mind was never this restless. Now it is<br />

a hundred times more restless than it used to be. Now there is great noise and tumult.” It has always<br />

been so, only you were not aware of it, for your mind was always outside you. You were so involved<br />

in the outside world that you did not notice the tumult within. Your sitting in silence does not create<br />

it. In fact, when you are tranquil this chaos can only die down. It cannot possibly increase. But you<br />

were so involved in the outside world, in your house, your family, your business, your wealth, that<br />

you could not hear what was happening inside. Now that you have closed your eyes to the outside<br />

world all your attention has gone within, all the focus, all the light is now concentrated within. <strong>The</strong>n<br />

in this first experience, when the light falls within, you discover what chaos reigns there.<br />

But remember: be indifferent! You have to remember one thing: except nothing from the mind. If you<br />

hold on to the slightest hope you will not be able to disregard the mind. Leave all desires; nourish<br />

no hopes and sit in total indifference; be neutral and unbiased. However difficult you may find it in<br />

the beginning, it will be<strong>com</strong>e easier if you persist. Don’t worry about the time – today, tomorrow or<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 130 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

the day after – don’t worry when you will reach, because the greater the hurry the more you will be<br />

delayed. To hurry is the nature of the mind. If you hurry the mind will defeat you. If you keep your<br />

patience and don’t hurry, if you are prepared to wait for the happening whenever it <strong>com</strong>es, you will<br />

find that within six months the mind will be<strong>com</strong>e tranquil.<br />

<strong>The</strong> state of ’just sitting’ means that there is no activity in the body, no thought in the mind. This<br />

sutra of Shiva is revolutionary. It says that the moment you achieve the state of ’just sitting’ you find<br />

yourself bathed in the lake of the supreme being. That lake is within you.<br />

When all movements of the body stop the energy cannot flow out. When all activities of the mind<br />

<strong>com</strong>e to a halt, all outlets of energy are sealed. For the first time the bucket of your mind has no<br />

holes. Now there is nothing to flow out. All the life-energy circulates within, and within is the great<br />

lake. This energy flowing within you then meets the supreme lake. You – your drop – beings to<br />

drown in the ocean. <strong>The</strong>n a natural bathing in the supreme lake occurs. And that is God Himself.<br />

When you go outward you wander. As soon as you go within the goal is attained. You are seeking<br />

outside what is hidden inside you. What you are seeking in fact is you, yourself; and therefore the<br />

search never succeeds. That which you seek lies hidden forever within you. That is the difficulty.<br />

That is the <strong>com</strong>plexity of the whole thing, for you never look there. Where you look, there He is not,<br />

and so you wander and wander endlessly.<br />

One evening Mulla Nasruddin was out on the road with a lamp looking for something. He was frantic.<br />

Darkness was closing in and his friends offered to help him.<br />

”What are you looking for?” they asked.<br />

”I have lost my needle,” said the Mulla.<br />

After a while one of them said, ”Mulla, exactly where did you drop the needle? <strong>The</strong> road is so wide<br />

and the needle is so small.”<br />

Nasruddin said, ”Don’t ask that question. That is a sore point.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> friends were puzzled. ”What do you mean?” they asked.<br />

Nasruddin said, ”<strong>The</strong> needle was lost in the house, but there is no light inside. It is so dark there, so<br />

terribly dark that I am afraid to go in even during the daytime. That is why I am looking outside.”<br />

”Have you gone mad, Mulla?” they exclaimed. ”How can you find outside what was lost inside?”<br />

Nasruddin laughed out loud. ”Everybody is doing the same!” he exclaimed. ”What is lost within we<br />

seek without, and no one else is considered mad, only me!”<br />

What is it that you seek? You are definitely seeking something, but what is it? If we were to find the<br />

sum total of all our searching we should discover that it is bliss that we seek. We find some people<br />

searching for wealth, but really they seek bliss; some seek love, but really they seek bliss; some<br />

seek honor, but really they seek bliss; some seek fame, but really they seek bliss. In essence they<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 131 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

are all seeking bliss. Your quests may have different names, but the deep meaning is one, and one<br />

only – bliss! You seek bliss whether your feet point toward the tavern or the temple. Whether a man<br />

acts out of sin or virtue, whether a man <strong>com</strong>mits a good act or foul, he is seeking bliss.<br />

Have you ever asked where bliss was lost? Look in the place where you lost it. You search in other<br />

places than where you left it. You have certainly not lost it somewhere outside. It was a taste within,<br />

a flavor you know well.<br />

Psychologists have made a significant statement. <strong>The</strong>y say that a child is in a most blissful state<br />

within the mother’s womb. And he should be! He has no worries, no responsibility, no anxiety about<br />

food or about the weather. <strong>The</strong> temperature in the mother’s womb is constant. It makes no difference<br />

to the child whether it is burning hot outside or biting cold. He is not affected if the mother is hungry,<br />

or if she is undergoing any emotional or physical strain. <strong>The</strong> child is fully protected. He just floats in<br />

the womb.<br />

You must have seen the picture of the Lord Vishnu floating in a sea of milk. This is how it is with a<br />

child in the mother’s womb. This picture of Vishnu symbolizes the state of blissful rest that a child<br />

enjoys in the womb. <strong>The</strong>re is a flower sprouting from Vishnu’s navel. That depicts the umbilical cord<br />

which joins the child to the mother. That is the source of its life. As there is water in the ocean, so is<br />

there water in the mother’s womb; even the salt ratio is the same. This is why the mother gets the<br />

urge to eat salty things, for the salt in her body is absorbed by the womb.<br />

<strong>The</strong> child floats in this water inside the mother’s womb. It is in <strong>com</strong>plete bliss. It knows no worry:<br />

before it is hungry it is feed. <strong>The</strong>re is no need to cry. <strong>The</strong>re is no need to breathe even; the mother<br />

breathes for it. <strong>The</strong> child is joined with the mother. It is not yet separate. It has no ego: it is not<br />

conscious that ’I am’. <strong>The</strong> fact is: the child is, but it is <strong>com</strong>pletely bathed in existence, and the bliss<br />

of this condition is the bliss that he searches for all of his life.<br />

Psychologists say that your whole life’s quest is an attempt to regain the womb. We devise a<br />

thousand and one ways to recapture this bliss. If you look closely you will observe this fact. You<br />

try to find a <strong>com</strong>fortable bed to sleep in; <strong>com</strong>fortable bedding is that in which the temperature is<br />

almost the same as a child curled up in the mother. People who sleep well sleep in this position;<br />

they be<strong>com</strong>e babies all over again.<br />

All your efforts are aimed at being relieved of your responsibilities and worries. You try to be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

rich, for if you are rich you can use your wealth as a means to dissolve worry about the future.<br />

You seek friendship, you seek love and protection. Alone, you are afraid, for all around there are<br />

enemies, unknown and unfamiliar. You make a house for yourself and you feel safe within its four<br />

walls; look closely, and you will see it is an attempt to create a womb within which you can feel safe.<br />

<strong>The</strong> child experiences bliss in the mother’s womb. Every child does. <strong>The</strong>n all his life he spends<br />

searching for this same bliss. That is why, whenever you get a glimpse of this bliss you feel happy.<br />

All your moments of happiness are glimpses of bliss. Psychologists say that the search for liberation<br />

is a search for the womb. <strong>The</strong> day this whole existence be<strong>com</strong>es like a womb to you, when you<br />

are <strong>com</strong>pletely drowned in it, when your ego is <strong>com</strong>pleted annihilated and you have no worries, no<br />

anxiety, you will attain this bliss all over again. This bliss is right within you, but you have lost it; and<br />

because you seek outside yourself, you do not find it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 132 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

In the state of ’just sitting’, in the state of meditation, your own body be<strong>com</strong>es a womb for you. In this<br />

state when all activities quiet down, when all thoughts are lost, your mind and your body be<strong>com</strong>e the<br />

circumference and you enter the womb once again. This is why we call a meditative person ’DVIJ’,<br />

which means twice-born. <strong>The</strong>re is one birth in which you pass through your mother’s womb; this is<br />

the birth you get through your parents. And there is a second birth in which you have to give birth to<br />

yourself. It is this birth which makes you a dvij.<br />

In the state of ’just sitting’ a person is naturally bathed in the lake of the supreme being. And to<br />

be bathed in the ocean of consciousness.... When the ocean of the body has given you so much<br />

pleasure, imagine how much more the ocean of consciousness can give you! It is more than your<br />

powers of imagination can grasp, infinitely more. It is boundless. <strong>The</strong> bliss you tasted in your<br />

mother’s womb was the bliss that <strong>com</strong>es from drowning in the body, but the bliss you will know when<br />

you sink into the soul, that is the real bliss. <strong>The</strong> Hindus have called it brahma. No taste can equal<br />

the taste of Brahma. It is sat-chit-ananda, truth-consciousness-bliss.<br />

As soon as you drown in the ocean of consciousness you be<strong>com</strong>e dvij, for now the soul is born in<br />

you. At present your soul is hidden within the seed. It is the present and it is not present; it is present<br />

as a seed, but not as a tree. You are still only a potential, a promise of be<strong>com</strong>ing. You have not yet<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e the tree, and this is your trouble; this is your anguish. It is this that makes you distressed<br />

and anxious.<br />

If all this distress is correctly analyzed, it is the pain of being born. As long as you are not twice-born,<br />

dvij, this trouble will persist. He who undergoes the second birth finds that the first birth ceases for<br />

him, for now it is of no use to him; otherwise, you will be born, you will die and you will be born again.<br />

You will reincarnate again and again, but when you be<strong>com</strong>e twice-born there is no need to return to<br />

the body again.<br />

Those of the brahmin caste are called ’dvij’, twice-born. It would be more fitting to call a dvij, a<br />

brahmin; for all brahmins are not dvij, but all dvij’s are brahmins. No one truly be<strong>com</strong>es a brahmin<br />

just by being born into a brahmin family. He only be<strong>com</strong>es a brahmin when he is dissolved in<br />

Brahma, when he is born of Brahma.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Hindus have a unique concept. Each of us is born into the lowest cast, sudras, and only a few<br />

attain Brahmahood. So, whatever caste the child is born into, by birth we are all sudras. <strong>The</strong> child<br />

of a brahmin family is initiated with the sacred thread. This is just to make him aware that he is now<br />

a brahmin and not a member of a lower caste. It is only a custom. To be a brahmin is not so easy<br />

that it can be done merely by putting a thread around your neck. To be<strong>com</strong>e a brahmin is the most<br />

difficult process in the world; it only happens when a person is drowned <strong>com</strong>pletely in his soul.<br />

He who gives a new birth to his self is twice-born, dvij. Now he is his own mother, his own father.<br />

He is not born through an outside agency. His relationships with the world are broken. He is now<br />

united with Brahma.<br />

This sutra says: MEDITATION IS THE SEED. He who attains the state of meditation, he who just<br />

sits, is immersed in his self. This gives birth to his soul. He is now ’twice-born’.<br />

Leave aside all the second-rate methods, shun them. Don’t be satisfied with the sacred thread<br />

around your body. If only it were so cheap and easy to attain Brahmahood, to be<strong>com</strong>e one with<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 133 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

Brahma. But this is the way we are; we are always rummaging around till we <strong>com</strong>e up with some<br />

easy method to fool ourselves with. How long can we maintain this self-deception? All your sacred<br />

threads, all the devices you use to misguide yourself – destroy them! <strong>The</strong>y give false hopes. What<br />

you need is a genuine birth, and that will only happen when you be<strong>com</strong>e your own womb. You will<br />

need a body in the state of ’just sitting’ and a mind in the state of meditation. Together they form the<br />

womb within you.<br />

Nicodemus asked Jesus, ”When shall I attain your Kingdom of God?” Jesus replied, ”When you die<br />

and are born again.” You have to end your life as it is, be dead to it, and be born again as you should<br />

be. Only then can you enter the Kingdom of God. <strong>The</strong>n answer is clear: destroy the seed form and<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e the tree.<br />

As you are, you are only a dream, a promise – a promise that some day God will emerge from within<br />

you, but He has not, as yet. Bury this possibility within the soil like a seed. What is the danger?<br />

What is the fear? I can understand the seed’s misgivings. It is afraid of extinction. Besides, it has no<br />

knowledge of the tree that it carries inside. It has never <strong>com</strong>e face to face with the tree. If the tree<br />

is to sprout the seed must die. Besides, the seed is not sure whether, on its death, the vast tree will<br />

<strong>com</strong>e into being. All that the seed can think is: Whatever I am will be lost. And where is the certainty<br />

of attaining this vastness? Exactly that is your anxiety. Of all the Buddhas and Mahavirs and Shivas<br />

you ask this same question: ’What if we lose what we have without gaining anything?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> fear is natural. <strong>The</strong>refore you are afraid to approach the master. If you don’t experience this<br />

fear the master is not worth a penny; run away from him. <strong>The</strong> master makes you frightened for he<br />

looks like death itself. He will destroy you. And, as you are being destroyed, the mind says: ”Escape<br />

from here.” When the mind gives that danger signal don’t run away! When the mind tells you to wait<br />

a little longer and enjoy the master’s <strong>com</strong>pany, then is the time to run! Where the mind is fearful,<br />

know that something is bound to happen, for the seed is frightened only in the face of extinction.<br />

You are not afraid of the priests. You are not afraid of the temples. And the holy places – Kashi and<br />

Bodh Gaya, Gunar, Kaaba, Jerusalem – you can wander there without a care, for there is no one<br />

there who threatens your existence. All the places of pilgrimage, all the holy places, are dead places,<br />

for life is not in the place, in the teertha, but in the tirthankara, the master. When the Tirthankara<br />

is gone a pilgrimage place is built around him, for now there is no fear from the master. A dead<br />

master cannot destroy you, therefore the mind worships the dead master very lovingly. You worship<br />

Mahavir and Buddha, for you know for certain that a stone statue can do you no harm. After all, it is<br />

you who bought it and you can throw it away whenever you want.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Hindus are clever, they make their idols of clay, because after worshipping them for two or three<br />

weeks they throw them in the river. One thing is certain: we make them and we break them. You<br />

worship if you feel like it; if you don’t feel like it, you don’t worship. Who will ask you to explain<br />

yourself? All this is just a more sophisticated version of the games that children play. <strong>The</strong>y play with<br />

dolls: we play with statues of God.<br />

When Mahavir, Rama and Krishna are no more, then they are worshipped. When such a person is<br />

alive, people run away in fear. People who are deathly afraid of a master think lovingly of visiting<br />

the holy pilgrimage places. Crowds of thousands flock to the annual Kumbha Mela, the meeting of<br />

all the holy men. Have people ever gathered in such numbers around Mahavir or Krishna? Never!<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 134 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

<strong>The</strong> Kumbha does not <strong>com</strong>e to your door, you have to make the journey to the sacred bathing place<br />

where it occurs, but Mahavir and Buddha <strong>com</strong>e knocking at your door. Alas, they find the door<br />

closed, for we are frightened of these people. <strong>The</strong>y are dangerous. <strong>The</strong>y say: ”Die like a seed and<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e a tree!”<br />

This is why trust and faith are required, they are priceless. If you listen to reason it will say, ”First be<br />

sure. What is the guarantee?” Logic is always right. It says: ”A bird in hand is worth two in the bush.”<br />

This is correct as far as reason goes, for how can you let go of the little you have for a promise of<br />

larger gains that are yet to <strong>com</strong>e?<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was eager to learn to swim. He found a teacher who said, ”Come, I am going to<br />

the river.” As it happened, the Mulla slipped as soon as he stepped into the water. He fell over and<br />

almost drowned. Somehow he found his way to the bank, whereupon he got out of the water and<br />

ran away.<br />

<strong>The</strong> teacher called out to him, ”Where are you going? Don’t you want to learn how to swim?”<br />

”First teach me how to swim,” said the Mulla, ”and then I’ll get back into the river.”<br />

”That’s almost impossible,” said the teacher. ”Unless you get into the water you cannot learn.”<br />

But the Mulla said, ”Never again will I set foot in the river, at least not in this life.”<br />

You also reason like Nasruddin, and your reasoning is correct. <strong>The</strong> Mulla will only step into the river<br />

if he knows how to swim, for was he not almost drowned? It was sheer good luck that he found<br />

himself alive!<br />

One day I saw Nasruddin teaching his wife how to drive. He stood at the edge of the road, well away<br />

from his wife, who sat at the wheel of the car. He was shouting out instructions: ”Press the clutch!<br />

Change gears!”<br />

I watched him intrigued. I went up to him and asked, ”Mulla, I have seen many people teach driving,<br />

but yours is a unique method! How can you teach someone from outside the car?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> Mulla replied, ”<strong>The</strong> car is insured; I am not.”<br />

Logic always demands insurance; it wants a guarantee. <strong>The</strong> seed also demands a guarantee that<br />

it will be<strong>com</strong>e a tree, but how is one to assure the seed? Faith is invaluable. <strong>The</strong>re is no way to<br />

assure you. Faith is a jump in the dark, therefore the faithful reach and the logical don’t. <strong>The</strong> mind<br />

misleads, leads you astray; the heart takes you all the way to the destination.<br />

When you are in love you never listen to the mind. Even when you pray you cannot pray if you listen<br />

to the mind. If you listen to the mind its logic always seems one hundred percent correct, but the<br />

ultimate result is zero. <strong>The</strong> seed remains a seed; not only does it remain a seed but it begins to rot.<br />

Ask yourself this question: ”Is what I have real?” What does a seed possess? Don’t ask whether the<br />

tree will or will not be; instead ask the seed what it has that it is so afraid of losing. This is what faith<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 135 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

always asks. Faith says: ”What do I have that I fear losing?” <strong>The</strong>re is nothing apart from anxiety,<br />

anguish and distress. Why be afraid of losing them? Is there any bliss, any joy in you, so that you<br />

are afraid you might lose it and be so much the poorer for it? You have nothing. You are like the<br />

naked man who wouldn’t bathe because he had no place to dry his clothes. he had no clothes, so<br />

there was no question of washing and drying them, but such anxieties catch hold of the mind.<br />

You have nothing to lose, absolutely nothing, and everything to gain. This is false. Truth always<br />

looks inward: ”What do I have?” Logic always looks to the future: ”What will happen?” Truth looks to<br />

the present.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and I tell them to jump into sannyas. <strong>The</strong>y say, ”Not now, after a year,” as if I<br />

am taking something away from them. As if they need a full year to muster the courage. <strong>The</strong>y want<br />

to postpone it as if I want them to renounce something. <strong>The</strong>y have nothing; they possess nothing<br />

except misery, wretchedness and poverty. I want to give them the glory of sannyas. I don’t intend<br />

to take anything away; rather, I want to give them something. To me, sannyas is not renunciation;<br />

rather, it is a door to supreme enjoyment. You be<strong>com</strong>e... you feel... like a king for the first time in<br />

your life when you take sannyas, but alas, you view your beggar’s attitude as a treasure.<br />

Whenever I tell someone to jump into sannyas he looks at me as if I am snatching something away<br />

from him. I am amazed. If only he had something to lose then I could understand it. You have<br />

nothing! Not even rubbish! All that you have, all that you own, is a Pandora’s box filled with the<br />

scorpions and snakes of anxiety suffering, anguish and all kinds of ills. Why you hold on to all of<br />

this is beyond my understanding. What is the reason? <strong>The</strong> reason is plain: you don’t look in this<br />

direction at all. You are always concerned with what you will get.<br />

People ask me: ”What will we attain by meditating?” And that is the error that they make. I want<br />

them to ask themselves what they have attained by not meditating. We cannot vouch for what will<br />

be attained, for the future is unknown. Besides, the seed and the tree never meet. <strong>The</strong> seed will<br />

remain a seed. How can we make the seed meet its future? When the seed perishes, only then<br />

does the tree <strong>com</strong>e into being. By the time the tree is formed the seed is no more, so how can you<br />

show the tree to the seed? As long as you are a seed, you are a seed; when you be<strong>com</strong>e the tree<br />

you are no longer the seed. <strong>The</strong> seed and the tree never meet.<br />

You want a guarantee for the future. To whom is this guarantee to be given? <strong>The</strong> seed you no longer<br />

exist – you will not remain. <strong>The</strong> man who trusts asks: ”What do I have?” <strong>The</strong>n he finds: ”I have<br />

nothing. I am naked.” Once he realizes that he is naked, why worry about drying his clothes?<br />

Once this knowledge dawns on you, you will be ready to set out on the journey into the unknown,<br />

because then you are prepared for anything. You hold no fear of losing anything. If you gain<br />

something, good! If you don’t, you can’t be any worse off than you already are. Or do you think<br />

you can be? People are worried that they might fall into a state worse than their present condition.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was habitually saying: ”It could have been worse.” Whenever anyone told him<br />

something the Mulla invariably replied, ”It could have been worse.” His friends were tired of hearing<br />

this. At last an incident occurred in the neighborhood and the friends were confident that the Mulla<br />

would never be able to use his pet phrase in this context.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 136 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

<strong>The</strong> Mulla’s neighbor had been out of town. He returned two days before he had been expected.<br />

When he opened the door and let himself in he found his wife in the arms of a stranger. <strong>The</strong> husband<br />

picked up his gun and shot both of them. ”Now Mulla, what have you to say about that?” chuckled<br />

the Mulla’s friends, fully confident that they had him beaten for once.<br />

”It could have been worse,” the Mulla said calmly.<br />

”What could have been worse than this?” they all shouted together.<br />

”Quiet, my friends,” said the Mulla. ”Had he returned a day earlier it would have been me!”<br />

But I tell you, it cannot be worse. Give up this phrase. <strong>The</strong> state you are now in is the worst state<br />

you can possibly be in. What could be worse?<br />

Trust always thinks: ”What do I have? What does the seed have? It is only a covering, a shell. It<br />

has nothing. It can be<strong>com</strong>e something, but only when its shell breaks.” You are a shell, a covering.<br />

Let the shell break... and then everything be<strong>com</strong>es possible.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore Shiva says: MEDITATION IS THE SEED, and when the seed is destroyed you attain the<br />

state of ’twice-born’.<br />

ETERNAL KNOWLEDGE LEADS TO CESSATION OF BIRTH AND DEATH.<br />

<strong>The</strong> day the twice-born state flowers within you, your knowledge can never be destroyed. It will<br />

flow constantly. You will be<strong>com</strong>e a current of knowledge. Everything will be<strong>com</strong>e knowledge,<br />

consciousness. When the seed of meditation breaks there is nothing but consciousness, and only<br />

consciousness within you. You are transformed into a state of awareness and of witnessing, where<br />

knowledge is indestructible, where it cannot be destroyed. Right now your consciousness is next to<br />

non-existent. You live as if you are asleep. Whatever you do, it is not done in full awareness.<br />

A man sitting opposite Buddha was wriggling his big toe. Buddha said, ”Brother, why does your big<br />

toe wriggle so?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> man stopped immediately. He was surprised. ”I myself do not know,” he replied. ”Now that you<br />

have asked I too am troubled over it, for it was not moving consciously.”<br />

”Such is your whole life.” said the Buddha.<br />

What have you ever done consciously in the course of your whole life? Have you ever been<br />

consciously angry? Have you loved consciously? Have you ever consciously been greedy or<br />

obsessed? What have you done consciously? Your life is such – merely twiddling your thumbs<br />

unconsciously. You set up house, raised a family; you gave birth to your children. Did you do<br />

anything consciously? Everything has happened to you; you were merely involved in it mechanically.<br />

What did you do consciously in your life? Was there any action you did consciously? No! You can’t<br />

find even one act that you did consciously. You fell in love? Love happened, you did not fall in love.<br />

If you quarrelled, quarrels just happened mechanically; you did not quarrel. You see a person and<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 137 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

you decide immediately whether he is good or bad, but in your full awareness, who is good, who is<br />

bad?<br />

Whatever you have be<strong>com</strong>e is accidental. You have not gone about it in full awareness. Things<br />

happen around you and you flow unconsciously with them. You float like a wisp of straw in a river;<br />

you go wherever the current takes you. <strong>The</strong> straw thinks that it is travelling; and so you think you are<br />

doing something. How can you be the doer when you are totally unaware?<br />

This sutra says that knowledge be<strong>com</strong>es indestructible only when the seed of meditation breaks and<br />

gives way to the eternal spring of consciousness. <strong>The</strong>n even when you sleep, you are not asleep.<br />

You are never asleep; you are fully conscious inside. <strong>The</strong>n when you make love you do so in full<br />

consciousness. When you eat, drink, walk or talk, you are <strong>com</strong>pletely aware. <strong>The</strong>n your whole life<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es an expanding consciousness. This is what we call Buddhahood, and it means: the state<br />

in which a man lives who is in full consciousness.<br />

Now knowledge cannot be destroyed, now wisdom never fades. <strong>The</strong> flame within never burns low. It<br />

burns constantly and without flickering. When this happens – that the seed of meditation breaks and<br />

there arises from within the eternal knowledge and the constant stream of consciousness – then<br />

there is no birth; then you shall not reincarnate again.<br />

You return to the body only in a state of unconsciousness. You are asleep and so you descend again<br />

to the body. <strong>The</strong> day your consciousness be<strong>com</strong>es constant the journey of the body will end. No<br />

longer will you descend into this narrow prison. No one in his full consciousness would choose to<br />

live in a body, for it is a bondage; it is a chain you have forged around yourself. This is imprisonment,<br />

slavery; and why would you want to be a slave knowingly?<br />

You descend into the body unknowingly. You have lost your way in the dark. <strong>The</strong> day your eyes<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e filled with light you will stop descending into the body. <strong>The</strong>n where will you be? You will<br />

be a part of the great void, a bodiless part of it. This we call Brahma. Others call this God,; yet<br />

others call it nirvana or moksha. Call it by any name, it makes no difference. Between religions<br />

there is nothing more than a difference of words, and all words are correct, for each word indicates<br />

one quality of that supreme state.<br />

Nirvana means: the extinguishing of the lamp. Buddha likes this word. He would say: ”When the<br />

lamp is extinguished, where does the light go?” What would you say? Where has it gone? You<br />

will not be able to point to a specific place. <strong>The</strong> light is bound to be somewhere, for nothing in this<br />

existence is ever destroyed. Whatever is, is! Whatever is not, is not! <strong>The</strong>re is no way for a thing<br />

that is not, to be; and there is no way for a thing that is, not to be. <strong>The</strong> flame, the light, must be<br />

somewhere – somewhere in the vast expanse, one with existence. Up to now it had a form, now it<br />

is formless. Now it is liberated from the lamp, but that does not mean that it is lost.<br />

<strong>The</strong> lamp was made of clay, the flame was totally separate. What has the flame to do with the<br />

clay? <strong>The</strong>re is no relationship between the two. <strong>The</strong> flame did not owe its existence to the lamp; the<br />

lamp did not have to be<strong>com</strong>e the flame. <strong>The</strong> lamp was merely the body that contained the flame.<br />

You snuffed out the flame, and the connection between the fuel and the flame was broken. <strong>The</strong><br />

flame was lost in the vastness and became a part of the great light. <strong>The</strong>refore Buddha referred to<br />

this supreme state as nirvana, total extinction, for the flame dies down and be<strong>com</strong>es one with the<br />

supreme sun.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 138 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

Mahavir calls it kaivalya, total aloneness. He says: ”As your attachments break, darkness is gone<br />

and ignorance vanishes. All false knowledge is destroyed. <strong>The</strong>n there is you, and you alone –<br />

nobody else. Only the consciousness remains which has no beginning and no end.”<br />

Mahavir does not speak about God. He says, ”<strong>The</strong> soul be<strong>com</strong>es God, the Supreme Soul.” It is the<br />

same. Either you say the drop is lost in the ocean or the ocean has be<strong>com</strong>e one with the drop. <strong>The</strong><br />

Hindus say that the drop falls into the sea. Mahavir says that the ocean is lost in the drop. <strong>The</strong> event<br />

is the same, only the expressions are different. Mahavir liked the word kaivalya. You, and only you,<br />

remain – pure consciousness.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Hindus call it moksha, liberation, because the body is a prison, and you have obtained your<br />

freedom from it. Jesus has called it the Kingdom of God, because you are no longer poor and<br />

miserable. You have be<strong>com</strong>e a king. Only the words differ, the basic happening is one: when the<br />

seed breaks you be<strong>com</strong>e the tree.<br />

Take courage. <strong>Great</strong> courage is required. It requires more courage than anything else does in the<br />

world. <strong>The</strong>re is no greater challenge to your bravery than religion. <strong>The</strong>refore I say: Do not think the<br />

weak take to the path of religion. <strong>The</strong> weak can never be<strong>com</strong>e religious, only the very strong can<br />

walk the path of religion. Where you see the weak be<strong>com</strong>ing religious, kneeling in the temples and<br />

mosques, there is no religion there; it is only a worldly institution. <strong>The</strong> greatest act of bravery is to<br />

plunge into religion.<br />

What is this act of courage? <strong>The</strong> leap by the seed. It is the seed’s readiness to destroy itself without<br />

any hope or guarantee of be<strong>com</strong>ing a tree, the destruction of the known in favour of the unknown,<br />

the unfamiliar. It is leaving the well-trodden paths to wander in the vast wilderness. It is the readiness<br />

to choose an unfamiliar footpath, to leave the world and set out in search for Brahma, to leave the<br />

well-mapped world behind and set out on the uncharted sea.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re are no maps, no guides. <strong>The</strong>re are no written books that can be of help. All books are left<br />

behind when the world is no more, for they are part and parcel of this world. Not even the guru can<br />

go with you. He can only give you a push while he stands on the shore. What does a swimming<br />

teacher do? He merely pushes the learner into the water. You know that the guru is standing by, so<br />

you jump in confidently; but the knowledge of swimming is within you. To begin with, you throw your<br />

arms and feet about; that also is swimming, but a crude, unskilled form of it. In the course of a few<br />

days you learn by yourself how to move your limbs in the water. You could have done this without<br />

the coach, but you were afraid. Someone is waiting at the shore to help you if need be. That gives<br />

you courage, just as the guru stands at the shore to give you moral support. He does nothing, for<br />

there is nothing to do. Everything is hidden within you. It only has to be made manifest. <strong>The</strong> guru’s<br />

presence only assures you that there is no danger. You feel confident that someone is looking after<br />

you, that someone will hear you if you should and call for help. <strong>The</strong> guru assures the disciple” ”I am<br />

here. Don’t be afraid to jump.”<br />

As soon as you dive in, you begin thrashing your arms and legs about. At first it is out of fright, but<br />

gradually you learn to swim. What is the difference between swimming and thrashing your limbs<br />

about? It is only a matter of a little experience. For the first few days your limbs will only move<br />

ineffectually, without helping you to move forward. By and by all your movements will fall into a<br />

coordinated pattern, and as you learn how to move more effectively your confidence increases.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 139 Osho


CHAPTER 7. MEDITATION IS THE SEED<br />

After some time the guru will tell you that you no longer require his presence. Furthermore, you can<br />

guide others now, if you want to.<br />

This is what the guru does in meditation: he pushes you; and if you have enough trust your seed will<br />

break and the tree will be born. If you choose to argue and debate you will wander uselessly. Trust<br />

is the door.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 140 Osho


18 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 8<br />

<strong>The</strong> Fourth State<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

TRISHU CHATURTHAM TAILAVADASECHYAM.<br />

MAGNAH SVACHITTE PRAVISHET.<br />

PRANASAMACHARE SAMADARSHANAM.<br />

SHIVATULYO JAYATE.<br />

THE FOURTH STATE SHOULD SERVE AS OIL TO PERMEATE THE FIRST THREE STATES.<br />

SO BATHED, HE ENTERS INTO THE STATE OF SELF-AWARENESS.<br />

HE WHO EXPERIENCES THE DIVINE ENERGY PERVADING EVERYTHING VIEWS ALL THINGS<br />

AS EQUAL,<br />

AND HE ATTAINS TO SHIVAHOOD.<br />

Through all three states – wakefulness, dreaming and deep sleep – turiya, the fourth state, runs like<br />

a thread through the beads of a mala. Even while you sleep there is someone awake within. When<br />

you dream there is someone witnessing the dream. When you are awake during the day there is a<br />

witness within as you go about your daily routine. This is bound to be, for that which is your nature<br />

141


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

you cannot lose no matter how deep you are in sleep. That which you are is bound to be present. It<br />

can be suppressed, hidden, forgotten, but never destroyed.<br />

Whether you are asleep or dreaming or awake, turiya is ever-present. Deep within you are always<br />

Buddha. However much you may wander, all wandering is only superficial and belongs to the waves<br />

on the surface. Deep within you have never wandered, for deep within there is no way to wander.<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore, the fourth state is not to be attained but revealed. It has not to be achieved but uncovered.<br />

It lies hidden within like a buried treasure. You dig through a few layers of soil and be<strong>com</strong>e rich as a<br />

king. You need not seek anywhere, the treasure lies within. You keep getting glimpses of it, but you<br />

pay them no heed.<br />

In the morning you get up and say you slept long and deep, that the sleep was very refreshing.<br />

When you say this, have you ever wondered who it is who knows that the sleep was enjoyable? If all<br />

of your being was asleep, who was there to give remembrance? Who is it who says that the sleep<br />

was deep and refreshing? Surely someone saw into the depth of the slumber. Some dim light shone<br />

all through your sleep. <strong>The</strong> darkness was never total; it could be seen.<br />

You dream at night. In the morning you remember some fragments of your dream. You say you had<br />

a nightmare. So the observer was separate from your sleep, he was not lost in the sleep. A part<br />

of you stood aside and did not be<strong>com</strong>e one with the dream. You were the observer, the spectator,<br />

when the dream was being played on the stage of the soul within. But you were outside the play,<br />

otherwise you would not have remembered.<br />

When anger gets hold of you during the day, it is not that you are totally asleep; there are glimpses<br />

within. You are aware of anger when it <strong>com</strong>es, you feel it <strong>com</strong>ing. As the skies fill with clouds before<br />

the rain falls, you feel the smoke rising before the fire of anger erupts.<br />

When you are filled with attachments, when you are tranquil, when you are restless – there is<br />

someone within who keeps a constant watch; but you take no notice of this observer. Your attention<br />

flows toward what is seen in the world, and you are one with what you see; it doesn’t occur to you<br />

to turn and see the observer within who watches. This is all you have to do: turn within and see<br />

the observer. Your unconsciousness will break and you will attain the fourth state. He who attains<br />

the fourth state attains all. He who does not attain the fourth state, finds at the time of death that<br />

whatever he has earned, whatever he has gathered, is not worth a penny. It is all useless.<br />

I have heard:<br />

Once Nasruddin ran to the river to catch a boat. He was going on a journey and he was in a great<br />

hurry for fear of missing the boat. When he reached the river he saw the boat just a little ways from<br />

the shore. He took a jump and landed on the deck, but in the process he slipped and fell. His elbows<br />

were bruised, his clothes torn, but he was happy; he had caught the boat. He looked at his fellow<br />

travelers and beamed, ”Well, I made it.”<br />

One of them replied, ”I don’t understand, Mulla. Why such a hurry? This boat isn’t going anywhere,<br />

it’s just <strong>com</strong>ing in to shore.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 142 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

In the hour of death you will also realize that all your hurrying and scurrying ultimately turns out to<br />

be useless. <strong>The</strong> boat that you thought would take you is actually <strong>com</strong>ing in to shore. But then it will<br />

be too late and nothing can be done about it. Now you still have time. Something can be done.<br />

For him who awakens before death claims him, there is no death; but for him who sleeps until the<br />

time of death, there is no life. His life is one long dream finally broken by death. He who awakens<br />

during his lifetime sees and experiences his inner nature and knows that it is immortal.<br />

Life continues while you remain unconscious. You go about as if you are drunk, you do not know<br />

where you are going. Why you are going is also unclear.<br />

Two beggars at the roadside were having a conversation. I happened to be passing by and<br />

overheard them. One said, ”I wonder what is the purpose of life.”<br />

”Life is only to live. What else can you do?” replied the other.<br />

You are of the second beggar’s opinion: you feel what else is there to do in life apart from living?<br />

And even that is out of your control; it depends on an infinite number of factors. Everything is in<br />

your unconscious mind. Why sex desire arose in you, why you raised a family, how greed and anger<br />

entered you, why you were dishonest, why you accumulated wealth, why you made enemies – you<br />

have no idea! You are just like a puppet, whose strings are being pulled by someone else. You<br />

imagine you are dancing, but in fact it is someone else who is making you dance.<br />

Look closely at your life and you will find that you are nothing more than a puppet. How can anything<br />

real happen in the life of a man who is not his own master, but merely a puppet?<br />

One evening Mulla Nasruddin hurried to the station with two of his friends to catch a train. All three<br />

were dead drunk. <strong>The</strong> Mulla tripped and fell and missed the train, but the other two managed to get<br />

aboard. <strong>The</strong> station master helped the Mulla to his feet and sympathized with him for missing the<br />

train. <strong>The</strong> Mulla said, ”Don’t feel sorry for me. I can always catch the next train. I’m worried about<br />

what will happen to those other two. <strong>The</strong>y only came to see me off.”<br />

In the world to board the train is success, to miss it is failure; but in reality the one who succeeds<br />

and the one who fails, the victor and the vanquished, all are the same, for they are all equally<br />

unconscious. Rich and poor, winner and loser, each has his slate wiped clean by death.<br />

Only one sort of person escapes this treatment: he who has realized the fourth state that is hidden<br />

with the first three. For him there is no death. He alone wins. Everyone else, be he Alexander or<br />

Napoleon, is a total failure. Once in a while a Buddha <strong>com</strong>es out victorious.<br />

Here the meaning of success is only one: that you have <strong>com</strong>e to know that him for whom there is<br />

no death. What perishes with death you should consider as defeat. Make this a definition of failure.<br />

Have you anything that death cannot snatch away? Ponder constantly over this: ”Have I a single<br />

thing that death cannot take from me?” If you find that you don’t, then hurry. You cannot afford to<br />

waste any more time. Time time has <strong>com</strong>e to awake!<br />

Your days and your nights, the time you spend awake, the time you spend asleep and the time you<br />

dream, death will snatch them all away from you. You have no connection with these three states;<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 143 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

they are clouds that hide your sun from you. If your life is spent entirely within these three states<br />

you will find yourself a miserable beggar when the hour of death arrives, but if you have been able<br />

to discern through the mists even a single beam of light then you can know that the sun itself is not<br />

far off. <strong>The</strong>n you will be facing the sun and the clouds will be behind you.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first sutra is:<br />

THE FOURTH STATE SHOULD SERVE AS OIL AND PERMEATE THE OTHER THREE STATES.<br />

In all three states – whether you are awake, dreaming or in deep sleep – keep the remembrance<br />

of the fourth state alive. Whatever happens on the outside, just let it be. After all, it is only the<br />

periphery. Keep your attention on the center. Be aware each moment, whether you sit or stand, eat<br />

or sleep, whether you are going home or going to your place of work. Always remember that you<br />

are the observer and not the doer. Do not take life to be anything more than acting. Don’t identify<br />

yourself too much with the action.<br />

Whether you are a wife or husband, a businessman or client, don’t get too involved. Don’t lose<br />

yourself in it, for you are simply playing a role in the play. Keep outside of it, and within yourself.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se are all necessary parts of life. You must go to work, it is necessary. <strong>The</strong> play is delightful if<br />

you see it as play, but it is fatal if you take it to be life. <strong>The</strong>re is no reason so disrupt your life. You<br />

have to play the part that life has given you. You have to fulfill your duties and not be an escapist.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is absolutely no need to run away.<br />

Escapists are always weaklings. Those whom you regard as sadhus and sannyasins are escapists.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y are weak; they could not face life as it is; they could not take care of the observer within them.<br />

You cannot be<strong>com</strong>e a sannyasin by running away. It only shows that the world was too overwhelming<br />

and too strong, and you were too weak. You could not cultivate your awareness when at work. You<br />

could not take care of the observer within you while you were at home, therefore you had to run<br />

away.<br />

If you could not be<strong>com</strong>e aware in your working world how will you be<strong>com</strong>e aware in the mountains?<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is only one process of awakening and it has nothing to do with where you are or what you<br />

are doing. Geography is irrelevant. <strong>The</strong> process of cultivating awareness is one, and it has nothing<br />

to do with the location. It makes no difference whether you are sitting in a temple or sitting in your<br />

shop doing business. It matters not whether you sit on a velvet cushion or sit on the bare ground;<br />

the method is the same. <strong>The</strong> method is to be aware each moment of the fact that you are separate<br />

from the action you are involved in, whatever action it is – minding the shop or praying in the temple,<br />

business or worship, it makes no difference. ”My actions are separate from me. <strong>The</strong>y are part of the<br />

world. I am only the observer.” This should be the attitude. Do not be so engrossed that only the act<br />

remains and the witness is lost. Right now this is what is happening to you.<br />

This sutra says: Over the other three states let the fourth state pour continually. By continuous water<br />

the tree of the fourth state will begin to grow. Start with the waking state, for that is closer to the<br />

fourth, it contains a slight ray of awakening. Make use of this. How could you immediately awaken<br />

in your deep sleep, or in your dreams for that matter? So start with the waking state, which is one<br />

percent consciousness and ninety-nine percent unconsciousness. Make use of this one percent,<br />

and sprinkle it with turiya. Whenever the opportunity arises, shake yourself and wake up. Time<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 144 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

and time again your remembrance will slip. Give yourself a push, a jolt into wakefulness again and<br />

again. As a person ties knots in his handkerchief to help him remember something, tie knows in<br />

your consciousness that will remind you again and again. Whatever you are doing, whenever, shake<br />

yourself into consciousness of the truth – that ”I am not the doer, I am only the observer.”<br />

When this thought takes root within you, you will notice all your tensions disappearing. All tensions<br />

belong to the doer, the ego As soon as you begin to contact the observer in you, all tensions vanish.<br />

If this happens even for a moment you will catch a brief glimpse. <strong>The</strong> waves of the ocean will<br />

start dancing within. Again and again you will lose it. This is only natural, for you have cultivated<br />

unconsciousness over many births. It will take time to over<strong>com</strong>e this unconsciousness. You have<br />

to be persistent and courageous. You have to keep on pouring the oil of the fourth state into your<br />

wakeful state – say about twenty times during the day.<br />

While walking along the road, stop! Be<strong>com</strong>e the observer: realize that it is the body walking and<br />

you are merely an observer. While eating, stop! Be<strong>com</strong>e the observer. <strong>The</strong> body eats. You are<br />

merely observing. While attending to the customers in your shop, stop! Be<strong>com</strong>e the observer. Do<br />

not get so engrossed as to forget the observer. Take hold of yourself time and again. It will require a<br />

continuous effort. You will find, by and by, that the effort be<strong>com</strong>es easier day by day; now and again<br />

you will get flashes of turiya.<br />

When turiya <strong>com</strong>es easily in the daytime you can gradually utilize it in your dreams. <strong>The</strong>n when you<br />

are about to fall asleep let the last thought in your mind be: ”I am the observer”. As sleep over<strong>com</strong>es<br />

you let this thought reverberate in your mind: ”I am the witness, I am the witness...” And thus you<br />

fall asleep. You will not be able to catch the moment when sleep <strong>com</strong>es and the repetition stops.<br />

If you cultivate the feeling till you fall asleep the feeling will continue into sleep, for it is only the<br />

body that sleeps. As you cultivate this feeling more and more, one night you will suddenly be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

conscious of the observer in your sleep. And as soon as you be<strong>com</strong>e aware of the observer a rare<br />

thing happens – dreams vanish. Dreams occur only because of your unconsciousness.<br />

When this even takes place in your dreams, the third happening be<strong>com</strong>es possible. Continue the<br />

repetition: ”I am the witness... I am the witness...”: into your sleep. <strong>The</strong> day this stream of awareness<br />

enters your sleep the key to the supreme treasure falls into your hands. Now nothing and nobody can<br />

make you unaware, unconscious. He who awakens even for a moment in his sleep, his unawareness<br />

is gone forever.<br />

<strong>The</strong> day you awaken in your sleep you be<strong>com</strong>e a yogi. You cannot be<strong>com</strong>e a yogi by performing<br />

asanas. <strong>The</strong>se are merely exercises. <strong>The</strong>y are good and useful to keep the body healthy, but if you<br />

take them to be the true yoga then you are deluded. Yoga means: the art of awakening in sleep.<br />

Thus he who awakens is a yogi.<br />

This sutra tells you to bring the fourth state to the first three states, and then this occurrence is bound<br />

to take place one day. When you awaken even in sleep you will be<strong>com</strong>e fixed in the fourth state.<br />

When a person is established in the fourth state he be<strong>com</strong>es like a flame that burns unflickering,<br />

as if there is no breeze. Such will be your wisdom, such your knowledge; such will be your soul,<br />

non-flickering, filled with light. <strong>The</strong>n everything in you will be transformed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first thing is: for the one who be<strong>com</strong>es awakened in his sleep, dreams end forever. He who<br />

reaches Buddhahood never dreams. In the beginning when you awaken in your dream that dream<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 145 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

will break, but other dreams will continue; but if you awaken in a deep sleep where there are no<br />

dreams then you will never dream again. This happens because all dreams occur in a desire-ridden<br />

mind.<br />

What is a dream? If you have a desire which remains unfulfilled during the day, you fulfill it during<br />

the night. Everybody cannot be a king: there is a lot of struggle and <strong>com</strong>petition, so the beggar<br />

gratifies his desires by dreaming of be<strong>com</strong>ing a king. <strong>The</strong> balance is maintained: the one who is<br />

king in the day is not conscious of his kingdom in his sleep; the beggar begs all day and dreams he<br />

is a king when he sleeps.<br />

It happened once: Aurangzeb was very angry with a fakir. He sent for him one morning with the idea<br />

of punishing him. People had told Aurangzeb that it was impossible to displease this man. He said,<br />

”We shall see.” It was a cold night, a cold Delhi night. He had the fakir stand naked all night in the<br />

river Jamuna, while all night there warmth and merriment in the palace.<br />

<strong>The</strong> fakir spent the night standing in the cold river. In the morning Aurangzeb sent for him and asked,<br />

”How as it with you last night?<br />

<strong>The</strong> fakir replied, ”It was the same for me as it was for you, and at times it was better.”<br />

”I don’t follow you,” said Aurangzeb.<br />

”I kept dreaming,” said the fakir, ”that I was king. I sat in a brilliantly lit palace and there was<br />

merrymaking all around. I took as much pleasure from my palace and my revelry as you did from<br />

yours, so my night was sometimes like yours. And when I was filled with awareness then my dream<br />

broke. You still do not know what awareness is like.”<br />

You <strong>com</strong>plete at night what is half-finished during the day. You cannot fulfill all your desires in the<br />

daytime; there are difficulties. Besides, it is not easy to gratify desires for they are really unfulfillable.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no way to fulfill desires; in fact, it is the very nature of desire that it can never be fulfilled.<br />

Even if you attain all the wealth in the world your desires will not be satisfied.<br />

It is said: Diogenes told Alexander the <strong>Great</strong>, ”<strong>The</strong> day you conquer the whole world you will really<br />

find yourself in great trouble. Forget about this whole business. As it stands you are facing great<br />

trouble. After you have conquered the world you will find yourself in even greater difficulty.”<br />

It is said that Alexander became sad and replied, ”Please, don’t talk like this, for the very thought<br />

of having conquered the whole world makes me sad. Once the world is conquered what shall I do?<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no other world to conquer. My mind will torment me no end, for it is never satisfied.”<br />

Kings dream and so do beggars; each <strong>com</strong>pletes what was left undone during the day. Dreams<br />

are kind to you; that is one of their qualities. If you are misled into observing austerities and<br />

fasts by some sadhu or sannyasin, and if you have almost died of hunger during the day, in the<br />

night when you dream you will find yourself a guest at a banquet. You will eat food that is tasty<br />

beyond description. Dreams are infinitely kinder than your sadhus and sannyasins. And there is no<br />

difference between the taste of the actual food and the dream food; possibly dream food is tastier! If<br />

you have been unsuccessful in your running after women then in your dreams you will find yourself<br />

attracting women as beautiful as your mind can possible imagine.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 146 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

Dreams open the door to the fulfillment of all your desires. If a man lives for sixty years he spends<br />

twenty years in sleep, twenty at work and another twenty awake in other pursuits. Now if a man<br />

remains a king for twenty years in his actual life and another is a king for twenty years in his dreams,<br />

what is the difference? <strong>The</strong> sum total is the same. Besides, he who is emperor during the day has<br />

a thousand-and-one worries on his mind, but the dream king has all the leisure to enjoy his status.<br />

Dreams are lost only when a man awakens in sleep. <strong>The</strong>n dreams be<strong>com</strong>e meaningless, for he who<br />

awakens in sleep has no desire left in him. All desires are part of unconsciousness.<br />

Once Mulla Nasruddin got off a train looking very sick and unable to walk straight. ”Are you ill?” a<br />

friend asked.<br />

Nasruddin replied, ”Whenever I travel and sit facing backward I feel sick and dizzy.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> friend said, ”You should have asked the man sitting opposite you to change seats with you,<br />

Mulla.”<br />

”I wanted to do that,” said the Mulla, ”only there was no one in the opposite seat.”<br />

You go through life in exactly the same way, as if you are dead drunk or <strong>com</strong>pletely drugged. You will<br />

have to break this addiction. Where will you start? You will begin with the waking state. When you<br />

awaken in the morning make a resolution: Today I shall practice the witnessing attitude. Early in the<br />

morning when you first awaken your mind is very light and fresh, there are no dreams, no thoughts.<br />

After a full night’s rest there is a dawn within just as there is a dawn without. <strong>The</strong>re are no tensions,<br />

no clouds. You are light and free. Soon the world will claim you and then the difficulties will begin.<br />

As soon as your sleep is interrupted, don’t be in a hurry to open your eyes. At that moment the mind<br />

is very sensitive. As soon as you awaken remember your resolve, ”I am the witness.” Lie still for<br />

five Lie still for five minutes and meditate on this. Don’t open your eyes, for once the eyes are open<br />

there is the world in front of you, and you lost yourself in it. Keep your eyes closed and cultivate the<br />

feeling: ”I am not the doer, I am the witness.” Let this witnessing practice be with me throughout the<br />

day. Let me remember to practice it all day long.”<br />

Now get up, immersed <strong>com</strong>pletely in this feeling and try to maintain the feeling for a while. In the<br />

beginning you will find it easy. Get up and sit up in bed, then put your feet down. Be fully aware.<br />

Take a bath; bathe with consciousness. Eat your breakfast; be fully aware as you eat it.<br />

To be fully aware means to be fully conscious of the fact that all actions are happening outside. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

are the needs of the body, not your needs. You have no needs, and indeed there are none, for you<br />

yourself are God. What could you need? You are <strong>com</strong>plete, perfect. You are Brahma. Everything<br />

is yours. <strong>The</strong> soul has no requirements, it needs no fuel. <strong>The</strong> flame burns without wick and without<br />

oil. So you say, ”I have no needs. All needs are of the body – to bathe, to eat, to work, to move.”<br />

Try to maintain this attitude. Keep this thread of the witness for as long as you can. Soon it will be<br />

lost in the hustle and bustle of the day. Your habits are so very old and deeply ingrained. Keep at<br />

it and water it each day, and the sapling will sprout and grow. At first it will not be apparent, for the<br />

growth will be slow, very slow; but soon you will find a thin ribbon of light shining perpetually within<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 147 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

you. This ray of light will make an alchemical change in your life. Your anger will abate, for how can a<br />

witness be angry? Attachments will be<strong>com</strong>e less and less, for how can a witness have attachments?<br />

Happenings will take place. <strong>The</strong>re will be successes and defeats, there will be sorrows, there will be<br />

joys, but you will be less affected by them, for how can the witness be affected? Joy will <strong>com</strong>e and<br />

you will witness it, sorrow will <strong>com</strong>e and you will witness it, while a continuous stream flows within:<br />

”I am the witness, not the one who is enjoying all this.”<br />

No one will be able to tell how long it will take you. Everything depends on the sincerity of your<br />

purpose, the intensity of your desire, your speed of progress – whether you crawl like an ant or<br />

run like a deer. People walk in the realm of religion a slowly as if they are walking in a marriage<br />

procession. This way you will reach nowhere. <strong>The</strong> marriage procession has nowhere to go; it just<br />

circles around the town and <strong>com</strong>es back to the same place.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re was a man called Aesop. His moral fables are still the best the world has ever known. He was<br />

a man of great wisdom. One day Aesop was sitting at the side of the road when a man came up to<br />

him and said, ”Could you tell me, sir, how far away is the village, and how long it will take me to reach<br />

there?” Aesop said nothing. He got up and walked alongside the man. <strong>The</strong> man was embarrassed<br />

and also a little frightened by this strange behavior. He asked Aesop not to trouble himself, all he<br />

wanted to know was the distance, and then he would be on his way.<br />

Aesop said nothing but continued to walk with the man. After some fifteen minutes he stopped and<br />

said, ”It will take you two hours to reach the village.”<br />

”You could have told me that at the beginning!” the man exclaimed. ”<strong>The</strong>re was no need to walk a<br />

mile with me.”<br />

Aesop replied, ”How could I estimate the time before I knew your walking speed? <strong>The</strong> distance isn’t<br />

decided by the length but by the speed of the walker. Now I can tell you definitely that it will take you<br />

two hours to reach the village.”<br />

Everything depends on your speed. You can run and you will arrive sooner. You can waddle along,<br />

and then we cannot say when you will arrive. Your speed can be such that in one moment you can<br />

take the jump. You can also move in a half-hearted, lukewarm manner; then it will take you infinite<br />

births to reach. If you stake all your being without holding back any part of yourself, if you put in<br />

all your effort with the utmost intensity of your life form, you can reach here and now. For this is no<br />

external journey; it is an inner journey. You have only to turn inside from wherever you are. If you<br />

postpone for tomorrow or the day after, or the day after that... well, that is what you have been doing<br />

for infinite lives!<br />

Remember, nature is not interested in your religious attainments. Nature leads only as far as man<br />

has already reached. If you wish to go beyond that only your own effort will take you. Nature can at<br />

best make you an animal, and no further. Humanity has to be acquired. This is why man is in peril<br />

– he lives in great danger.<br />

All animals are tranquil, except man. <strong>The</strong>y accept what nature gives; they have no goals. You<br />

cannot get a dog stirred up by telling him that he is less of a dog than another. Whatever the breed,<br />

whatever the form, the essential feeling of being a dog is the same in all dogs. This is not so with<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 148 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

man; there is a grat deal of difference between one man and another man. A thin scrawny man can<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e a great man, a strong hulking person may be very ordinary.<br />

A new quality begins with man. What is this quality? <strong>The</strong> more conscious a person is, the more<br />

human a person is. <strong>The</strong> day a person is filled with <strong>com</strong>plete awareness, he be<strong>com</strong>es divine. But<br />

there is great risk involved, for he who can reach to the heights can also fall to the depths. He who<br />

does not rise cannot fall; therefore, we find no Buddhas and Krishnas among the animals, but you<br />

will also not find a Hitler, a Genghis Khan or a Stalin. <strong>The</strong> valleys are always at the foot of the peaks.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a zoo in Tokyo where there are animals from all over the world. <strong>The</strong>re are lions and tigers,<br />

leopards and hippopotamuses, snakes and birds, deer and elephants, etcetera. After going around<br />

the zoo, when you <strong>com</strong>e to the very last cage you find a sign which says: ”<strong>The</strong> Most Dangerous<br />

Animal in the World”. You are very eager to see what it is. You step closer to have a good look.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re inside is only a mirror... and you are reflected in it!<br />

Man is indeed the most dangerous of all the animals. He has the potential to be<strong>com</strong>e divine, so it<br />

is possible for him to fall also. If you cannot rise you will not be able to stay where you are: you will<br />

fall. <strong>The</strong>re is no place to stop in this world; therefore, if you don’t move toward consciousness you<br />

will gradually slip into unconsciousness.<br />

It is a matter of wonder and also shame that small children are more conscious than adults. What<br />

makes them so? After a whole lifetime of experience an old man should be<strong>com</strong>e more aware, more<br />

alert; but alas, he only be<strong>com</strong>es more cunning. With all his experience he be<strong>com</strong>es more dishonest,<br />

he be<strong>com</strong>es an expert thief.<br />

An old crow was advising his young son, ”Look, son, I am telling you from experience, beware of<br />

man! You can never trust him. If you see a man bending over fly away, for he is sure to be picking<br />

up a stone.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> son asked, ”What if he already has a stone hidden in his armpit?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> old crow flew away as fast as he could. This son of his seemed even ore dangerous than man!<br />

It is unwise to stay around him.<br />

With experience old men be<strong>com</strong>e more cunning and clever without be<strong>com</strong>ing more aware, but what<br />

will they gain by their cunning? <strong>The</strong>re is nothing in the world that can be lost by innocence and<br />

nothing to be gained by cunning and cleverness. Whatever we build here is no more than a sand<br />

castle. If you build one it is bound to break; if you don’t you lose nothing.<br />

Children are more conscious. Look into a child’s eyes. <strong>The</strong>y are full of awareness, they are more<br />

alert. We have to find ways to dim their awareness . We do not allow them to laugh out loud or cry<br />

aloud; we do not allow them to run and skip as they please. We restrict their life energy in every<br />

direction. We teach them to be dishonest as quickly as possible.<br />

I asked Mulla Nasruddin’s son, ”How old are you?”<br />

”Seven years at home, five in the bus,” the boy replied. <strong>The</strong> father has given him a good start on the<br />

path to dishonesty.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 149 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

Once I was guest in a household. One evening the hostess was putting her child to bed in the room<br />

next to mine. As she put him to sleep I heard her telling him, ”Go to sleep now. If you need anything<br />

during the night, call out to me; your father will <strong>com</strong>e running.”<br />

All mothers do this, but what is it that the child is being initiated into? Lying, deceit, trickery! We feed<br />

poison along with the milk. Our effort is never directed toward the child be<strong>com</strong>ing more alert and<br />

more conscious. If ever the right culture is born on this earth the first thing that will be taught to the<br />

child is to be<strong>com</strong>e more aware, more conscious. <strong>The</strong> fourth state is the only thing worth teaching;<br />

all else is useless. All else merely helps you carry on your day-to-day life.<br />

<strong>The</strong> child is fresh, just as you are a little fresh in the morning. He is still in the morning of his life. If<br />

he is taught the art of the fourth state from this very moment on and he learns the art of awakening<br />

while he is still fresh, he will reach the peak by the time he be<strong>com</strong>es an old man. He will reach<br />

buddhahood.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is only one thing that needs to be practiced, and that is: to water the first three states with the<br />

fourth state, with consciousness, with discrimination, with alertness, with wakefulness.<br />

SO BATHED HE ENTERS INTO THE STATE OF SELF-AWARENESS.<br />

In this state a person invariably slips into self-awareness, and once a person knows the light of the<br />

fourth state he finds there is no joy equal to it. <strong>The</strong> intoxication of wine is so short-lived, while the<br />

intoxication of the fourth state never fades. It is an eternal stream. And he who is filled with the<br />

delight of the fourth state, who dances and rejoices in it; he who is filled n every pore with the fourth<br />

state, whose very manner of being has be<strong>com</strong>e awareness; he in whom it is the fourth state that<br />

sits and stands and moves about; he whose every atom is bathed in the fourth state, enters into<br />

self-awareness. Otherwise, you shall remain unacquainted with your self. You may know the whole<br />

world but you will be a stranger to your self.<br />

You can say a great deal about others – their names, addresses, vocations, their lives – but about<br />

yourself, you know nothing. Until such time as you know yourself all your knowledge is not worth a<br />

penny, for it is all based on ignorance.<br />

If you feed the oil of the fourth state continually to the other three states, then you will find the fourth<br />

state manifesting in your life.<br />

<strong>The</strong> way Buddha sits, stands or walks is unique. <strong>The</strong>re is a wakefulness when he gets up and when<br />

he walks. Whatever <strong>com</strong>es out of him does not arise out of unconsciousness. He is fully conscious;<br />

whatever happens through him is filled with awareness.<br />

Whatever you have done so far has been done in a state of unconsciousness. You say you did a<br />

certain thing knowingly – that is not true. Your child <strong>com</strong>es home from school with a torn shirt and<br />

broken slate. You scold him and you beat him. You say you have done it knowingly, and all for the<br />

child’s own good. A little genuine introspection. Did you really act consciously? Or did something<br />

happen to you at the sight of the torn shirt and broken slate? You became angry with the child and<br />

vented your anger on him. You were angry that he disobeyed you. If you were in a state of anger<br />

all your actions followed in unconsciousness, for anger is a state of non-awareness. Everything you<br />

say serves only to justify your actions.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 150 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

Mulla Nasruddin beat his son. ”This is all for your own good,” he told him. ”A child like you has to be<br />

beaten at least twice a day to keep him straight. Now look at me. My father never beat me when I<br />

was a child!”<br />

”Your father must have been a good man!” said the Mulla’s son.<br />

You beat the child and think you are doing him a favor. <strong>The</strong> child thinks differently, for his attention<br />

is focused on your anger and not on your beating. No amount of rationalization can prove that you<br />

are right.<br />

Only yesterday a man came to me with his wife. <strong>The</strong> wife does not allow him to meditate; she does<br />

not think that this is the right way to meditate. She is very traditional, but this is only superficial.<br />

Deep down in the unconscious the reason is very, very different. No wife wants her husband to<br />

meditate, no husband likes his wife to meditate; as soon as a person begins to meditate all the old<br />

relationships are in danger. As soon as a person begins to meditate his sex desire begins to get<br />

less and less. This is the unconscious reason; all other reasons are excuses. A wife would rather<br />

her husband went to a brothel than meditate, for when he goes to a brothel he is still not entirely<br />

anti-wife; he is still interested in women. But meditation means that his interest in women will soon<br />

be lost.<br />

So if a woman has to choose between his going to a brothel and his taking sannyas she will choose a<br />

brothel for her husband. She also worries that if her husband loses himself in meditation something<br />

will happen to the family. <strong>The</strong> fact is: meditation disrupts neither family nor business. In fact, a<br />

man who meditates carries out his work more efficiently than before, for meditation breaks your<br />

connection with the world that you carry within yourself, not with the world outside. <strong>The</strong> outside play<br />

remains the same. A new light is lit. Now you know that it is a play. A new light is born within, while<br />

life outside goes on as usual.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is definitely trouble between husband and wife, thought; however much they may claim and<br />

even believe the reason to be different, the basic cause is the sex relationship. Sex relations begin<br />

to cool when one enters meditation, and as meditation progresses, sex gradually fades.<br />

Everyday I have husbands <strong>com</strong>plaining, ”My wife was never interested in sex, but since the day<br />

I began to meditate she has be<strong>com</strong>e aggressive sexually!” Normally wives are not eager for sex,<br />

for they are confident of their husbands. In fact, they pretend to be doing their husbands a favor.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y make a show of their virtue and piety, but once the husband be<strong>com</strong>es interested in meditation<br />

they are furious. Now it is necessary to draw the husband back into his body. It is the same with<br />

husbands when their wives be<strong>com</strong>e interested in meditation.<br />

One such lady began to meditate. She is genuinely interested, and there could have been profound<br />

results if she went deeper into it, but her husband burns my books and throws them out of the house.<br />

He says that she has no need for advice from any outside person as long as he is there! He says<br />

he can provide any answers she needs, and the wife knows very well what his answers will be! <strong>The</strong><br />

husband’s ego is hurt. <strong>The</strong> husband cannot bear to think that another man is occupying first place<br />

in his wife’s heart. This is a blow that he cannot bear, but he does not speak openly of this.<br />

Whatever you do, whatever you say, is not totally authentic; the reason is different, deep down inside.<br />

<strong>The</strong> meditator has to ferret out the reasons deep within himself. He has to catch hold of the root<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 151 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

cause, for the root cause can be changed. If you consider the reason to be something other than<br />

the root cause, no change can be made. As you be<strong>com</strong>e aware of life, you will begin to see the root<br />

cause to all your actions and reactions. <strong>The</strong>n you will realize that you are not angry with the child<br />

because he made a mistake, but because you get pleasure out of being angry. <strong>The</strong> mistake was<br />

only a excuse.<br />

<strong>The</strong> boss fires you from the job. You would have loved to retaliate, but that was not possible. You<br />

<strong>com</strong>e home and want to take out your anger on somebody – on anybody. <strong>The</strong> wife is there and you<br />

could take it out on her, but that is not a very good bargain, for she will make an issue out of it for<br />

days, so the child be<strong>com</strong>es the target. He is a child. He is bound to tear his shirts. He is bound to<br />

tear his books. After all, he is not an old man. He bound to play with the wrong types of boys, for<br />

except for your son all boys are the ”wrong type”.<br />

Once I asked a small boy, ”Tell me, son, are you a good boy? Everyone says that you are.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> child replied, ”If I had to tell the truth, I am just the kind of child that I am not allowed to play<br />

with.”<br />

All children except yours are ”bad”, so this child must have played with some of those wrong children<br />

and torn his clothes as well as his books. He may even have hurt himself. You will grab hold of him.<br />

He is not very strong. You will take out your anger on him, but you will insist that you are correcting<br />

and guiding him.<br />

Only if and when you begin to be<strong>com</strong>e aware, will you begin to recognize the real reason. When<br />

once the real cause is known it is not very difficult to drop it. In fact, it is not difficult at all. When<br />

you see the kind of life that you have built around yourself you will laugh. You will see that you had<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e such a phony, and with this phoniness you wanted to reach truth. You wanted to reach<br />

God? Impossible!<br />

To me sannyas means to know the web of deception you have woven within yourself and to eradicate<br />

it and live authentically and realistically. Whatever you are, if you are bad, be bad; if you are illtempered,<br />

know it! Don’t cover your defects with a gold coating. If you try to cover your wounds<br />

with flowers they will get worse. Just say, ”This is how I am” – whether good or bad. Offer no<br />

rationalization or excuse why you are like that. Do not seek good reasons for evil deeds, for then the<br />

evil cannot be eradicated.<br />

When you are angry you always justify your anger by finding some cause; then how will the anger<br />

go away? This way you feed your anger and make it look good. You have decorated your prison<br />

with flowers so that it looks like home. Now you are satisfied. You look upon illness as health, then<br />

how can you ever get rid of it?<br />

As a man begins to awaken he begins to realize that his wakefulness is false, that his dreams are<br />

the out<strong>com</strong>e of a twisted mind, that his very sleep is filled with restlessness. In all three states<br />

there is a restlessness, an uneasiness, a feeling of being harassed. As his perception sharpens<br />

he is able to recognize the lies he has been carrying and drop them. More light penetrates and his<br />

consciousness grows in strength and intensity.<br />

<strong>The</strong> state you are in at present is something like this.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 152 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

One night there was an earthquake. <strong>The</strong>re was thunder and lightning and the house shook. <strong>The</strong><br />

wife awakened her husband who had remained fast asleep. She said, ”Wake up, it’s an earthquake.<br />

I think the house is going to fall down.”<br />

”Don’t worry,” said the husband. ”Go back to sleep. It isn’t our house, we have only rented it.”<br />

You don’t understand that even if the house is not yours, when it falls it is you who will die. <strong>The</strong><br />

pseudo-truths you have built around yourself may not necessarily be your own creation, for some<br />

you have learned from the gurus, some you have picked up from the scriptures, and others you have<br />

gotten from your religion; but when they fall it is you who will be the loser. It is you who will die.<br />

You have surrounded yourself with lies that seem useful; they help you to keep up a good front so<br />

you always appear poised and charming. Inside there is suffering and pain, but there is always a<br />

smile on your face. <strong>The</strong> suffering is authentic, the smile is false. It is better that you cry. Let the<br />

tears fall and wash the paint off your face. Let your genuine face be laid bare, for only the authentic<br />

and genuine lead to the truth.<br />

As you wash your consciousness with wakefulness all the paint runs off; this is what is known as<br />

sannyas. As you be<strong>com</strong>e more and more authentic with yourself, you will find it is not so hard to be<br />

rid of your troubles. A genuine illness is curable, a pseudo-illness can never be cured.<br />

Suppose you have a cancer but are too frightened to accept the fact. Instead you insist that you are<br />

suffering from a chronic cold and keep on treating yourself for the cold. How is this going to cure<br />

your cancer? How long will you be able to fool yourself?<br />

Gurdjieff would always tell his disciples that it is imperative for a seeker to know at the very outset<br />

what his trouble really is. All seekers try to hid them. <strong>The</strong> one who hides the real disease cannot<br />

be diagnosed, and until that time you keep on trying to cure the pseudo-disease. You die during the<br />

cure because that was not the real disease.<br />

People <strong>com</strong>e to me and say that they are seeking God, that they are seeking their soul. <strong>The</strong>ir faces<br />

give no indication of their search. <strong>The</strong>ir search is misnamed; they seek something very different<br />

under the cover of God and soul.<br />

A friend approached me – he was an old man – and said he has been seeking God for the last thirty<br />

years. ”That is a long time!” I exclaimed. ”You should have found him by now. It seems that God is<br />

avoiding you. If that is so, then even thirty births will not be sufficient. Or it could be that you are not<br />

seeking in the right direction, you have not taken the path to his house. Either he is avoiding you or<br />

you are avoiding him. Tell me exactly what it is that you seek.”<br />

”I told you. I am seeking God,” he said. ”I do my practices and my meditation regularly, but I have no<br />

results to show.”<br />

”What results are you trying to achieve?” I asked.<br />

”I want to attain some occult powers.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 153 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

Now this man is not seeking God; he is seeking power in the name of God. It is not only in the bazaar<br />

that we find one name on the label and something quite different inside the package. It happens in<br />

the temples too.<br />

A husband was looking for salt in the kitchen. When his wife thought it was taking him too long she<br />

called out, ”What has happened? Can’t you find the salt?”<br />

”No, I can’t.”<br />

”It’s right in front of your eyes in the tin labeled ‘Tumeric’,” she said.<br />

Such is all seeking. You are not sure what you are seeking, nor why. As the water of wakefulness<br />

<strong>com</strong>es into your life, your life will gain a direction. <strong>The</strong> useless will fall away and only the useful will<br />

remain. <strong>The</strong> day that only the meaningful is left, the goal is not far off.<br />

As your delight in the fourth state increases, as this intoxication spreads into your life... but the<br />

intoxication is something totally different. We have to use words to describe it; hence we call it<br />

intoxication, but it is not the intoxication of a drunkard – just the opposite! When a man is drunk he<br />

staggers and lurches about without direction; he loses contact with his senses, he cannot see what<br />

he is doing and he <strong>com</strong>mits all kinds of excesses. In the intoxication of turiya it is just the opposite.<br />

Here you don’t stagger! Your feet are firmly placed. Here he is filled with self-remembering. He is in<br />

total <strong>com</strong>mand of his senses. In the intoxication of the drunkard he can <strong>com</strong>mit all sort of mistakes<br />

and go astray! In the intoxication of turiya it is impossible for a person to do wrong.<br />

Akbar set out one day on his elephant to take a ride around his capital. As he was passing through<br />

the streets, a man standing on a roof began abusing him. He was immediately caught and brought<br />

before Akbar the next morning.<br />

Akbar asked the man, ”What made you behave so badly last night, you fool?”<br />

”Your majesty, I was drunk. I was not there. It was the wine that abused you, not me! I was so<br />

repentant when I came to my senses. I pray you to forgive me, for I was not there at all!”<br />

Akbar understood, for he himself was in search of the fourth state. He was a wise king. He realized<br />

that it was useless punishing a man who was not in his right senses. It is true that he had behaved<br />

badly, but if he had got anything right in that state it would have been a miracle.<br />

When you do something right it is a miracle; you always do the wrong thing. That is only natural,<br />

for you are not conscious. Gurdjieff would say, ”God will not punish you for your sins for they were<br />

<strong>com</strong>mitted in unconsciousness.” Even a court of law forgives a man who is not in his right senses. If<br />

a man <strong>com</strong>mits murder under the influence of drink he is let off with a lighter sentence. God will not<br />

punish you for your sins. He is at least as wise as the courts.<br />

Your sins were <strong>com</strong>mitted in unconsciousness, your good deeds also! <strong>The</strong>refore there is hardly any<br />

difference between your good deeds and your bad deeds; the quality is the same. Whether you are<br />

a householder or a sannyasin is all the same, for you are unconscious. You are unconscious in your<br />

shop; you are unconscious in your temple; you are unconscious in your office; you are unconscious<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 154 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

in your monastery. <strong>The</strong>re is no difference if you put on your clothes or discard them; you are still<br />

unconscious. <strong>The</strong> real question is of breaking this unawareness, not of changing your mode of<br />

action, for that is very easy. If you are unconscious in one form of action, you are bound to be<br />

unconscious in another form of action also.<br />

SO BATHED, HE ENTERS INTO THE STATE OF SELF-AWARENESS.<br />

HE WHO EXPERIENCES THE DIVINE ENERGY PERVADING ALL THINGS, VIEWS ALL THINGS<br />

AS EQUAL.<br />

As soon as a person enters into self-awareness he experiences prana, the life force, for the first time.<br />

Through this experience he sees how everything around him is permeated with the emanations of<br />

the divine energy; he attains dispassion and equality of vision. And as soon as a person knows his<br />

own self, he immediately <strong>com</strong>es to know that the same flame burns in every one of us.<br />

As long as you have not seen and experienced your own self, the other will always remain alien to<br />

you. For as long as you have not recognized your own self, the other will remain the enemy. As soon<br />

as you witness your own self, you will see the light of the flame within the clay walls of everyone;<br />

you will attain equality of vision. <strong>The</strong>n there is neither friend nor foe. No one is your own, no one is<br />

a stranger. <strong>The</strong>n it is actually you who permeates everyone; then there is only one.<br />

In this sutra Shiva says that now you receive tidings that there is one life force everywhere. All lamps<br />

carry the same flame. All drops contain the same ocean. <strong>The</strong> lamps are different. Some are fair,<br />

some dark, some brown, some yellow; the forms are different and the names are different, but the<br />

flame within has no form and no name. He who has known his own self, knows his own self in<br />

others.<br />

In the very first occurrence of the fourth state you know your own state, but simultaneously the<br />

second even takes place – you know God. You be<strong>com</strong>e aware of the soul on one hand, and God,<br />

the supreme soul, stands revealed on the other.<br />

Do not seek God directly, for then He will only be a figment of your imagination and no more. You<br />

can imagine Krishna playing the flute, but this will not reveal God to you, for this is no more than a<br />

dream. It is a pleasant dream but a dream all the same; it does not differ from any other dream.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mind imagines. You can imagine you are having a vision of Mahavir or Buddha or Rama. Many<br />

people do. All they are doing is dreaming. <strong>The</strong>y are religious dreams, but all dreams are dreams<br />

just the same.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no way to seek God directly, for you yourself are the gate. Unless and until you pass through<br />

this gate, his gate will remain closed to you. <strong>The</strong> soul is the door to God. Here you know your self<br />

and here God stands revealed. <strong>The</strong>n you see him and him alone everywhere – in trees and stones,<br />

in rocks and streams. It is he and he alone. Somewhere he is asleep, somewhere he is awake,<br />

somewhere he is dreaming, but it is he, and he alone!<br />

This experience of the one, Shiva refers to as ”EXPERIENCING THE DIVINE ENERGY”. This is his<br />

greatest revelation. But it is only attained by him who knows his own self.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 155 Osho


CHAPTER 8. THE FOURTH STATE<br />

HE WHO EXPERIENCES THE DIVINE ENERGY PERVADING ALL THINGS, VIEWS ALL THINGS<br />

AS EQUAL,<br />

AND HE ATTAINS TO SHIVAHOOD.<br />

When a person sees all things as equal he be<strong>com</strong>es like Shiva. <strong>The</strong>n he be<strong>com</strong>es God himself.<br />

You are the ”I” as long as you do not know your self. This seems very contradictory. You cry out ”I...<br />

I..I” as long as you do not know yourself. <strong>The</strong> day you know, the ”I” falls, the ”you” also falls, and<br />

you be<strong>com</strong>e like Shiva. You be<strong>com</strong>e God himself. That day the music of aham brahmasmi – I am<br />

God, will arise spontaneously within you. <strong>The</strong>n you will not be repeating ”Aham brahmasmi”; you will<br />

know! You will not have to understand it, it will be<strong>com</strong>e your very existence, your very experience.<br />

All around you the air will vibrate with this music, the music of the one. As the drop loses itself<br />

and be<strong>com</strong>es one with the ocean, so all boundaries fall and you be<strong>com</strong>e boundless – you reach<br />

Shivahood.<br />

Shiva’s efforts, and all those who have attained buddhahood, are directed towards you be<strong>com</strong>ing<br />

just like them. What they have known, the supreme bliss, should be your treasure also, for it is<br />

your possession also. You are still a seed; they have flowered into trees. <strong>The</strong>se trees keep calling,<br />

”Be<strong>com</strong>e trees! Do not remain seeds!” You will never attain peace until you reach Shivahood, for<br />

man cannot be contented with less; his soul will not be fulfilled. <strong>The</strong> thirst will continue no matter<br />

how much you try to quench it with the waters of the world. It will only be quenched when you drink<br />

from God’s vessel. <strong>The</strong>n the thirst is quenched forever; all desires, all ambitions, all hurry and scurry,<br />

all striving and struggling end, for you will then have be<strong>com</strong>e that which is the highest, the supreme.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is nothing higher.<br />

Keep pouring the oil of the fourth state into the three states, so that you are so filled with delight that<br />

you enter into self-awareness, so that you get tidings of the life force, so that you may know that it<br />

is the one that resides in all, so that you attain the vision of equality, so that you be<strong>com</strong>e like Shiva<br />

himself.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 156 Osho


19 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 9<br />

Right Search, Wrong Direction<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

KATHA JAPAH.<br />

DANAMATMAGYANAM.<br />

YOAVIPASTHO OYAHETUSHCHA.<br />

SVASHAKTI PASCHAYOASYA VISHVAM.<br />

STHITILAYAU.<br />

WHATEVER HE UTTERS IS JAPA.<br />

SELF-KNOWLEDGE ITSELF IS HIS GIFT.<br />

HE IS THE MASTER OF THE INNER POWERS AND THE SOURCE OF KNOWLEDGE.<br />

THE CONSTANT ENJOYMENT OF SELF-ENERGIES IS HIS UNIVERSE. LIFE AND DEATH ARE<br />

UNDER HIS WILL.<br />

Prayer does not depend on what you say; it depends, rather, on what you are. Worship depends not<br />

on what you do but what you are. Religion is involved not with your actions but with you existence. If<br />

157


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

love is at the center of your being there will be prayer at your periphery. If there is perpetual peace<br />

at your center there will be meditation at the periphery. If there is awareness at the center your life<br />

itself be<strong>com</strong>es an act of self-purification, but the reverse is not the case.<br />

By bringing about a change at the circumference you cannot change the center, but a change at<br />

the center automatically brings about a change at the circumference, because the circumference is<br />

simply the shadow of the center. By changing the shadow you cannot change yourself the shadow<br />

changes accordingly.<br />

It is very important for us to know this, for the majority of people waste their lives trying to change<br />

the periphery. <strong>The</strong>y stake their all in to bring about a change in their behavior and their conduct,<br />

but even if these are altered nothing else changes along with them. However much you may modify<br />

your conduct, you will remain what your were: if you were a thief you will be<strong>com</strong>e a good man, if you<br />

were amassing wealth you will start giving to charity, but the you within will remain the same. For<br />

you the value of money will not change. Money had a certain value for you when you were a thief,<br />

and it will remain the same when you be<strong>com</strong>e a philanthropist. You certainly don’t regard it is dust,<br />

for who makes a gift of dust?<br />

If wealth has turned to dust in your eyes will you go about giving away your rubbish others? And if<br />

someone accepts it do you think you have done him a favor? Would you expect him to thank you?<br />

In fact, if wealth is no more than dust for you, you should be grateful to the person who accepts you<br />

rubbish and does not spurn it, but a philanthropist never thinks in these terms. If he gives even one<br />

paisa he expects some return.<br />

A miserly Marwari died. He went straight to the gates of heaven and knocked. He was confident that<br />

the gate would open for him, for had he not given alms? <strong>The</strong> gate opened and the sentry looked him<br />

over from head to foot. <strong>The</strong>re people are recognized by their actions but for themselves. <strong>The</strong> sentry<br />

said, ” Sorry, sir, but there has been a mistake. Perhaps you did not know that you had to knock at<br />

the other door. Kindly go there.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> Marwari fumed. ”How dare you!” he exclaimed. ”Do you not know who I am? Have you not<br />

heard of my alms? Why, only yesterday I gave two paisa to an old beggar woman, and the day<br />

before I gave one paisa to a blind newspaper boy.”<br />

When he spoke of alms the guard had to open his ledger. He scanned the page under the Marwari’s<br />

name, but except for these three paisa the page was a blank. He asked, ”What other alms have you<br />

given besides these?”<br />

”Plenty, plenty,” replied the Marwari, ”Only I cannot recall them right now.” Imagine someone who<br />

doesn’t forget a paltry three paise saying that he cannot remember! And on the strength of these<br />

three paisa he knocks at the gates of he knocks at the gates of heaven!<br />

<strong>The</strong> guard consulted with his associate as to what should be done with this man. His colleague said,<br />

”Give him his three paisa and tell him to go to hell!”<br />

Can the doors of heaven be opened by money? Whether you hold on to wealth or whether you let it<br />

go, its holds the same value in your eyes. Whether you live in the world or run away from it, its hold<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 158 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

on you is <strong>com</strong>plete. It makes no difference whether your face is toward these things or away from<br />

them; unless you bring about a radical change at the center, the journey remains more or less the<br />

same.<br />

An inner transformation is necessary and not a change in the pattern of your behavior. As soon as<br />

there is inner change, everything changes with it. <strong>The</strong>se sutras are for the inner transformation. Try<br />

to listen to each sutra very attentively. If there is even a fraction of dry powder within you, it is bound<br />

to explode; but if the powder is not dry then the sparks will fall but they will be put out immediately.<br />

<strong>The</strong> trouble with you is not that you do not get an opportunity to hear truth, but that you are adept at<br />

smothering it. Your powder is not dry. It is soaking wet. How have you managed to make the powder<br />

wet? <strong>The</strong> more knowledge you have the wetter be<strong>com</strong>es the gunpowder. <strong>The</strong> more you think you<br />

know, the wetter your powder be<strong>com</strong>es; it is because of this knowing that you smother every spark<br />

of wisdom. Your knowledge prevents the sparks of wisdom from igniting you. Your knowledge stands<br />

as a sentry barring all entry.<br />

You are unconscious in your knowledge. Remember, there is no intoxicant more potent than the<br />

arrogance of learning, for nowhere is the ego more subtle than here. Wealth does not feed the ego<br />

half as much. For wealth can be stolen, the government can change, <strong>com</strong>munism may <strong>com</strong>e in –<br />

anything can happen. You cannot rely <strong>com</strong>pletely on wealth, however knowledge cannot be stolen<br />

or snatched away from you. Even if he is thrown into a prison, a man’s knowledge goes along with<br />

him. <strong>The</strong>refore a wealthy man is not half as arrogant as a learned man. It is this arrogance that<br />

dampens the powder inside you. Remove This arrogance and your powder will dry out and when it<br />

is dry a tiny spark is enough to ignite it.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se sutras are like sparks. Put all your knowledge aside and try to understand them. If you try to<br />

understand through your knowledge you will never succeed.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first sutra is:<br />

WHATEVER HE UTTERS IS JAPA.<br />

<strong>The</strong> last sutra discussed yesterday-like state that is reached by the seeker. Whatever such a person<br />

speaks is japa, repetition of a mantra. Whatever he says is japa, no matter what words he uses,<br />

for there are no more desires, no more darkness; the world is absent from his heart. His heart is a<br />

light unto itself; whatever <strong>com</strong>es from such a heart is japa. It cannot be other than japa, for how can<br />

darkness <strong>com</strong>e from light, hatred from love, or anger from <strong>com</strong>passion. Whatever <strong>com</strong>es out of him<br />

must be japa.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a very well-known saying of Jesus: <strong>The</strong> kingdom of heaven is not determined by what you<br />

put in your mouth but what <strong>com</strong>es out of it. Whatever <strong>com</strong>es out of you indicates who you are. He<br />

who be<strong>com</strong>es like Shiva does not need to practise japa, for whatever he does is japa.<br />

Kabir said: My very sitting and standing is an act of ’circling the temple’. Kabir was asked: When<br />

do you pray? When do you worship? We never see you performing any sadhana. You are called a<br />

great devotee, but we never see you performing any devotions. All you do is weave your cloth and<br />

sell it in the market. <strong>The</strong>re is no sign of worship or meditation or going to the temple.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 159 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

Kabir would answer: Whatever I do is ’circling the temple’; whatever I say is japa, and my very being<br />

is my meditation.<br />

What do you do when you be<strong>com</strong>e interested in meditation? You give a small corner to meditation<br />

in your world of actions, but meditation is not an action, it is not an act. You look after the shop, you<br />

look after your job; you have to, it is required. Now you do your work and attend to the day-to-day<br />

necessities of life. <strong>The</strong>y form a procession on the periphery of your life, and you treat meditation the<br />

same way. You say: Let me go to the temple before I go to the market.<br />

Be aware of this distinction. You make meditation one more act to add to your daily activities. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

are a thousand involvements in your life already, and you add God as just one more, but you will<br />

miss God, for God cannot be at the periphery. God has nothing to do with the market and the shops.<br />

He is the very core of your being – where you actually are. Where all work be<strong>com</strong>es rest, where you<br />

simply exist, where there is no doer, where only the witness is – this where He lives.<br />

God does not occupy a part of you. He is vast. He is all-pervading. Only if you are not prepared<br />

to be enveloped by Him <strong>com</strong>pletely will you attain. If you allow Him only a part of your time and<br />

attention you will go astray. <strong>The</strong> day you give yourself <strong>com</strong>pletely to Him...<br />

This does not mean that you will give up all your activities; rather, you will do your work better, more<br />

efficiently. Remembrance of God will pervade your very being, it will be your very breath. When you<br />

go about your work, when you are busy in your activities, you do not stop breathing! Respiration<br />

goes on in spite of you; it is not a voluntary process. In just this way the remembrance of God should<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e an involuntary function within you. You will be doing your worldly duties and the stream of<br />

remembrance will keep flowing inside incessantly.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is no question of <strong>com</strong>petition or rivalry here, for this is not a part of your mundane world.<br />

Actions form the mundane world; therefore, as long as the person is involved in actions he remains<br />

attached to the world of objects, samsara. When he attains to non-action, he attains God. Nonaction<br />

means your existence, where there is no question of doing, where there is you and you alone,<br />

your being only. <strong>The</strong>re you are united with yourself.<br />

Every utterance of one who be<strong>com</strong>es like Shiva be<strong>com</strong>es a remembrance, japa. You will not find him<br />

praying because he does not need to set apart a time for prayer. You will not find him worshipping<br />

for that is no longer part of his ’actions’; he himself is worship. If you observe such a person minutely<br />

you will find that whatever he does is worship; when he breathes it is remembrance, it is japa. When<br />

he moves his hand that is also worship. When he sits or stands he is performing the ritual of circling<br />

the temple.<br />

All acts of the Shiva-like person are acts of devotion. He need not observe any specific practices.<br />

That would be unnatural. If something has to be practiced we are bound to get tired of it at times.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n when we are tired we are bound to relax, and to relax means to switch over to the opposite.<br />

If you have practiced saintliness you will be diligent for six days, but on the seventh day you will<br />

have to relax. On that day you will be<strong>com</strong>e a non-saint. Thus our so-called saints and sadhus have<br />

to take holidays from their saintliness. <strong>The</strong> sadhu has to go on leave. If he does not the tensions<br />

mount alarmingly.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 160 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

Thus the sadhu finds moments of worldliness within him and the non-sadhu finds moments of<br />

saintliness. <strong>The</strong>re is no sinner who has no virtuous moments in his life and no saint without moments<br />

of sin in his. <strong>The</strong> one is tired of virtue, the other is tired of sin, so that have to relax and rest by doing<br />

the opposite, in order to remove the burden from the mind.<br />

A saint is a person whose saintliness has not been acquired through practice; it is the out<strong>com</strong>e of<br />

his nature. <strong>The</strong>n there is no question of a rest. You do not need to take a rest from breathing. You<br />

do not have to take a rest from such time as the Shiva-like state goes deep inside you, whatever<br />

you do will be superficial. It is like covering a stinking body with perfumes and fine clothes. You may<br />

succeed in deceiving others, but how will you hide it from yourself?<br />

That is why we see our sadhus looking so depressed. <strong>The</strong>re is no trace of cheerfulness in them.<br />

To others they look like sadhus, but they themselves don’t feel like sadhus; there is no dance, no<br />

music in their lives. <strong>The</strong>ir anger and greed and lust is the same – just repressed. <strong>The</strong>ir outer garb<br />

may hide the fact from you, but how can they hide it from themselves? And this keeps pricking at<br />

their conscience and makes them unhappy happy. As long as a sadhu does not laugh and dance<br />

spontaneously, know that his saintliness is cultivated; and cultivated saintliness is false. <strong>The</strong> only<br />

true saintliness is spontaneous; therefore Kabir says time and again: Spontaneous samadhi is best,<br />

my friend.<br />

Spontaneous samadhi is that which needs no looking after, but this will happen only when the Shivastate<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es the core of your being, when you be<strong>com</strong>e Shiva-like. Remember that this is no ideal<br />

to be achieved at some time in the future; if you understand then it can happen this very moment.<br />

Actions need time, and this is no action; it is a jump. This is knowledge, you need only recognize<br />

it. It is just as if a man has a diamond in his pocket but he stands in the marketplace begging alms.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n suddenly someone reminds him, ”Why do you beg for alms? <strong>The</strong>re is something sparkling in<br />

your pocket!”He puts his hand in his pocket and is shocked to find that he had a diamond there all<br />

along.<br />

Shivahood lives inside you. It is your eternal treasure. <strong>The</strong>re is no need to postpone its attainment:<br />

you have only to turn your eyes inward. Had it been somewhere in the future then perhaps you<br />

would have needed time – maybe a number of births – to attain it. But Shivahood has not to be<br />

attained; it has to be uncovered. It has to be unfolded. As you would peel an onion layer by layer<br />

until ultimately you find mere emptiness, so also man has to uncover himself layer by layer.<br />

Shivahood is like emptiness. Let us understand the various layers so that it be<strong>com</strong>es easy to unfold<br />

them, so that your life be<strong>com</strong>es Shiva-like and your every utterance a remembrance, a japa.<br />

What is the first layer? <strong>The</strong> first layer is the body. <strong>The</strong> majority of people build their identity on their<br />

body and consider themselves to be nothing more than the body. It is like spending your life on the<br />

steps on the palace gate, taking it to be the palace. You have no idea that this is just the stairway<br />

leading to the palace. You drink and eat, you marry and raise a family – all on the porch outside.<br />

Your children know nothing about the palace, for the were born on the steps!To them the steps are<br />

their home. <strong>The</strong>y never go and knock at the gates. Perhaps the gates have rusted or be<strong>com</strong>e one<br />

with the wall, so that now no one even knows where the gates were.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first layer is the physical body, and you live there, entirely within the body. You establish an<br />

identity with it, which makes you feel that you are the body. <strong>The</strong> body is mine, but it is not me. That<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 161 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

which is mine can never be me. Whatever is mine is within my control, but it is not myself. If your<br />

leg is amputated you do not feel yourself to be diminished by that amount. If you lose your limbs or<br />

lose your eyes, or any other part or faculty of your body, you still remain an integrated whole. <strong>The</strong><br />

body is crippled but you are a perfect whole.<br />

For this reason the most ugly men does not see himself as ugly, for inside each one of us is beautiful.<br />

And the worst of sinners is not prepared to call himself a sinner for he catches glimpses of the good<br />

and generous aspects of himself. He will admit that a particular action was wrong, but he will insist<br />

that it was a mistake, for he is not a bad man. He calls the act wrong, but not his own self. This is<br />

as it should be though he does not know why it is so.<br />

People around you, in your family, in your neighborhood, in your town, die; but you never feel that<br />

you too will die. This must be a deep seated, innate feeling, for is it not astonishing that you don’t<br />

think about death for yourself when others are dying in front of you? You may philosophize outwardly,<br />

but deep inside there is the peeling of bells proclaiming your immortality: Others may die, but I can<br />

never die! If this were no so, it would be difficult to live where death is taking place every moment.<br />

All around, death occurs with such persistence. Each man stands in the queue awaiting his turn –<br />

even you! And there you live with such nonchalance, as if life were eternal. <strong>The</strong>re is an intrinsic<br />

reason, which is: that which is within can never die. No matter how much you identify yourself with<br />

the body, you are not the body. <strong>The</strong> truth within cannot be falsified by any means. You may drown<br />

yourself with intoxicants but the sound of truth keeps reverberating within.<br />

One morning I found Mulla Nasruddin sitting outside his house. He was laughing so loudly and so<br />

long that I had to ask him what made him so happy. He said, ”A most wonderful thing has happened,<br />

but you will not understand it unless I tell you the whole story.”<br />

”Please tell me the story,” I asked.<br />

”I had a twin brother,” began the Mulla. ”We were so alike that it was difficult to tell who was who.<br />

This gave me no end of trouble. He would throw a stone at someone in school and I would be caught<br />

and punished. He would steal something and it was me who was punished. He started rows in the<br />

street and the neighbors would catch hold of me. It was the same at home. And as if this was not<br />

enough, he ran away with my girl.”<br />

”<strong>The</strong>n what is there to be happy about, Mulla?” I asked him.<br />

”Seven days ago I got even with him!” gloated Nasruddin.<br />

”How <strong>com</strong>e”? I asked<br />

”I died, but they buried him!”<br />

Now no one can be as stupid as this! <strong>The</strong> Mulla was dead drunk. But you have also spent many<br />

lives just as drunk; yet you are never so drunk that your consciousness is <strong>com</strong>pletely absent. It<br />

surfaces again and again. Somewhere deep within you are aware of the immortality of your being.<br />

All the facts point to one certainty: – that you will die! And yet you keep believing that you will never<br />

die.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 162 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

<strong>The</strong> body belongs to you, but the body is not you. You are in the body, but you are not only the body.<br />

It is the first layer, but you have identified with it over innumerable births. It has, so to say, be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

your twin brother, and you find it difficult to tell one from the other. You cannot distinguish between<br />

the two faces. Moreover, the world outside knows you by your physical appearance, for they only<br />

see the body. <strong>The</strong>y consider the form of your body to be your form. Now, since you are only one<br />

against the collective opinion of all the others, you are naturally influenced by them. If your body is<br />

ugly they call you ugly. If your body is beautiful they call you beautiful. If the body is old they tell you<br />

that you are old. Now, this collective opinion gives strength to your belief that you are the body, for<br />

no one can see the soul that is you.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a very old story from the Upanishads:<br />

King Janak once called a meeting of all the wisemen of his kingdom. Invitations were sent to all<br />

those who were considered well-versed in spiritual knowledge. <strong>The</strong> idea was that these luminaries<br />

would engage in discussing spiritual matters with a view to discovering the supreme truth. As you<br />

would expect, only the most eminent scholars were invited: those who had written scriptures, those<br />

who had taken part in religious conferences and who were expert in the art of debating. <strong>The</strong>re was<br />

one such person who was deliberately left out. He was Ashtavakra. He was so named because his<br />

body was bent in eight places. His appearances was ugly and repulsive. How could so distorted a<br />

form belong to a man of spiritual knowledge? However, his father was invited.<br />

For some reason, Ashtavakra had to go to Janak’s court to see his father. When he entered he<br />

found a conference of the wise in congress. As soon as he appeared, these people forgot their<br />

wisdom and burst out laughing at the sight of him. Indeed, he was a funny sight. His walk, his<br />

speech, everything about him evoked laughter. He should have been a clown in a circus. He was a<br />

caricature of a man. When Ashtavakra saw how these noble scholars were laughing he too began<br />

to laugh. He laughed so loud that all the rest fell silent.<br />

<strong>The</strong>y could not understand why he should laugh so. At last Janak asked him”I can understand why<br />

these people laughed, Ashtavakra, but I cannot understand why you laughed.”<br />

”You have taken this conference to be a conference of the wise, but I see only dealers in skins and<br />

hides gathered here,” said Ashtavakra. ”<strong>The</strong>y can see only as far as the skin and no further. <strong>The</strong>ir<br />

knowledge is limited to the body. Here I am, the most upright and straight in this room, but they see<br />

only my mutilated body. <strong>The</strong>se are the mutilated people, Oh King! If you want to get knowledge out<br />

of them you are trying to get oil out of sand. If you want knowledge <strong>com</strong>e to me.”<br />

Ashtavakra was absolutely right, for the physical eyes see only the external form.<br />

You are also plagued by the external eyes, for all around there are eyes and eyes... that look at<br />

you. <strong>The</strong>y decide for you whether you are ugly or beautiful. <strong>The</strong>ir sin is so great, so loud are they,<br />

that you are helpless. You stand alone; the whole world is on the other side. If you give in it is no<br />

surprise. It is only natural that you should believe ’I am the body’. It would be a wonder of wonders<br />

if you could tear yourself away from the eyes around you and recognize the fact that you are not the<br />

body.<br />

To be liberated from society means only this. It does not mean running to the Himalayas, it means<br />

to be liberated from the eyes of the crowd that surrounds you. It is very difficult, for when an untruth<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 163 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

is repeated incessantly from every side, it also appears to be truth. You may be a healthy person,<br />

but if the people around you decide to drum it into you constantly, ’You are ill, you are ill’, you will<br />

soon feel ill. It will not take long. <strong>The</strong> hypnotic power of suggestion is difficult to over<strong>com</strong>e.<br />

All the world declares that you are the body. Not only men, but even stones and rocks, earth and sky<br />

seem to be in the conspiracy to proclaim that you are the body. When a thorn pricks, it pricks the<br />

body, not the soul. If someone hurls a stone at you, the blood flows from the body, not from the soul.<br />

Everything – all the world – proclaims: ’You are the body! You are the body!” When this constant<br />

repetition <strong>com</strong>es from all sides it is difficult to break.<br />

And you stand alone! You are one against the whole world; for only you are within, and the rest of<br />

the world is outside. Besides, they are not wrong, for they can only see your body. Your neighbor<br />

can only see the facade of your house, not the interior. He takes the facade to be your house, for<br />

that is all he can see. <strong>The</strong> trouble begins when you too begin to think the facade is the house.<br />

To be freed from society is to be freed from the influence of external eyes. He who is thus freed<br />

begins to see clearly that he is within the body, but he is not the body.<br />

Gradually start breaking the first layer. Intensify this remembrance that you are not the body.<br />

Experience it! Mere repetition is of no use. When a thorn pricks, remember it has pricked the<br />

foot; the pain is in the foot and you are only an observer. <strong>The</strong> thorn cannot prick you; the pain<br />

cannot reach you, for you are only the light that knows. Because of this, anesthesia is used in<br />

surgery. Once you are unconscious you are not aware of what is happening to the body. This could<br />

not be so if you were the body. You are not the body; you are the consciousness. <strong>The</strong> surgeon<br />

merely severs the connection between your body and your consciousness before he can start to<br />

work on the body.<br />

Those who have carried out intensive research in the field of life and death have experienced – and<br />

I endorse their statements – that when a person dies he is not fully aware of the fact that he is dead<br />

for three or four days! Normally it takes three days for the person to realize that he is dead. <strong>The</strong><br />

reason is that death takes place in unconsciousness, and the physical body drops; but a similar<br />

body – the mental body – remains within you. It takes three days or longer for the person to realize<br />

that he is dead. Until then he wanders around the house and his friends and his family.<br />

<strong>The</strong> soul wanders around the physical body and its earthly connections for three days, and it is<br />

perplexed at what is happening. No one seems to look at him or recognize him. He stands at the<br />

door and his wife goes on weeping. He cannot fathom the mystery for he is just as he was before<br />

– entirely! Nothing is lost with the loss of the body. It is just as if you removed your clothes. If you<br />

removed your clothes and stand naked you do not changed in the least. You are the same, with<br />

clothes or without. You will remain the same. <strong>The</strong>re is a still subtler body that stays with you. It has<br />

the same shape, the same feelings. It takes you a long time to realize that you are dead.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a method in Tibet called the Bardo. When a person is about to die this process is begun.<br />

People sit around the dying man and give him suggestions: ’See, you are about to drop your body.<br />

Be filled with the thought that the body is falling away. Be aware that very soon the body that you<br />

find yourself in will not be the physical body; it will be your subtle body. Now you have left the body.<br />

Now it is up to you to choose what kind of womb you want to enter’. Such are the suggestions that<br />

are given.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 164 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

Nowhere else in the world has there been such extensive research into death as in Tibet. Until his<br />

last breath a dying man is made to listen to the suggestions. Even after his death, the instructions<br />

continue, for to the monk who is giving the instructions the man is not dead although the body has<br />

been left. <strong>The</strong> monk knows that death has made no difference to the dead man; he is still listening.<br />

Now the monk influences and directs his next rebirth. It is a very good moment to give directions, for<br />

the man who has just died can be freed from the attachments of his past life. In these moments he<br />

can be reminded and made aware of the fact that he is not the physical body; otherwise, this is very<br />

difficult to ac<strong>com</strong>plish. Now he can see clearly that he is, while the body lies inert on the ground.<br />

Now the monk tells him; ’See, you are above while the body lies below. ‘Look carefully! This is the<br />

very body with which you identified yourself. Now your dear ones, your friends, will take the body to<br />

the burning ground. Follow them! See the body burning, see it burning to ashes; yet it has made no<br />

difference to you. Remember this is your onward journey. Do not be involved with the body again.<br />

In your next birth from the very first moment remember that you are not the body. Everyone will tell<br />

you that you are the body, but keep your remembrance alive; let it not be smothered by any outside<br />

suggestions.’<br />

If you can only succeed in throwing off all external suggestions, then spiritual knowledge is not far<br />

away.<br />

In this century none equals Picasso as a painter, yet he was not spared by people. <strong>The</strong>re was no<br />

shortage of people <strong>com</strong>ing to him with free advice. <strong>The</strong> truth is that only a feel gives unsolicited<br />

advice. <strong>The</strong> wise have to be approached. You have to beg and entreat them for advice. You have to<br />

work hard for it. Only the fool gives free advice.<br />

People would <strong>com</strong>e to Picasso, people who did not even know the ABC’s of painting, and say:<br />

’Perhaps a little more color here would help’ or ’Perhaps a different angle would have conveyed your<br />

meaning better’. Picasso was tired of them. Finally he hit upon a plan. It would be good if you<br />

also followed the same plan. He made a beautiful basket and printed the words ’Suggestion Box’<br />

on it. Everyone who came was direction to bring his suggestions on paper and put them into the<br />

box. People were thrilled to think that he valued their opinion so much, but there was a slight snag –<br />

the basket had no bottom. Instead there was a hole that held a dustbin. Every day the dustbin was<br />

emptied by his servants. You should do likewise!<br />

If you want to be freed from society – and that is what sannyas means – then free yourself from other<br />

people’s opinions. <strong>The</strong>y are outside of you, and their opinions have to do with the outside world;<br />

they can only be a hindrance on the path of inner knowledge. Do not listen to them. If you want to<br />

hear the inner voice then shut out all outer sounds. Shut all the doors through which they <strong>com</strong>e, for<br />

these sounds are so terrible, so sharp, that they will smother the soft wound within and you will not<br />

be able to hear it. This inner voice is always calling, but you are lost in the sin of the marketplace.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first layer is the body, and there is only one key to open it. It is a master key, for it opens all<br />

locks. All locks are alike. <strong>The</strong> key is: be<strong>com</strong>e fully conscious of the body. When walking be aware<br />

that the body walks, not you. When you are hungry, know the body is hungry, not you. When thirst,<br />

know the body is thirsty, not you. Let this awareness always be with you. Gradually you will find that<br />

this consciousness creates an abyss between you and the body. As the awareness increases, the<br />

distance between you and the body will be<strong>com</strong>e greater and greater. <strong>The</strong>re is an infinite distance<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 165 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

between you and the body. Remember! As your awareness deeps the connecting links will begin<br />

to separate; then one day you will observe the profound fact that the body is just a shell; you are<br />

life, the body is death; you are consciousness, the body is matter, a play of atoms. You are not a<br />

collection of anything. You are consciousness – integrated consciousness – that always was, always<br />

is, and always will be.<br />

As soon as the first layer is peeled off, like the first layer of an onion, the second layer <strong>com</strong>es into<br />

view. This second layer is the mind. This illness is more deep seated, for the body is further away<br />

from you than the mind. If the body is a conglomeration of atoms, the mind is a conglomeration of<br />

thoughts. If the body is gross matter, the mind is subtle matter. Thoughts are subtle vibrations, and<br />

vibrations are matter. You are total in the grips of the thoughts. <strong>The</strong>y are not like the body, which<br />

can be <strong>com</strong>pared to clothing that is worn. Thoughts are more like the skin of the body; they don’t<br />

<strong>com</strong>e off as easily as clothing.<br />

You have always been under the illusion that thoughts are really ’yours’. You are always ready to<br />

find on the grounds that ’that is my idea’. you always try to uphold your views, whether right or<br />

wrong. You are always afraid that if your viewpoint is wrong you are wrong. You identification with<br />

your thoughts is much stronger than your identification with your body.<br />

If someone is told, ’Go to a doctor, your body is ill,’ he won’t object; only the body is involved. Tell<br />

a person he is ill and he will not be offended, but tell someone that his mind is ill and he should go<br />

to a psychiatrist and he will not like it at all. Tell him that he is mad and he will immediately <strong>com</strong>e<br />

flying at your throat. This is because there is some distance between you and the body, but your<br />

identification with the mind is more deep-rooted. Thoughts envelop you from all sides like smoke;<br />

as long as this smoke persists, your eyes will remain blind to this fact.<br />

<strong>The</strong> second experiment – and it is a difficult practice – is to be<strong>com</strong>e aware of your thoughts, all<br />

thoughts. It does not matter what kind of thoughts – good, bad, right or wrong, whether they <strong>com</strong>e<br />

from the scriptures, whether they are traditional or non-traditional – just know that ’I am not these<br />

thoughts’. All thoughts are borrowed. <strong>The</strong>y are given to you by society; they <strong>com</strong>e from others<br />

and you have learned them. You are that which is within you – the untaught. You are only the<br />

consciousness, not the thoughts. Thoughts are the surface ripples on a lake. <strong>The</strong>y are like flotsam<br />

on a river. You are the river. You are the eternal stream of consciousness.<br />

Slowly, slowly you must begin to peel off the layers of thoughts. Whenever a thought catches hold<br />

of you, immediately remember; It is not me! It is only the outside dust. As dust gathers on a mirror,<br />

so thoughts have gathered on you. Never consider any particular thought to be so much your own<br />

that you are ready to <strong>com</strong>e to blows over it.<br />

If people were to break their connection with their thoughts there would be no more war in the world.<br />

All wars, all conflicts, all violence is caused by your identification with your thoughts. Someone is a<br />

Hindu, someone else is a Moslem; one is a <strong>com</strong>munist, another is a socialist; this is nothing more<br />

than being identified with thoughts. You are only God. You are neither Hindu nor Moslem nor Jain<br />

nor Buddhist. Your purity is your Shivahood.<br />

Unfortunately, you get caught up in what is cheap and worthless. You think it is more important to<br />

be a Hindu than to be God, or more important to be a Moslem than to be God. Your being a Hindu<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 166 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

or a Moslem only causes the temples to fight against the mosques, and this earth is being deprived<br />

of religion in the process. All religions cause strife with one another because all religions be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

mere ideas. Religion is only one – your Shivahood. You yourself are God. Religion is no more than<br />

this; it cannot cause any strife, for how can there be fighting when there are no thoughts? What kind<br />

of opposition can there be? What kind of support can there be?<br />

<strong>The</strong> body separates you from others. Thoughts separate you still further. Understand one thing<br />

clearly, though it may appear contradictory: that which disconnects you from your own self also<br />

disconnects you from others. <strong>The</strong> body has separated you from yourself; it has also estranged you<br />

from others. Thoughts have disconnected you even more from yourself, and just as much from<br />

others. <strong>The</strong> day you have peeled away the covers of the body and thought, and are established in<br />

your own nature, the day you be<strong>com</strong>e pure existence without any shell, you will find that you have<br />

be<strong>com</strong>e one with all, for these are not two Gods. <strong>The</strong>n the God outside you and the God inside you<br />

merge into one. <strong>The</strong> space within the walls of the vessel of clay and the space without will be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

one. <strong>The</strong> vessel will break. Identification is the vessel.<br />

As you continue removing the layers – and by layers I mean the identification with things, which are<br />

not you! – you are proceeding into meditation. Meditation is breaking identifications. Meditation is<br />

the key. By and by all that remains is what you are. When you have removed every layer of the onion<br />

you have nothing in your hands but emptiness. This emptiness, this very void, is your godliness, your<br />

Shivahood.<br />

Have you ever seen a Shivalingam? It is a phallic representation of Shiva, but its form is the void. It<br />

is made that way intentionally. It has no face of Shiva. <strong>The</strong>re is no more beautiful statue or image<br />

of anyone, for it has no face. It is the form of the void. As you go deeper and deeper and deeper<br />

into yourself, this very voidless form will begin to appear within you, and you are getting nearer<br />

and nearer to Shiva. <strong>The</strong> day you be<strong>com</strong>e an illuminated emptiness, a light that is formless and<br />

nameless, from then on whatever you say is japa, the mantra, the remembrance.<br />

Right now, whatever you say is a deception. Your religious actions are non-religious. Right now you<br />

cannot do otherwise. You try to save yourself from one mistake and you <strong>com</strong>mit a thousand others.<br />

<strong>The</strong> best thing to do under the circumstances is to do nothing. Start breaking your identifications.<br />

Just be awake... and do nothing! Otherwise, in trying to correct one error you will find yourself<br />

caught in another.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was sitting at the seashore, very calm. Another man sat next to him, who was very<br />

upset. At last, with great anger in his voice, he said to the Mulla, ”Excuse me, but is that your child<br />

who is throwing sand at me?”<br />

No,” said the Mulla with a kindly smile. ”That is my nephew. <strong>The</strong> one who just broke your umbrella<br />

and is busy filling your shoes with water is my son.”<br />

You try to right one thing and another goes wrong. <strong>The</strong> excuses you put forward for your mistakes<br />

turn out to be bigger mistakes. In ancient times a king always kept a fool in his court to remind him<br />

always of the fact that man’s intelligence is not much of an intelligence.<br />

A king kept a jester at his court. One day, as the king stood before a mirror, the jester suddenly<br />

came from behind him and gave him a sound kick. <strong>The</strong> king fell down and was badly bruised; the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 167 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

mirror fell and broke. When the king saw the jester he could not believe his stupidity! ”Unless you<br />

give me a plausible explanation for this I will have you hanged. I have seen many fools, but none to<br />

surpass you.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> jester replied, ”I did not know it was you, your majesty. I thought that it was the queen!”<br />

<strong>The</strong> king had to let him go.<br />

Wherever you stand, you stand in darkness. You make one mistake, and in your efforts to correct it,<br />

you invariably make another; so a vicious circle is set up. You want to avoid going to your shop so<br />

you go to the temple; but you convert the temple into a bigger shop. In essence, you are never able<br />

to reach the temple. You break away from one place and get caught in another, and the reason is<br />

within you, not without. You are in darkness; wherever you go, you will create problems.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin was in jail. I went to see him. He is an old colleague of mine, so I had to visit him.<br />

”You are so clever, Mulla,” I said to him. ”How <strong>com</strong>e you got caught?”<br />

”What can I say?” said the Mulla. ”It is all a result of my own foolishness.”<br />

”How <strong>com</strong>e?” I asked.<br />

”For three months I worked hard getting friendly with the dog of the house that I planned to rob, but<br />

as look would have it, as soon as I got inside I tripped over the cat’s tail.”<br />

All your life this is what you have done. You try your best to win the dog’s friendship and you step<br />

on the cat! You have no eyes to see. You stumble here and there in the darkness. <strong>The</strong> real problem<br />

is not one of seeking: the real problem is the lack of light. By groping in the darkness you reach<br />

nowhere. If there is light then the door be<strong>com</strong>es visible and you can walk through it.<br />

He who is preoccupied with changing his pattern of behavior is groping in the dark. Once he ate too<br />

much, and now he fasts. What he was doing until yesterday he does even today – but in reverse!<br />

Whether you overeat or fast makes no direction. Until now you were seeking in one direction and<br />

now you seek in the opposite direction; however, in both cases you have your eyes closed. You go<br />

astray not because the direction is wrong, but because your eyes are closed. <strong>The</strong> eyes must be<br />

opened! And when I say ’eyes’ I mean your consciousness. Your unconsciousness must break and<br />

your consciousness increases. Do not walk like a somnambulist. Wake up! As soon as you awake<br />

you be<strong>com</strong>e Shiva-like.<br />

WHATEVER HE UTTERS IS JAPA.<br />

SELF-KNOWLEDGE ITSELF IS HIS GIFT.<br />

He does not give wealth, for wealth is no better than rubbish. Giving wealth has no meaning for him.<br />

What is the point in giving what he himself has renounced? <strong>The</strong>re is no sense in giving what he<br />

considers useless. He performs no service for your body. He gives only one thing, which is in fact<br />

the only thing worth giving: that is self-knowledge. This is his gift, but you take no account of it. You<br />

have to look very carefully to see it.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 168 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

Ask the Jainas, for they have kept a full accounting of exactly how many horses and elephants and<br />

chariots, how many precious stones, etcetera, that Mahavir gave in charity. He couldn’t have as<br />

many horses and elephants as the Jainas say. According to their count, he would have had to be<br />

emperor, not just a local king. <strong>The</strong> astronomical figures are totally wrong. He could not possibly<br />

have possessed so much, for his kingdom was very small, no larger than a district, about the size of<br />

Sikkim today. In Mahavira’s time there were about two thousand kingdoms in India. Mahavir would<br />

have been on the approximate level as a deputy tax collector of today.<br />

Now what is the reason for inflating the figures? <strong>The</strong> Jainas think that ordinary charity does not<br />

befit such a great tirthankara, as they inflated the figures in order to convey the greatness of his<br />

renunciation. Little do these blind people know that Mahavira’s renunciation has nothing to do with<br />

this charity. <strong>The</strong> real diamond that Mahavir gave was self knowledge, but this is never mentioned at<br />

all.<br />

You see only what corresponds with your desires. You see only that which interests you. Self<br />

knowledge? <strong>The</strong> word does not sound very valuable. If I place the Kohinoor in one hand and self<br />

knowledge in the other, tell me in all honesty which one you would choose. You will say to yourself:<br />

’Self knowledge can be attained any time, if not in this life time then in the next, but the Kohinoor –<br />

who knows if it will <strong>com</strong>e my way again?’ So you will invariably choose the Kohinoor. Your interests<br />

lie in things that are useless, for you are blind.<br />

<strong>The</strong> contribution of a Shiva-like person is only one: – self knowledge. What he has attained he<br />

distributes. What he has tested he offers you. He gives away his very self. He does not give away<br />

possessions, but gives of himself. He makes you the joint owner of his inner possessions, for the<br />

external possessions are not worth a penny; they have no value. It doesn’t matter whether you die<br />

a prince or a pauper, whether you die of illness or of heart failure. What really matters is that you<br />

live in full consciousness and die in full consciousness. All else rests on this. Your life’s destination<br />

depends on it; it is this that decides the essence of your existence. All else is valueless.<br />

HE IS THE MASTER OF THE INNER POWERS AND THE SOURCE OF KNOWLEDGE.<br />

Only self knowledge can make you master of your inner powers. Only self knowledge fills your life<br />

with light, knowledge and splendor. <strong>The</strong> day you be<strong>com</strong>e capable of awakening, or be<strong>com</strong>ing aware,<br />

you will realize that you were always a king. You will wonder. You will laugh at your foolishness in<br />

considering yourself a beggar for so long! you will be shocked that you ‘remained in the nightmare<br />

of sorrow for so long; for that is what life is without awareness.<br />

Sometimes while asleep you put your hand on your chest; then you dream that someone is sitting<br />

on your chest, or that someone has placed a huge boulder on you, or that you are being crushed<br />

under an avalanche. You will begin to perspire and your sleep will be interrupted. When you wake<br />

up you will find that it is only your hand, your own hand. Dreams are such exaggerations that your<br />

own hand turns into a mountain! If the hand falls over the edge of the bed you think that you have<br />

fallen into an abyss!<br />

Try a few experiments. You can induce dreams in a person who is asleep. Place a small fire at his<br />

feet. He will dream that he is in a desert and his feet are burning in the sand and he is dying of thirst.<br />

He burst into a sweat. Or touch his feet with ice; then he will dream that he is climbing Everest, that<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 169 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

his feet are frost-bitten, and he is dying of cold. Or put a pillow on his chest and he will see Satan<br />

riding on him; or put his hand around his neck and he will dream he is being hanged. But all this<br />

can be verified only on awakening. Dreams are much exaggerations. He is bound to laugh when<br />

he awakens. How much he has suffered – and for no reason at all! A slight gesture and the mind<br />

swings into action, the imagination running wild!<br />

You never suffer nearly as much as you imagine you suffer. You never suffer the illnesses you most<br />

dread nor the miseries that you fear. Ninety percent of your suffering is psychological; only ten<br />

percent is real. If the ninety percent, the imaginary ills, were to be eliminated, the real ills would be<br />

easily over<strong>com</strong>e. <strong>The</strong>re is a way to over<strong>com</strong>e them. <strong>The</strong>re is a way to step outside of them and be<br />

freed from all ills. It is you who magnify them so much that you be<strong>com</strong>e small; then you tremble and<br />

think you can do nothing.<br />

As soon as the ray of knowledge awakens and the flame within is lighted, you be<strong>com</strong>e the master<br />

of all your energies, which is in fact the very source of your knowledge. Knowledge is the ultimate<br />

happening. Knowledge means the inner eye, the ability to see, the ability to see through and beyond.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n life has no more sorrows, and there is bliss, and bliss alone. All sufferings are caused by your<br />

own blindness. Your sleep turns your dreams into nightmares. Consciousness knows no ills; it<br />

knows bliss, and only bliss.<br />

THE CONSTANT ENJOYMENT OF SELF ENERGIES IS HIS UNIVERSE.<br />

He who attain knowledge and constantly enjoys his self energies is in permanent bliss. <strong>The</strong><br />

enjoyment of self energy, the energy within, gives rise to infinite pleasure. Bliss flows in a continuous<br />

stream, like a river that is constantly flowing. Infinite springs of bliss flow within you but you have<br />

turned your back to them.<br />

Remember, religion is not renunciation. Religion is supreme enjoyment. God is not someone who<br />

sits and weeps. He is always dancing. Do not seek a weeping God; You will never find him. And if<br />

you do find him he will not be God but an imposter. God dances – always dances!<br />

All of life is a great blissful festival. Life knows no suffering; it is only your imagination. You have<br />

created misery and sorrow; you have thought it all out and planned it. What else can a blind man<br />

do? Wherever he goes he is bound to hit against something; however, he is under the illusion that<br />

the whole world is ready to bang into him. Why should anyone want to hit you Does the wall or the<br />

door have any reason to knock you down? Wherever a blind man goes he is hit by a wall or a door,<br />

but he is always ready to find fault with the wall or with the door. No one hits the one who has eyes.<br />

No one is out to knock against you. It is you who is at fault. It is you who is blind. <strong>The</strong> responsibility<br />

is entirely yours but you throw it onto others.<br />

<strong>The</strong> words of this sutra are well worth understanding: THE CONSTANT ENJOYMENT OF SELF<br />

ENERGIES IS HIS UNIVERSE; it is bliss. When this state of knowledge is reached bliss occurs<br />

every moment. <strong>The</strong>re are flowers, flowers everywhere, and no sign of any thorns. <strong>The</strong>re the elixir of<br />

life flows, and death is nowhere. Not a ray of suffering dares to enter.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a kingdom of supreme happiness within you, and it is this that you are seeking; but you<br />

are searching outside. Your search is right, but the direction is wrong. <strong>The</strong> sage who knows himself<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 170 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

gives you the direction and that is his contribution. He takes you in the direction that he had taken.<br />

<strong>The</strong> man of self knowledge gives no explanations, for there is no way to explain. He merely takes<br />

you by the hand and leads you there. But you are so timid and fearful; you are afraid even to take<br />

his hand! You cannot surrender, you cannot have faith, you cannot believe anyone. You have been<br />

so frightened by your sufferings, you have been made to feel so insecure, that you cannot trust even<br />

one who offers to lead you out of them. You feel that he will create new problems for you. You are<br />

so surrounded by problems that you see problems everywhere.<br />

If you do not put out your hand, the man of self knowledge cannot help you. How can he give to you<br />

when your hands are closed; you will have to accept his gift. If you are not prepared to open your<br />

hands, if you are not prepared to accept his generosity, the one who knows himself will have to turn<br />

back without giving.<br />

THE CONSTANT ENJOYMENT OF SELF ENERGIES IS HIS UNIVERSE.<br />

THERE IT IS CONSTANT PLEASURE, WHILE HERE YOU ARE IN CONSTANT PAIN.<br />

TO MERGE INTO THE VOID OR REMAIN BEHIND IS WITHIN HIS WILL.<br />

This is difficult to understand, for it can only be known through experience, but if you have some<br />

idea of it, it can sometimes be helpful.<br />

As soon as a person be<strong>com</strong>es capable of knowing himself, a unique energy – which is the greatest<br />

energy in this world and the greatest miracle – is achieved by him. <strong>The</strong> miracle is: he can be when<br />

he wishes, and he can not be when he wishes. He can <strong>com</strong>e into existence when he pleases and<br />

he can lose himself in the void when he pleases. Now you sleep and get up, but not voluntarily. If<br />

your sleep is done then you wake up, and you cannot go back to sleep again. Just as you are with<br />

sleeping and waking, the one who knows himself disappears into the void and <strong>com</strong>es into existence<br />

at his own will.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a story in the life of Buddha: When Buddha reached heaven and the guard opened the<br />

door, Buddha turned his back to heaven. He said, ”I will not enter until each and every person is<br />

liberated. When the last person enters I will follow behind him.”<br />

This is a beautiful story. In this world there are two types of self-realized persons, and all religions<br />

have known these two kinds. One attains self-realization and be<strong>com</strong>es one with the void; the other<br />

type attains self-realization but still remains in existence to help others. <strong>The</strong> first type of enlightened<br />

person is called kaivalya, he who has known the ultimate aloneness, by the Jainas. <strong>The</strong>re have<br />

been so many kaivalyas who have attained enlightenment and have disappeared into the void. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

have reached their destination. <strong>The</strong>y enter and don’t wait at the door.<br />

<strong>The</strong> Jainas have named twenty-four of these enlightened souls, ’tirthankaras’. <strong>The</strong>se twenty-four<br />

waited at the door. <strong>The</strong>y are the ones who guided others, who paved the way for them. <strong>The</strong><br />

Buddhists have also recognized these two types. One is the arhat, who attains self-realization and<br />

merges into the void; the other is the bodhisattva, the one who waits for others.<br />

So there are two kinds of self-realized souls. When you also reach this ultimate state, if a desire to<br />

help others – for the urge to help others is also a desire – remains within you, you will wait. If it does<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 171 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

not, you will merge with the void. This is why the true master tries to develop those of his disciples<br />

who have the greatest capacity for <strong>com</strong>passion into bodhisattvas.<br />

Two elements remain at the end: <strong>com</strong>passion and wisdom. Among you there are those who<br />

have either a greater proportion of <strong>com</strong>passion or a greater proportion of wisdom. Those who<br />

have a greater proportion of wisdom will immediately merge into the void. <strong>The</strong>y cannot be trained<br />

to be gurus. Those with a greater proportion of <strong>com</strong>passion are qualified to be<strong>com</strong>e gurus and<br />

tirthankaras and bodhisattvas.<br />

So it falls to the guru to train his disciples. Those in whom he finds the element of love, <strong>com</strong>passion<br />

and service to a greater degree, he works on so that the longing for <strong>com</strong>passion stays with them to<br />

the very end. When such a disciple’s knowledge ripens, the element of <strong>com</strong>passion and love is still<br />

there. When his boat is ready to set sail one post will still hold the line – the post of <strong>com</strong>passion.<br />

When there is plain, dry knowledge within, there is nothing to hold the boat back. As soon as it is<br />

ready to sail it disappears into the void.<br />

A person who has attained Shivahood either remains or is absorbed, according to his own will; he<br />

can remain in existence to serve or he disappears into the void. It is entirely up to his own will.<br />

Remember, only he has a will of his own, not you! You are not present in your being, so how can<br />

your actions be by your own will? You may say, ”I wanted to do this and therefore I did it,” but this is<br />

not correct; whatever you do is due to the pressure of some longing or desire.<br />

What is free will? You may say that you have free will if, when somebody swears at you, you do not<br />

get angry. It is possible you may not show it, but as soon as someone insults you the anger is there<br />

inside. You possess free will if, when someone insults you, you are as calm inside as if nothing had<br />

happened; or if, when someone praises you, you are as calm and unaffected by the praises as if<br />

it were directed to someone else. <strong>The</strong>re should not be the slightest change within you; only then<br />

can you say that you are the master of yourself. This mastery can only be decided in the ultimate<br />

moment.<br />

Correspondingly, Buddhism has two major branches; hinayana and mahayana. Mahayana means<br />

the greater vehicle; this is the ’big boat’ of the bodhisattva. Even after he sits in his boat he waits so<br />

that others may join him. Hinayana is the lesser vehicle, the ’small boat’ which can carry only one<br />

person, and that is the boat of the arhat. As soon as he is ready he steps in and sets sail.<br />

It is difficult to say who is right and who is wrong, the arhat or the bodhisattva. From this state<br />

it is difficult to judge; what suits a person’s nature is best for him. Those who have a feminine<br />

heart be<strong>com</strong>e bodhisattvas. Those who have a masculine heart be<strong>com</strong>e arhats. <strong>The</strong>re are these<br />

two types of hearts, and in the final analysis, it is the heart that decides. Either you have a heart<br />

saturated with love and <strong>com</strong>passion, or you have the heart of a plain, dry man of knowledge; you<br />

are either a devotee or a sage.<br />

This world is created by the <strong>com</strong>bination of opposites: there is light and darkness, male and female,<br />

birth and death; and so also there is knowledge and <strong>com</strong>passion. At the last moment both these<br />

elements are present at the shore; whichever is stronger be<strong>com</strong>es the deciding factor. <strong>The</strong>n you<br />

have to use your own free will, for a liberated person has no ties. For the very first time his free<br />

will <strong>com</strong>es into existence. It is only a self-realized person whose will is free, who can really reach a<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 172 Osho


CHAPTER 9. RIGHT SEARCH, WRONG DIRECTION<br />

decision. Before that, anything the person does is determined by his desires; it just flows from his<br />

longings. He cannot really decide.<br />

Someone once asked Gurdjieff, ”Please tell me what I should do.” Gurdjieff’s answer was, ”If only<br />

you could do something I would surely have told you!”<br />

Right now you are incapable of doing anything. You are merely flowing blindly. You are like a wisp<br />

of straw in a racing river. You go wherever the current takes you. Where are you?<br />

Someone once told Buddha that he wanted to serve people. Buddha looked at him <strong>com</strong>passionately<br />

and said, ”You, yourself, are not yet; so how will you serve?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> decision happens at the last moment. Only after Self-Realization do you attain the power to<br />

decide, for then you are Shiva-like. <strong>The</strong>n you are no longer the creation but the creator. <strong>The</strong>n you<br />

are no longer a part of this universe; you are God, Himself. <strong>The</strong>n the play is in your hands; then you<br />

are in control. <strong>The</strong>n, when the time <strong>com</strong>es to depart, it is you who decides whether to stay back and<br />

wait for the others to board your boat, and you be<strong>com</strong>e a tirthankara; or you want to be concerned<br />

about them. You will say that each man must find his own path; each man has to follow his own way.<br />

Who can guide whom? Who is to sit in whose boat? And you will open your sails and set forth.<br />

It is necessary to remember this sutra: TO MERGE INTO THE VOID OR REMAIN BEHIND IS<br />

WITHIN HIS WILL; for by paying attention to it you may begin to think about what you will opt in that<br />

last moment, if you are given the chance. This thought will invariably rise within you, and it is useful,<br />

for this very seed of a thought will grow into a tree by the time you reach the end of life’s journey.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 173 Osho


20 September 1974 am in Chuang Tzu Auditorium<br />

CHAPTER 10<br />

<strong>The</strong> Eternal Spring<br />

[Note: This is a translation from the Hindi series Shiva Sutra, which is in the process of being edited.<br />

It is for research only.]<br />

SUKHA-ASUKHAVORBAHIRMANANAM<br />

TADVIMUKTASTU KEVALI<br />

TADARORHAPRANITESTATKSHAYAJ JIVASANKSHYA<br />

BHOOTAKANSHUKI TADAVIMUKTO BHUYAH PATISAMAH PARAH<br />

OM SHRI SHIVARPANAM SATU<br />

HAPPINESS AND SORROW ARE BUT EXTERNAL MOODS – THIS HE KNOWS CONSTANTLY.<br />

FREED FROM THESE, HE ACHIEVES HIS ALONENESS.<br />

THE YOGI WHO IS ESTABLISHED IN HIS ALONENESS CEASES TO DESIRE, AND THUS<br />

ATTAINS FREEDOM FROM BIRTH AND DEATH.<br />

THE LIBERATED PERSON, FOR WHOM BODY AND MIND ARE NO MORE THEN CLOTHING,<br />

ATTAINS TO SHIVAHOOD.<br />

OM! THIS IS DEDICATED TO LORD SHIVA.<br />

174


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

Before entering into the sutras...<br />

I told you before that I would say more about mantra, for I would like you to know how the right<br />

use of mantra can bring about a transformation in your life. <strong>The</strong> first thing is, as I said before, your<br />

personality contains a number of layers like an onion. You have to peel off each layer so that you<br />

can reach the center that is hidden within. <strong>The</strong> diamond is hidden. It is not lost; for you yourself<br />

are the diamond, and you can never lose it. It is only that the center is concealed under the various<br />

layers, but so is a diamond. A diamond lies concealed under layers of stone; it also looks almost like<br />

a stone, but that does not alter its intrinsic quality as a diamond.<br />

Perhaps you do not know why diamonds are so valuable. Behind its worth lies the search of man for<br />

the eternal. <strong>The</strong> diamond is the most stable object in the world. All things change, but a diamond<br />

dies not change. Thousands of years can pass and it will not deteriorate. In this ever-changing world<br />

the diamond is the symbol of changeless existence. Hence its value; otherwise, it is just a stone. Its<br />

value lies in its changelessness, its stability.<br />

You eternal nature is a diamond. All sadhana is designed to remove the layers of dust that are<br />

covering this diamond. Since the covering layers ar dust, they are easily removed. It is the<br />

constantly-changing that covers the changeless, so it is not difficult to remove it. Mantra is a method<br />

for removing these layers.<br />

Let me tell you a short story:<br />

Mulla Nasruddin met a friend who he had not seen for many years. <strong>The</strong> friend asked the Mulla about<br />

his family. ”What about your daughter, Nasruddin?”<br />

”Oh, my daughter,” said the Mulla. ”You won’t believe this, but I have to tell you she is happily<br />

married. Not only that, her husband is a famous doctor.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> friend knew Nasruddin, and he couldn’t believe a word. He said, ”For give me, Mulla, but I find<br />

that difficult to accept. Not only was your daughter... well, not beautiful, she was very ugly – really<br />

ugly. She had a body like an army tent. It is hard enough to believe that she got married at all, but<br />

to a doctor? How did you hood wink a doctor?”<br />

”All right! All right! replied the Mulla. ”He may not be such a big doctor... He may not be a doctor at<br />

all, but he has relieved me of my headache, so for me he is the world’s greatest physician.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> one who removes your headache is a doctor; but that which removes the head, is mantra. <strong>The</strong><br />

proverb says: Without bamboo there can be no flute. But as long as the head remains there will be<br />

headache. <strong>The</strong>re is a technique by which the head ban be removed. All your troubles are caused<br />

by your head; your thoughts, your reasoning, your arguing, your obsessing and wondering. If the<br />

thoughts are lost, then the head is lost; you will be, but not the mind! That which kills the mind<br />

is mantra. When the mind is not, then the bridge between the body and you is broken. It is the<br />

mind that connects you to the body; if the bridge breaks you stand here and the body stand before.<br />

He who knows himself to the apart from the body and without mind, attains Shivahood. He is the<br />

ultimate ’aloneness’.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 175 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

<strong>The</strong>refore understand what mantra is. <strong>The</strong> definition of mantra is: that which destroys the head so<br />

that the mind is no more. <strong>The</strong>re is a method for cutting through the layers of the body and of the<br />

mind. It is very necessary to go step by step; you have to exercise the utmost patience. It is a<br />

method that demands immense patience. Impatient people will not only not benefit from mantra, but<br />

they will quite possibly harm themselves. Understand this will. As it is you have troubles enough?<br />

Mantra will just be an added problem for you if you are impatient.<br />

Once, during my travels when the train stopped at a station, there was a man selling toys and<br />

shouting himself hoarse: ”This toy is unbreakable. No child can possibly break it!” It looked at the<br />

toy; it appeared to be quite strong and it was very costly. It immediately thought of Mulla Nasruddin’s<br />

son. Mulla’s wife was always <strong>com</strong>plaining that he broke his toys before he even got them home, so<br />

I bought the toy and took it to Nasruddin’s house and left it for the child.<br />

A week later I went to visit them again. No sooner had I entered the Mulla’s wife said, ”We are in a<br />

terrible fix.”<br />

”What happened,” I asked. ”Has your son broken the toy?”<br />

”No,” she answered, ”In trying to break it he has broken all his other toys. Not only that, he has<br />

smashed every mirror in the house with it, and now we have to do something to save ourselves from<br />

this deadly weapon.”<br />

As it is you are already in a state of madness. Mantra can destroy the craziness, but there is also<br />

the danger of its getting worse. As it is you are already burdened in life, and mantra may just bring<br />

an additional burden. This offers and explanation for something very curious; those people whom<br />

we generally take to be religious often look more troubled than the worldly men. <strong>The</strong> worldly man<br />

carries his worldly troubles. <strong>The</strong> religious man has the same worldly troubles, but to this he has<br />

added another – his religion. His mind retains all its old activities and this be<strong>com</strong>es something<br />

additional; he be<strong>com</strong>es even busier.<br />

Mantra requires that you have the utmost patience; otherwise, do not dabble in it. It has to be used<br />

like medicine. You don’t consider drinking the whole bottle in one swallow. That won’t cure anyone;<br />

it might kill him. <strong>The</strong> action of mantra is very subtle, so it requires homeopathic doses. <strong>The</strong> first<br />

requirement is patience, great patience. Do not expect quick results; the fruits of mantra ripen very<br />

slowly. It is not an annual plant which you can expect to flower soon after planting; it takes numerous<br />

birth for the flowers to <strong>com</strong>e. Though it appears difficult to understand, the more patient you are the<br />

sooner the flowers cone, and the more impatient you are, the greater the delay.<br />

A man was walking along the read in great pain for his shoes were too small for his feet. He was<br />

swearing at the shoes and greatly upset. Nasruddin happened to pass by. He said, ”Where did you<br />

ever buy such narrow shoes?” <strong>The</strong> man was already in a bad mood, and Nasruddin’s question just<br />

made his blood boil.<br />

”Where did I buy them, you ask? I plucked them off a tree!”<br />

”Well,” said Nasruddin, ”you should have waited a little and allowed the tree to mature; then they<br />

would have fit your feet. You broke off an unripe branch.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 176 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

Don’t ever pluck an unripe mantra or you will be in trouble. It is easy to throw a shoe away, but the<br />

mantra or you will be in trouble. It is easy to throw a show away, but the mantra cannot be so easily<br />

got rid of, for the shoe is external and the mantra is internal. If you get involved in mantra by mistake<br />

it is almost impossible to get free of it. Many religious people go mad, and the reason is only this:<br />

they are in such a great hurry that they pluck the fruit while it is till green. A ripened fruit is very<br />

sweet, while an unripe fruit is not only bitter but acid, and possibly poisonous.<br />

<strong>The</strong> first layer is the body, so the mantra practice should begin on the body; you are in the body, so<br />

it is there that the cure must begin. If you skip this layer your illness will remain, and in due course<br />

you will find yourself with unripe fruit on your hands. Remember, you can only start from where you<br />

are; if you start somewhere else you are merely dreaming. Tight now you think you are the body, so<br />

you have to begin the mantra experience with the body.<br />

Understand the technique. First, you have to sit quietly for ten minutes, but before you sit you have<br />

to purge yourself off all your restlessness by being totally active for five minutes; dance, jump, skip<br />

and run, whatever is required to satisfy your restlessness. It must be cleansed from every pore, from<br />

every part of the body; only then can you sit in silence for ten minutes. This catharsis is necessary<br />

before you begin to sit in silence; it will require from five to ten minutes, depending on the extent of<br />

your restlessness. Let your body shake, totally, <strong>com</strong>pletely, in every possible way, so that for then<br />

minutes it will have no more desire to more to satisfy its craving for activity. <strong>The</strong>n sit down – so still<br />

that there is not even a hint of movement. Keep the eyes half-closed.<br />

Do not attempt this practice in an open place. A closed room, preferable small and empty, is ideal.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re should be nothing inside the room. A church or temple or mosque is ideal because of its<br />

emptiness. If this is not possible, clear out a corner of your room; let there be nothing in it. Remove<br />

all the pictures of gods and goddesses, for they too can create problems.<br />

Only emptiness is God. All else is a play of the mind. And the mind is so crazy! Look for yourself<br />

at the shrines that people set up in their houses to worship in. You will find pictures of gods and<br />

goddesses hanging all over the walls. <strong>The</strong>y may be cut out of the newspaper or they may be calendar<br />

pictures; it is the same thing. <strong>The</strong> walls are plastered with them. By looking at their walls you can<br />

tell what goes on in people’s minds.<br />

When people worship their household gods they hurriedly enter the shrine room, sprinkle a little<br />

over the whole collection of deities, fold their hands and believe that they have satisfied every one<br />

of them. None of them has been worshipped. If you try to satisfy them all, you haven’t paid homage<br />

to any of them; but if you truly pay homage to one, they are all satisfied. Achieve one and you have<br />

achieved all; and the one is within, not without!<br />

<strong>The</strong> emptier the site, the better it is; fir the search is for that very emptiness; the room will be the<br />

symbol for your internal emptiness. <strong>The</strong> room should be small; that helps the mantra. And it should<br />

also be empty; that also helps. Let the eyes be half-open; for when the eyes are fully opened you<br />

stand at the door with your back to the house and face towards the outer world. You cannot make a<br />

<strong>com</strong>plete about-face, for a <strong>com</strong>plete change is not easy. So keep the eyes half-open and half-closed;<br />

let them be half-closed to the world and half-opened to your inwardness. Begin here!<br />

Remember, there is no hurry. When the eyes are half-opened you experience a state of drowsiness.<br />

Keep looking at the tip of your nose; keep your eyes open only to that extent. You are not to<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 177 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

concentrate. Observer the tip of your nose with a feeling of peace within. <strong>The</strong>n begin to say ’Om’<br />

loudly. You are using the body, you start from the body, because that is where you are right now.<br />

Repeat ’Om’ loudly, so that the sound strikes the walls and rebounds and falls back on you. This<br />

is why an empty room is essential, for that resonance is only possible in an amply room, and the<br />

greater the resonance the better it is. Christian cathedrals were designed for mantra; whatever is<br />

spoken reverberates and echoes a thousandfold from all sides. <strong>The</strong> Hindu temple is also constructed<br />

for meditation; the dome serves the same purpose. No vibrations can escape from a circular place;<br />

the sound turns inward.<br />

Sit and repeat ’Om’ as loudly as possible. Remember, you have to use the body. Your whole body<br />

should be bathed in the vibrations of ’Om’. You should feel that you have expended all your lifeenergy<br />

in that ’Om’. Hold nothing back; treat it as a matter of life and death. <strong>The</strong> mantra cannot be<br />

<strong>com</strong>plete with anything less than this. If you repeat it softly, halfheartedly, then it is of no use. You<br />

have to say it with all your strength, and all your being, as if you very life depended on it; unless you<br />

say ’Om’ with all you might you will die. Stake you all! Let ’Om’ roar like a lion from within you. Eyes<br />

half-closed... half-opened... and a loud repetition of ’Om’. Remember, the vibrations are created<br />

like ripples in a pool when a stone is thrown. Similarly, your ’Om’ will create ripples and vibrations<br />

everywhere; it will strike the walls and <strong>com</strong>e back to you.<br />

Also, repeat the ’Om’ quickly, so that each repetition overlaps the previous one. Leave no interval<br />

between this, no space. Exert all you strength, until you are bathed in perspiration. In a few days<br />

you will find that the whole room is filled with ’Om’. You will find that the room is assisting you; all the<br />

sound will be <strong>com</strong>ing back to you. If you can find a circular room it will be very good; if you find one<br />

with a dome, even better! <strong>The</strong> room should be absolutely empty, so that the vibrations rain on you<br />

from all sides. You whole body should be bathed in those vibrations. <strong>The</strong>n you will find a wonderful<br />

freshness that is unattainable even after bathing in water.<br />

Scientists are carrying out extensive research on vibrations. <strong>The</strong>y have discovered the plants flower<br />

and bear fruit earlier when they have been exposed to music of a particular vibration. In Russia and<br />

in America music has been used in agriculture to promote richer and earlier harvests; the results<br />

have been quite successful.<br />

Ravi Shankar used his sitar in an experiment in Canada. He played the sitar when seeds of different<br />

plants were sown. When the plants <strong>com</strong>e up the most astonishing thing was that they are all leaning<br />

towards the place where Ravi Shankar had played. When they grow taller they were still leaning in<br />

the same direction, just as a deaf person leans forward and brings his ear closer in order to hear<br />

better. All the plants have their ears to the sitar! And they grew twice as quickly! A plant is a<br />

gross body in which everything is asleep, unconscious; but even so, the body vibrates with sound<br />

an begins to sway.<br />

When ’Omkar’ – the sound of ’Om’ – begins to shower on you from all sides the vibrations will from<br />

a circle. You will find that every pore of your body is filled with joy, and all the bodily illnesses are<br />

draining away; you will find a peace, a profound sense of well -being. It will surprise you how many<br />

body illnesses will disappear on their own, for it is a profound cleansing that penetrates you deeply.<br />

<strong>The</strong> body is a concentration of vibrations, and there is no vibration more wonderful than ’Omkar’, the<br />

repetition of ’Om’. Repeat ’Om’ loud for ten minutes, using the medium of the body to its maximum.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 178 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

<strong>The</strong>n close your eyes. <strong>The</strong> tongue should touch the roof of the mouth, which should be <strong>com</strong>pletely<br />

closed. Now you have to use the tongue and lips no more.<br />

<strong>The</strong> next step is to repeat ’Om’ inside, in your mind. Until now the room was outside, surrounding<br />

you on all four sides; now the body surrounds you on all four sides; now the body is the room. Let<br />

the mantra reverberate within the body for the next ten minutes. You are not to use the lips or tongue<br />

or throat at all. <strong>The</strong> mind should repeat ’Om... Om... Om...’ but you must keep it the same rapid<br />

rate, the same speed. As you filled the room with omkar, so you fill the body, leaving it trembling<br />

with vibrations from head to toe. Allow no gap between two oms, so that the mind has no chance to<br />

intrude. <strong>The</strong> mind cannot think two thoughts at the same time.<br />

If your repetition is so fast and intense that there is no gap between two repetitions, no thoughts<br />

will <strong>com</strong>e in between. If you relax your peace is the slightest, thoughts will creep in. So, repetition<br />

without any gaps! Do not worry about overlapping of the repetitions. Let them pile up on top of one<br />

another like railway cars in an accident. Remember, you are not to use the body any more; therefore<br />

now the eyes have to be closed. <strong>The</strong> body must now be very still. <strong>The</strong> ’Om’ vibrations should hit<br />

the walls of the body from within and fall on the mind, just as in the beginning they hit the walls<br />

of the room and were then reflected back to the body, which purified the body, just as the internal<br />

vibrations cleanse the mind. As the vibrations deepen you will find that the mind is beginning to<br />

fade. You begin to experience a deep silence that you never before tasted.<br />

Keep this up for then minutes; then drop your head until the chin touches the chest. For a few days<br />

you might feel a strain in the neck, but pay no attention to it, and soon it will disappear. So in the third<br />

step you drop your chin on to your chest, as if the neck is cut off, lifeless. Now, no more repetitions<br />

– not even in the mind. Now just listen, as if the ’Omkar’ is reverberating within and you are only the<br />

listener, not the doer. You can only step <strong>com</strong>pletely out of the mind when you abandon all sense of<br />

the doer. Be<strong>com</strong>e only the witness. Put all your effort into this. Let you head hang down all the way<br />

to your chest, and try to listen to the ’Om’ resonate within.<br />

<strong>The</strong>re is a famous verse by Galib:<br />

THE BELOVED PICTURE IS ON THE MIRROR OF THE HEART.<br />

WHENEVER I CHOOSE, I MERELY BOW MY HEAD TO SEE IT.<br />

This bowing of the head is necessary. No sooner does the neck band than the picture of the beloved<br />

appears before the eyes. But alas, you do not yet know how to band your head. You take pains to<br />

cultivate a stiff neck. When the question of bowing your head arises, you be<strong>com</strong>e even more stiff.<br />

If you failed until now to attain God the only reason is that you are not prepared to bow your head;<br />

you are not prepared to surrender.<br />

Bowing the head is merely a symbol. Hang your head down as if it is severed from the body; this<br />

is only so that you may bow down. No sooner does the head bow down, then it be<strong>com</strong>es easier to<br />

see; no sooner dies the neck bend, then thinking be<strong>com</strong>es difficult.<br />

Now just try to listen. Until now you were repeating the mantra, first with the body, then with the<br />

mind. Now you try to be<strong>com</strong>e a witness to the mantra. You will be surprised; there is a very subtle<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 179 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

sounding of the mantra going on within. It is exactly like ’Om’ though is it not ’Om’, for it is difficult to<br />

express it in any language. If you listen very silently you are bound to hear it.<br />

Now you are standing apart from the body. <strong>The</strong> first step severed your connection with the body; the<br />

second step severed your connection with the mind; now the third step is the witnessing attitude,<br />

the feeling that ’I am the witness’.<br />

No mantra is greater than ’Om’; no mantra is more wonderful. Ram, Krishna, Mahavir, Buddha are<br />

all beautiful sounds, but they cannot take you beyond the mind, for they have an image, a form;<br />

whereas ’Om’ is formless. Besides, you have a relationship with Buddha, Krishna and Jesus; you<br />

have feelings of love, attachment, fondness, affection. <strong>The</strong>se will not allow you to step out of your<br />

mind. ’Om’ is absolutely meaningless. It is unique. It has no meaning, no form, no image – not<br />

even an outline. And it is not a part of the alphabet. It is closest to the sound which is actually<br />

continuously resonating within you, which is the very nature of your existence. Just as the brook<br />

does not babble, but its very flow causes the babbling sound; just as when the wind passes through<br />

the branches and the leaves rustle in the same way, your being is such that ’Om’ resounds within<br />

you. It is the sound of your being.<br />

Hence, ’Om’ does not belong to any religion. It is neither Hindu nor Jaina nor Christian, nor Buddhist,<br />

nor Moslem. It is the non-sectarian mantra. You will be surprised to know that the Jainas, the<br />

Muslims, the Christians all make use of this mantra, though there are slight variations: the Muslims<br />

say amin, the Christians say amen. <strong>The</strong>se are only altered forms of ’Om’. On the course of its<br />

journey from India to distant lands this mutation took place. ’Om’ is not connected with any thought.<br />

Whoever was observed into the no-thought state, heard it.<br />

For the first two steps you will pronounce the mantra, and in the third step you will just listen to it.<br />

You will be the listener, the witness. In the first two steps you are the doer, for the body and mind<br />

are parts of the doer; the third is the witness state. In it you listen, just listen. <strong>The</strong> body is cut off, so<br />

is the mind; the layers of the onion are peeled off, and only pure existence remains – only you! And<br />

that is Shivahood!<br />

Also, once you get the taste, you will thirst for more and more. <strong>The</strong> taste will draw you, pull you<br />

inside; it be<strong>com</strong>es like a magnet. We are drawn towards things that appeal to us and we naturally<br />

go towards them. <strong>The</strong> trouble only arises of you do not get the taste; you meditate but you do not<br />

enjoy it. This is because you have not yet got the taste of meditation. Once you get the taste there<br />

is no difficulty; for then the mind hovers there by itself. Whenever you are free, even for a short time,<br />

your eyes will close, your head will drop and you will see the beloved’s face in the mirror of your<br />

heart. <strong>The</strong>n it does not matter where you are, in the house or in the marketplace, it is all the same.<br />

It is only the first step that is very difficult. It amounts to one-half the journey hover there like a<br />

bee, ever thirsting for more and more. It is the mind’s nature to go again and again to the place of<br />

pleasure. It is only because you have not yet enjoyed the pleasure that you have to find ways to turn<br />

the mind towards meditation.<br />

Now your mind keeps saying, ”Why not go to the market! Why waste time just sitting here! You can<br />

do all that later on when you have the time; now is the time for the shop or the office!” <strong>The</strong> mind<br />

takes you to the place where it gets pleasure. <strong>The</strong> mind is not to be blamed for this. Once you have<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 180 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

the taste within, you will find it more and more difficult to focus the mind outward. first it was difficult<br />

to draw it in; now it is difficult to draw it out.<br />

Sariputra, Buddha’s disciple, attained the taste for ’Omkar’. He attained the highest state of the<br />

mantra; he heard the supreme manta within.<br />

When this happened Buddha ordered him to go out and preach to the people.<br />

He told Buddha, ”Now I have no desire to go out.”<br />

Buddha replied, ”That is exactly why I want you to go. First you were caught by the outside; that was<br />

one form of bondage. Now don’t let the ’within’ bind you.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> perfect, enlightened soul is one who has no difficulty either way. He goes in and out like a gust<br />

of wind. Now the in is no longer in, and the out is no longer out; they have be<strong>com</strong>e one. Just as you<br />

go easily in and out of your house, life is like your house; you should have no difficulty going in and<br />

out of it. <strong>The</strong>re are people who are attached to the world and there are people who are attached to<br />

the soul; both are in bondage. <strong>The</strong>y have yet not reached the ultimate salvation. <strong>The</strong> knowing one<br />

has no ties-neither inside nor outside. He flows naturally in and out!<br />

You should try to maintain this third stage of the mantra for as long as possible. <strong>The</strong> first stage is<br />

to sit silently. <strong>The</strong> prelude it is to shake up the body by dancing, jumping, wriggling, for about ten<br />

minutes, so as to get rid of all the body’s restlessness. <strong>The</strong> body is filled with restlessness; that is<br />

simply a scientific fact.<br />

If you want to slap someone your body energy immediately flows into your hand. That is why<br />

someone who is quite weak can give you a hard blow; his hand does not remain in the ordinary<br />

state but is filled with energy. suppose for someone reason you cannot slap this person. <strong>The</strong>re may<br />

be many reasons; life is very <strong>com</strong>plex. Perhaps you are indebted to him, or maybe you want to use<br />

him to get something, so you restrain yourself; but the energy that has accumulated in your hand is<br />

blocked and has no way to go back.<br />

Recent scientific research reports that there are ways to discharge the energy from the body, but<br />

there is no way to draw the energy back into the body; so if you so not hit somebody or something,<br />

the energy will remain in the hand. It does not matter whom you slap; even if you hit empty space,<br />

you will discharge that energy; but there are no channels to draw that energy back to the center. In<br />

this way energy gets blocked in various parts of the body. In any twenty-four hour period energy will<br />

be blocked in many different parts of the body, and that blocked energy is bound to hinder you. It<br />

is responsible for the feeling of numbness in your feet, or the feeling of ants crawling on your legs,<br />

or you back beginning to hurt, or suddenly feeling itchy. <strong>The</strong>se things are not your imagination; they<br />

are really happening, but you have perhaps never noticed them before because your energy was<br />

always occupied and you never sat doing nothing before. Now that you sit doing nothing, wherever<br />

energy has been blocked causes restlessness.<br />

Tell any little child to sit quietly for five minutes and you sense how cruel you are being to him, how<br />

difficult it is for him to sit quietly. Sometimes he lifts a foot, sometimes he presses his hands together,<br />

or he moves his lips or twitches his eyes; he will do anything in order to move. <strong>The</strong> energy flows<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 181 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

on all sides. <strong>The</strong> legs want to run, the hands want to move, the eyes want to see, the ears want to<br />

listen. <strong>The</strong>se are all old habits. That is the way that energy has always flowed.<br />

That is why I always insist on catharsis before any meditation. It is very helpful. Rap, jump and<br />

skip around for ten minutes to eject all the blocked energy, then sit for meditation. <strong>The</strong> peace that<br />

follows catharsis is the calm that follows the storm; the body be<strong>com</strong>es light, it loses its restlessness.<br />

<strong>The</strong>se ten minutes are only preparation, not an actual stage in the meditation of mantra. It is the<br />

step outside of your house. <strong>The</strong> real journey occurs inside the house.<br />

FIRST STEP, BUT THE BODY: SAYING ’OM’ – TEN MINUTES<br />

SECOND STEP, BUT THE MIND: SILENT REPETITION OF ’OM’ – TEN MINUTES.<br />

THIRD STEP, LISTENING SILENTLY TO THE RESONANCE OF ’OMKAR’ WITHIN – TEN<br />

MINUTES.<br />

Repeating Rama, Krishna or Buddha will not be suitable for this journey, for they can only take you<br />

up to the second step; they cannot go any further, for in the third step the actual resonance in the<br />

head is the sound of ’Om’. Sometimes a person repeating ’Ram... Ram... Ram...’ can attain the<br />

third stage. It is like when you are traveling by train, you hear the wheels saying anything you fancy.<br />

You might think they are saying ’Ram-Ram-Ram’ or ’Allah-Allah-Allah’, but the fact remains that the<br />

sound of the wheels is actually ’Chucka-Chucka-Chucka’.<br />

’Om’ is that pure sound. If you repeat Ram you will also hear Ram, but this is just a superimposition,<br />

which indicates that the mind is still alive and working to some extent. We should experience only<br />

that which is. We should see only that which is, without giving it our own color. Hence, the ultimate<br />

mantra is ’Omkar’; all others are secondary, inferior. <strong>The</strong>y only take the seeker as far as the second<br />

step. In actual fact they be<strong>com</strong>e an obstruction in the third step.<br />

Use ’Om’ as I have specified. For at least three months without worrying at all abut results. You are<br />

not to even think of results; just carry out the practice. Do not worry whether you are progressing<br />

or not progressing. Fix a date; in exactly three months you can start to think about the results, not<br />

before! If you can summon this much patience you will succeed.<br />

A little child digs a hole, puts in a mango seed and covers it up. After half an hour his curiosity<br />

makes him dig it out to see whether it has begun to sprout. He is disappointed. He puts the seed<br />

back in the hole. After another half-hour his patience again runs out and he digs up the seed. Now<br />

he is really miserable, for nothing has happened. Now the seed will never sprout. Everything has its<br />

own timetable. A seed must lie in the dark earth for a specific period of time before it can sprout.<br />

It is for this very reason that your meditation also fails to bear fruit. You are too impatient for results.<br />

Jesus said, ”Let not your left hand know what the right hand is doing.” Act the same way! Bury the<br />

mantra deep inside you. This is why the mantra is referred to as a seed. All it means is that you<br />

should not keep digging it up over and over again to examine its progress. It has its own rhythm. It<br />

will sprout in its own good time. Your impatience can only spoil thing for you.<br />

Take this ultimate mantra along with you and carry out the experiment. If you do it with total patience<br />

for three months you will be filled with a sweet nectar, and then it will be what Kabir calls the taste of<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 182 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

’raw sugar to the dumb’ – what can never be spoken of. When you have tasted of it, wherever you<br />

are you are alright, whatever you do is alright. <strong>The</strong>n the world be<strong>com</strong>es like a dream for you, and all<br />

of life is no more than a drama; you be<strong>com</strong>e a witness and that itself is Shivahood.<br />

Now let us take up the sutras:<br />

HAPPINESS AND SORROW ARE BUT EXTERNAL MOODS – THIS HE REMEMBERS<br />

CONSTANTLY.<br />

He who attained Shivahood is constantly aware of the fact that happiness occurs outside, and so<br />

also sorrow; neither of the two penetrates you interior. But you are disturbed by both. You cling to<br />

happiness and identify yourself with it and think that your are happy. In this way you have created<br />

the sorrow. From this point on the journey to suffering begins. In fact, it has already started.<br />

As soon as you say, ”I am happy,” you have sown the seed of unhappiness; now it will not be long<br />

before it <strong>com</strong>es. Suffering means to identify with your moods. <strong>The</strong>n, when the suffering <strong>com</strong>es,<br />

you identify with that. Your trouble is that you identify with whatsoever <strong>com</strong>es before you. You do<br />

not remain the observer, but be<strong>com</strong>e the reactor to whatever appears before you. If sorrow <strong>com</strong>es<br />

you beat your breast and tear your hear; if happiness <strong>com</strong>e you dance with glee. Both happiness<br />

and sorrow <strong>com</strong>e from without and have no way of going within. It is you who identifies with them<br />

and suffers from them. As soon as a person goes beyond the mind, he begins to see that all this<br />

happens outside the temple, and that nothing enters within.<br />

HAPPINESS AND SORROW ARE EXTERNAL MOODS – THIS HE REMEMBERS CONSTANTLY.<br />

Here the word ’constantly’ is important. You also remember this sometimes, especially when you<br />

are advising or counselling others; then you know it for certain. If only you were as wise for your<br />

own self as you are for others. You are so wise when you counsel others. It would be very good if<br />

you could apply the same understanding to your life’s journey.<br />

What is the reason for this deep understanding and wisdom for others? If someone is in great trouble<br />

you say, ”Why are you so upset? That is life! That is the way the world is! Don’t get so involved with<br />

it!” When you find yourself in the same trouble it is quite possible that this very person will return<br />

your good advice and say, ”Do not worry, brother. Happiness and sorrow are only external states.”<br />

Now what is the reason behind this? It is simply that, when suffering <strong>com</strong>es to others you be<strong>com</strong>e<br />

the witness, so understanding arises within you. <strong>The</strong> sorrow has <strong>com</strong>e to others, not to you; you are<br />

merely the observer. To the extent that you be<strong>com</strong>e an observer, when sorrow <strong>com</strong>es to you, this<br />

understanding will remain with you. Right now you have given your understanding away.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin went to a psychologist and said, ”My wife’s condition is very bad. You will have to<br />

do something.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> psychologist worked with her for a few weeks, then he told the Mulla, ”She has <strong>com</strong>pletely lost<br />

her head. I am very sorry, Mulla.”<br />

I knew she would,” exclaimed the Mulla. ”Every day she used to give me a piece of her mind and<br />

eventually everything has <strong>com</strong>e to an end.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 183 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

You advise and counsel others. You give you wisdom to others, but you never use it for yourself.<br />

When happiness <strong>com</strong>es your way the next time, observer it as if it is happening to someone else.<br />

Try to stand a little apart from it and observe it. A little distance is enough. Do not remain so very<br />

close to yourself. You are your neighbor; keep a little distance.<br />

Once I told Nasruddin, ”Mulla, the owner of the restaurant at the end of the street says that he is a<br />

close relative of yours.”<br />

”Certainly not!” replied the Mulla. ”That is not correct. He is a distant relation of mine.”<br />

”How distant is the relationship?” I asked.<br />

”Well,” said the Mulla, ”we have the same father, but he is the first child and I am the twelfth. So<br />

there! We are quite far apart!”<br />

What you are you neighbor will be enough of a distance between the two of you. Do not stand so<br />

close to your neighbor. When there is no distance the perspective is lost. Anything you want to<br />

look at should be held at some distance. If you hold a flower right up to your eye can you see it? If<br />

you press your face against a mirror you will not be able to see your reflection. A little distance is<br />

required. A little distance from yourself – that is all that sadhana is about. As this distance increases<br />

you will be surprised at how meaningless all your troubles were! Things happened outside you – not<br />

to you! Because of your closeness they were reflected in you, the vibrations touched you and you<br />

took it as yourself vibrating. You allowed it to affect you.<br />

A house caught fire. <strong>The</strong> owner beat his breast and wept loud. A man standing next to him said,<br />

”You are tormenting yourself unnecessary. It was only yesterday that your son sold the house for a<br />

good sum.<br />

<strong>The</strong> man could not believe his ears. He stopped his lamenting. <strong>The</strong> house was still burning, but he<br />

looked on unconcerned. He stood at a distance; he was no longer the owner of the house.<br />

After a little while his son came running, ”Oh, ’god, how did the house catch fire? I made a deal on<br />

the house but the payment is still to <strong>com</strong>e. Now who will pay for a ruined house?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> father began to wail again. <strong>The</strong> house was unaffected. <strong>The</strong> happiness or sorrow of its owners<br />

had no effect on it. It was burning before and it continue burning after, but the owner’s mood would<br />

have changed again if the buyer had appeared and said he would honor the contract although the<br />

house was burned down.<br />

Everything happens outside you, but you stand too close; that is the trouble. Keep your distance!<br />

When happiness <strong>com</strong>es stand apart and watch. When sorrow <strong>com</strong>es stand a little away and watch.<br />

Mind you, start with happiness, not with sorrow. Generally people try to dissociate from themselves<br />

at times of sorrow in order to escape from it. That is a general tendency of the mind, and it gets<br />

you nowhere. Create the distance when you are happy, because everybody wants to escape from<br />

sorrow. If you want to establish a genuine detachment just running away from sorrow will not do.<br />

You have to do just the reverse. Your journey so far has only taken you astray. You will have to turn<br />

back and retrace your steps. This turning back and doing the opposite Mahavira called pratikraman.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 184 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

Patanjali used the word, pratvahara, which literally means recovering or removing the sense organs<br />

from the object; it means returning to the source.<br />

You have to retrace a few steps. When happiness <strong>com</strong>es stand aside; do not let your heart run wild<br />

with joy, do not dance with glee. Know that this too will pass. Nothing is permanent; everything is<br />

transitory; nothing stops for you. Any mood is like a gust of wind that <strong>com</strong>es and goes. You are<br />

hardly aware of its presence before it is gone. Stand apart of watch – like an observer.<br />

Why do we not act as witness to our happiness? What is the fear? <strong>The</strong>re is a reason behind it. As<br />

soon as you relate to happiness as a witness, it no longer gives you joy; it no longer is happiness.<br />

<strong>The</strong> closer you are to yourself, the more intense the happiness. <strong>The</strong> more you stand apart from<br />

yourself, dissociate from yourself, the more you realize how transitory are those times of happiness.<br />

<strong>The</strong> more you associate yourself with it and forget your intrinsic being, the more you experience the<br />

joy of happiness. This is why nobody wants to be an observer of happiness, but this is the only place<br />

from which the journey can begin.<br />

When happiness <strong>com</strong>es, witness it. Soon you will find that as you watch happiness fades and only<br />

you remain. Once you succeed with happiness, you will also succeed with sorrow. <strong>The</strong>n the key is<br />

in you hand – <strong>com</strong>e joy, <strong>com</strong>e sorrow. A little effort will bring success. All you have to do is stand<br />

a little apart from your body. <strong>The</strong>re is already a great distance between you and the body. No two<br />

wings can be further apart – for it is the distance between matter and consciousness. Even the stars<br />

are not as distant from earth as you are from the body. One is living and the other is inanimate; one<br />

is made of clay and is perishable and the other is the spirit. <strong>The</strong>y are the two extremes.<br />

Begin with happiness, and the word towards unhappiness, remembering only one thing all the<br />

time, you are involved! You will have to practice it again and again. Time and again there will<br />

be lapses; it will not be continuous right off. <strong>The</strong> remembrance can be constant only when you are<br />

will-established in the soul, when the mantra has succeeded in cutting out the mind. Until then you<br />

will have to practice it, keep at it as much as possible. This cleanses the way. <strong>The</strong> seed may not yet<br />

be sown, but the ground is cleansed at least. When you are ready to plant the seed the soul will be<br />

ready. <strong>The</strong> remembrance will disappear time and again, a slight unawareness and happiness will<br />

again overwhelm you, but do not give up.<br />

<strong>The</strong> yogi who has attained Shivahood is constantly aware that happiness and sorrow are external<br />

states. Constant means incessant – without a moment’s break. Only what is your very nature can<br />

be that constant. What is not your nature cannot be constant. How long can you remain angry, for<br />

example?<br />

Bodhidharma went to China, where the king who came to visit him said, ”I am troubled by my anger.<br />

What should I do?”<br />

Bodhidharma replied, ”For how long can you be angry?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> king was surprised. ”For an hour or two at the most,” he answered.<br />

”What you can do for an hour or two is not your nature,” said Bodhidharma. ”Can you be angry for<br />

twenty-four hours a day?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 185 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

”An hour or two of anger is torment, and you ask me if I can be angry for twenty-four hours. I have<br />

not <strong>com</strong>e to find out how to be angry all the time,” said the king.<br />

Bodhidharma said, ”That is why I am telling you that what you can do constantly is your nature. So<br />

why are you troubled?”<br />

What is it that you can do constantly? Think about it a little. You cannot remain constantly happy.<br />

You may find this difficult to understand, but it is a fact. Think a little: how long do you remain<br />

happy? After a while happiness wanes and you begin to be unhappy; if nothing happens to disturb<br />

you happiness you will start getting bored with it yourself. A palace to live in, rich food to eat, a<br />

beautiful woman for your wife and no trouble or problems – then what will you do? Soon you will be<br />

fed up an yearn for a change.<br />

It often happens that a man who has a very beautiful wife begins an affair with an ordinary servant<br />

girl. People wonder what he sees in such a plain Jane when he has such a beautiful wife. <strong>The</strong>y<br />

wonder because they are witness to it. <strong>The</strong> man is only seeking a change. He is bored, even by<br />

beauty. How long can you keep looking at a beautiful face? How long can you listen to a lovely<br />

melody? After a while it just hammers at your ears and you will want it to stop. If it continues it<br />

be<strong>com</strong>es sheer hell.<br />

<strong>The</strong> mind cannot bear anything constantly; it cannot bear even happiness for too long. That is<br />

why whenever happiness <strong>com</strong>es the mind looks for ways to create unhappiness. <strong>The</strong> mind keeps<br />

changing its tasted; when there is happiness it wants sorrow; when there is sorrow it craves joy. You<br />

cannot sit quietly for any length of time; soon the mind be<strong>com</strong>es restless and bored by the tranquility.<br />

Bertrand Russell wrote: ”I would not choose liberation, for I have heard that people in the realm<br />

have just been sitting on the magic, wish-fulfilling rock for eons.” <strong>The</strong>re is nothing to do there, for<br />

doing means the mundane world, samsara. What could Mahavira do sitting on this rock? Besides,<br />

who knows how long he will have to sit there? What can one so sitting doing nothing? <strong>The</strong>re is<br />

no newspaper to while away the time, and nothing ever happens there. Things only happen in the<br />

wrong sorts of places. In hell there must be lots of news. Perhaps they produce twelve or more<br />

editions a day, for news always involve killings, arson, looting, violence. Nothing ever happens in<br />

heaven. It must be very boring.<br />

Bertrand Russell says, ”My mind dreads to think of heaven. It would be better without it.” <strong>The</strong> mind<br />

speaks the truth. Bertrand Russell doesn’t know that there is no salvation as long as the mind exists.<br />

Only he whose mind is annihilated, he who is constant, prefers salvation.<br />

Is there anything that you can bear continuously? Neither suffering nor happiness can be constantly<br />

tolerated because they cause tension. <strong>The</strong> only thing that is tolerable for any length of time is<br />

peacefulness; it holds no excitement. You can be serene constantly for it is a state between the two,<br />

and beyond the two.<br />

One day I was having dinner at the Mulla’s house. His son was sitting with us at the table. When he<br />

started the meal he was eating with his left hand. Soon he switched over to the right hand. After a<br />

while he resumed eating with the left hand, then again switched to the right. Nasruddin said, ”How<br />

may times have I told you, young man, to eat only with your right hand?”<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 186 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

<strong>The</strong> boy said, ”What difference does it make which hand I use, my mouth is in the middle either<br />

way?”<br />

Only he can be constant who finds the point of balance between happiness and sorrow. <strong>The</strong><br />

equilibrium between rightness lies exactly at the mid-point between happiness and sorrow. Here<br />

there are no extremes. It is like the movement of the indicator on the balance scales; the stable<br />

point is right in the middle. Any slight weight and the needle deflects either sad or happy, constantly<br />

you will soon tire of the weight of it and will want to move it to the other side.<br />

When people are carrying a body to the burning ghats they bear the wight of the bier on one shoulder<br />

and soon they tire and change shoulders; the weight does not decrease but the shoulder is relieved.<br />

Happiness and sorrow are your two shoulders and the attitude of being the doer is your bier. You<br />

keep changing shoulders. Sometimes you identify with happiness and sometimes with sorrow. Be<br />

the witness – stay in the middle – then you will be able to be constant.<br />

Buddhahood can be constant for it is a state of peacefulness. <strong>The</strong>re is bliss in it, but it is not like the<br />

sharp rays of the sun. It is cool and refreshing like moonbeams. Bliss is not like burning rays but like<br />

a cool luster; there is no tension in it, no restlessness.<br />

Have you noticed that it is often when a man is happy that he has a heart attack. Suddenly a man<br />

wins the lottery. He is extremely happy... and he drops dead!<br />

A man won a lottery of ten lakh rupees. When the news came he was not at home. His wife was<br />

terribly upset. She knew her husband, and if he were to hear that he had won two paise he might<br />

die of a heart attack. She ran to a nearby temple where she knew the priest was a wise man. She<br />

asked for his help. He told her not to worry and returned home with her, promising to break the nows<br />

immediately to her husband.<br />

When the husband cam the priest thought it would be best to start with a smaller amount, so he<br />

said, ”I would like you to know that you have won one lakh rupees in the lottery.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> husband replied, ”Really? If that is true then I shall donate fifty thousand rupees to your temple.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> priest dropped dead of a heart attack. It never occurred to him that fifty thousand rupees would<br />

be too much to bear.<br />

Happiness can also kill. It is not only sorrow that kills, for both contain a stimulant that causes<br />

excitement; and wherever there is excitement something is bound to break. <strong>The</strong> only thing that can<br />

remain constant is your non-excited nature, and this need not be practised. It is always within you.<br />

You cannot lose it, for it is your very nature.<br />

Hence the search of all religion is the search for the individual’s basic nature. <strong>The</strong> search for one’s<br />

true nature is religion, for it is eternal; you can never feel bored by it, for it is your true self. <strong>The</strong>re<br />

is no way you can separate yourself from your nature; you cannot stand back from it and see it. If<br />

what you see bores you when you create a distance from it, know that it is not your true nature.<br />

When the mind is killed by the mantra, when the mantra causes the mind to <strong>com</strong>mit suicide, the<br />

eternal spring arises within. When this eternal spring has arisen, the individual is liberated from the<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 187 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

external states of happiness and sorrow, and he achieves the ultimate aloneness. Now he is alone!<br />

Now he is drunk with his own self; now he needs nothing ; all his wants, all his desires are now<br />

dead, because happiness and sorrow are external. He neither longs for happiness nor wants to get<br />

rid of sorrow. All his external ties are broken. Now he is stable, and fixed within his own self. He is<br />

constantly in bliss; there are no further desires. Now he is absorbed in his own consciousness. His<br />

satchitananda, his truth-consciousness-bliss, now flows constantly. It is in his every breath, in every<br />

stomp of his being.<br />

FREED FROM THESE HE ACHIEVES HIS ALONENESS.<br />

THE YOGI WHO IS ESTABLISHED IN HIS ALONENESS CEASES TO DESIRE, AND THUS<br />

ATTAINS FREEDOM FROM BIRTH AND DEATH.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n there is no birth; then there is no death. Birth and death are necessary when we journey in<br />

search of happiness. We desire happiness and happiness can only be attained through the body;<br />

so we have no choice but to take on a body. <strong>The</strong> happiness we desire decides the kind of body that<br />

we take on. <strong>The</strong> desire for happiness lingers at the moment of death and be<strong>com</strong>es the seed for the<br />

next birth.<br />

What does a tree do before it dies? It draws all its life-energy into its seeds. <strong>The</strong> seed is the desire<br />

of the tree to exist after death. A seed is a wonderful phenomenon. <strong>The</strong> vast spreading giant of a<br />

tree extracts its essence and deposits it in the seed, which i sends off on the journey of life. Its own<br />

body will die, but the tree has already made arrangements for a new body to live once again. And<br />

this explains the fact that although the tree is born from a single seed, it produces millions of seeds<br />

in the course of its lifetime. <strong>The</strong> tree takes no chances. It has to take into account so many factors;<br />

what if the seed falls onto rocks or barren ground? What if it gets no water? It may be eaten by<br />

animals or crushed by someone. <strong>The</strong> tree cannot take a chance, so it produces millions of seeds,<br />

and by various means scatters them far and wide, so that at least some of them find a suitable place<br />

in which to grow.<br />

In India there is the silk cotton tree. Nothing can grow beneath the tree, for its roots such up all the<br />

water; so the tree has a wonderful way to scatter its seeds; it fills the seed pods with cotton so they<br />

can fly away from the tree when the wind <strong>com</strong>es. It has arranged that the seeds don’t fall on the<br />

ground below, for that would be certain death to them.<br />

It is not easy for a plant to grow under a bog tree, almost impossible, therefore all trees have devised<br />

their own ways to exist. Trees are clever and cunning in their own way; do not take them to be simple<br />

and guileless. In this world nothing and no one is plain and simple; no one can be, for <strong>com</strong>plexity<br />

and cunningness are necessary qualifications for existence. As soon as he be<strong>com</strong>es simple and<br />

guileless one has attained liberation.<br />

Trees and plants have devised thousands of different ways to scatter their seeds. <strong>The</strong> sweet nectar<br />

in flowers is only there for the bees and the butterflies. <strong>The</strong>y settle on a flower to such the nectar,<br />

thinking that it has been provided expressly for them, little knowing that while it sucks at the flower it<br />

picks up hundreds of seeds on its legs in the form of pollen. <strong>The</strong>n the bees carry the seed to distant<br />

places. When plants devise so many methods for survival, now many must you be inventing? You<br />

cleverness has no limit.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 188 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

One man contains within his body sufficient sperm to father as many people as there ar living in the<br />

world. An ordinary person, neither celibate nor libertine, has intercourse at least four thousand times<br />

in his lifetime. With each act he ejects about a hundred million sperm. Each sperms is capable of<br />

creating life, if given the opportunity. Since a woman’s capacity to produce ova is restricted to one<br />

or two at a time, this is not possible, though some day it will be possible. Thus it is that kings in older<br />

times kept so many wives.<br />

Science is now making it possible for the semen of a single individual to fertilize all the women in<br />

the world. This is a real possibility, for the discoveries of science can ultimately be put into effect,<br />

no matter now dangerous they may be. <strong>The</strong> scientists to today maintain that not everyone has the<br />

right to procreate – only people of the stature of an Einstein, let’s say. When we are so careful<br />

about the quality of plants, when we take so much trouble to improve the quality of flowers and<br />

animals, it is to be expected that we will start to think the same way about the human race; so in<br />

the near future it is possible that the scientists will decide which people should be given the right to<br />

procreate. Consideration will be given to various factors: health, intelligence, age, alertness, genius.<br />

Those who are acceptable in those categories will be chosen, and their seed will be used. <strong>The</strong>n it<br />

is possible that one man’s sperm can populate the whole world. <strong>The</strong>re is also a desire for survival<br />

of each individual.<br />

You will be surprised to know, and it has not yet been written in any book, that when a man reaches<br />

’aloneness’, when he is beyond happiness and sorrow, his body stops producing semen; but the<br />

formation of sperm only stops when the desire for survival is <strong>com</strong>pletely extinguished. As long as<br />

the desire to survive remains, the body keeps producing sperm whether in this body or in another.<br />

Thus you keep the body alive on one hand and your soul desire-ridden on the other, so the soul<br />

will keep seeking a new womb. You will wander as long as you identify yourself with happiness and<br />

sorrow, for then you will be longing for pleasure and more pleasure, and your dreams will lead you<br />

to new births.<br />

Because all his desires have tone, the yogi who is established in the state of ’aloneness’ is<br />

<strong>com</strong>pletely freed from the cycle of birth and death. He takes birth no longer; and he who is not<br />

born has no reason to die. If you are born you must die. Death is the other side of birth. <strong>The</strong>y are<br />

the two sides on one coin. He who wishes to be liberated from death will have to free himself from<br />

birth also.<br />

Everyone wants to be freed from death, but not from birth. That is our difficulty. Everyone wants to<br />

be rid of suffering and sorrow, but nobody wants to give up joy and happiness. <strong>The</strong> day you seek<br />

freedom from joy your life will undergo a transformation; on that day you be<strong>com</strong>e religious.<br />

Mulla Nasruddin went on an ocean voyage with his wife. It was the first time that the Mulla had gone<br />

to sea. He felt terribly sick; he could hardly lift his head. Besides, the sea was very rough and that<br />

made things so much worse for him. He called his wife and said to her, ”Listen, I made my will before<br />

embarking on this journey, and it is just as well that I did. I have transferred everything to your name,<br />

and the will is in the bank with all the necessary papers. Bury me on the other shore – even if I am<br />

not dead – for I will never take another sea voyage. You can go home and claim all my possessions.”<br />

<strong>The</strong> day that life appears worse then death – as truly it is – the day that life appears so hideous,<br />

grotesque and meaningless, that under no circumstance will you undertake a new voyage, on that<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 189 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

day you undergo a transformation. Right now if you are interested in religion it is only a part of your<br />

search for happiness – perhaps a new kind of happiness; and that is why you never attain religion.<br />

Your search for religion will be real only when your are not prepared to step into another life journey.<br />

You have seen it all and found it meaningless. You have experienced happiness and found that it<br />

also gets filled with suffering and sorrow. You have seen sorrow and found it full of suffering. Sorrow<br />

is suffering all right, but even joy is not free of suffering; rather it is another name for suffering. All<br />

that tastes sweet turns out to be poison. That which is proclaimed to be nectar is just another brand<br />

of poison. <strong>The</strong> day you recognize how useless and meaningless everything is, and also that it is all<br />

outside of you and has nothing to do with your intrinsic being, on that day religion is born in you.<br />

Remember to ask yourself whether you are only interested in religion in order to gain happiness.<br />

<strong>The</strong>n you are not interested in religion at all. Dedication to religion is true only when you are looking<br />

for peace and serenity. Happiness is useless, suffering is useless; good riddance to both!<br />

<strong>The</strong> yogi who is established in his aloneness is rid of all desires. Without desires he no longer wants<br />

to undertake any new life journeys. <strong>The</strong> journey itself has be<strong>com</strong>e meaningless to him. It is then<br />

that the cycle of birth and death is forever destroyed.<br />

THE LIBERATED PERSON, FOR WHOM BODY AND MIND ARE NO MORE THEN CLOTHING,<br />

ATTAINS TO SHIVAHOOD.<br />

He is Brahma! It is he who is God, the ever-abiding supreme spirit! <strong>The</strong> Sanskrit word for such a<br />

person is liberated, refers to the five elements and the clothing. It means that all five elements –<br />

earth, air, fire, water and ether – that go into forming the body are no more than clothing for such<br />

a person. Body and mind are made of the fie elements. <strong>The</strong> gross forms of the five elements form<br />

the body, and the subtle forms make up the mind. When such a person recognizes the fact that<br />

the mind and the body are no more than outer clothing, that his real self lies hidden deep within the<br />

folds of his clothing, he peels off the layers like we peel an onion and he knows the Shivahood within<br />

himself. Such a liberated person be<strong>com</strong>es God himself.<br />

In our country we do not believe in one lone God sitting somewhere high in the sky ruling the<br />

universe. No! In this country we believe that every life journey ends in God. It is through gradual<br />

flowering that one be<strong>com</strong>e godlike. God is not an existential state. God is man’s future possibility.<br />

Try to understand this further. Judaism, Christianly and Islam are the three significant religions<br />

born outside of India. Hinduism, Buddhism and Jainism are the great religions that were born in<br />

India. <strong>The</strong>re is a basic difference between the two. Islam, Judaism and Christianity put God at the<br />

beginning, as the primal cause, the maker of the universe. We in India see God ahead of us, as the<br />

ultimate fruition. This makes a great difference. God is the future, not the past. God is the flower,<br />

not the seed. Hence we have placed our Buddhas on a flower, seated on a lotus flower in full bloom,<br />

with its thousand petals.<br />

If God stands at the beginning of off things and is the creator, then he is the one. <strong>The</strong>n this world<br />

is a dictatorship. <strong>The</strong>n there could not be any liberation, for where can there be independence once<br />

you have been created? A thing that is created has no freedom of its own, for the creator can create<br />

and destroy as he chooses. <strong>The</strong>n you are mere toys and puppets. <strong>The</strong>n your soul, your freedom,<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 190 Osho


CHAPTER 10. THE ETERNAL SPRING<br />

has no meaning. Hence in India we do not look upon God as the creator; we look upon him as the<br />

ultimate culmination, the ultimate <strong>com</strong>pletion. He is your final development.<br />

God is not the first step of your evolution; rather, he is the final peak. He is the Gourishankar, the<br />

Mount Everest. He is the holy Mount Kailash, where all consciousness ultimately reach. Everybody<br />

is heading to this very place. Sooner or later everyone has to reach there. Every day you are<br />

be<strong>com</strong>ing God, evolving into God. God is not a happening that once took place. God is a stream<br />

that is constantly flowing. God is happening every moment. He is growing within you; you are his<br />

womb.<br />

Hence this Shiva sutra ends with this ultimate happening. All scriptures end here. <strong>The</strong>y start from<br />

you and end with God! What you are now is the first step. What you will ultimately be is the last<br />

and final step. You are right now like the seed; that is your wandering. When you develop fully your<br />

totality, like a tree in full bloom, that will be your ultimate culmination, your fulfillment.<br />

When the flowers bloom the tree’s life is <strong>com</strong>pleted; in its blooming the tree has attained the full<br />

fragrance of its life. What is was born for has <strong>com</strong>e to pass. With the blooming of flowers the tree is<br />

filled with an ecstasy. It is filled with a dance. Each pore of its being is thrilled, for it has not lived in<br />

vain. Its purpose has been fulfilled because it has bloomed to its ultimate fragrance and beauty.<br />

When a tree is so filled with joy at the blooming of a flower – a flower that begins to wither as soon<br />

as it opens, a flower that blooms for not even one single day – then now much more ecstasy must<br />

there be in the universe when a Vardhaman be<strong>com</strong>es Mahavira or a Gautam Siddhartha flowers<br />

into Buddha. We call such a flowering that never fades shivahood, and that is God!<br />

Use the mantra so that all that is useless and meaningless in you drops away, and all that is<br />

meaningful and purposeful is cleansed and purified. Make use of the mantra so that all that you<br />

are right now may shatter, and you may be scattered on the ground so that what is you possibility<br />

may sprout.<br />

<strong>The</strong> <strong>Great</strong> <strong>Path</strong> 191 Osho

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!